To summarize, his basic process starts with the headline, which he uses Ubersuggest to help come up with. He looks at the headlines around his keyword that have been shared most on social media by pulling a “Content Ideas” report.

Based on most shared posts that are similar to the topic he’s writing about, he comes up with 4 or 5 headlines. And he runs them by his editor Grant.

Before you read the rest of this section, STOP for a moment and really take this in:

IT’S ALL ABOUT THE HEADLINE

Neil’s process is very methodical. He’s writing to rank for a keyword. So by starting with most shared headlines related to the keyword, he has a very clear direction from which to write his article.

He’s not going to waste time later trying to shoehorn his piece to work for a headline he writes after the fact. This is a key distinction if you want to work efficiently.

And it’s counterintuitive to most of us, because we often use the writing process to get clear about what we want to say. That doesn’t work if you’re writing to get found by searchers.

In creative writing and journalism, we’re taught to write first and then create a headline summarizing our piece after it’s already been written.

If you’re a growth marketing specialist writing content to solve problems based on keywords, start with the headline. That way you know you’ll be addressing the reader’s pain point.

Then, you create the content to back up your promise. You’ve got to deliver. If your page bounces visitors, it’s not going to rank, even if it does get found.

It’s a different way of thinking about the process. But always, always, always start with your headline.

Once he and Grant agree on what the headline will be, Neil starts by writing the introductory paragraphs first. Next he jumps straight to the end and writes the conclusion.

Heatmap and behavioral analytics research (using tools like Crazy Egg and Hot Jar) show that blog readers check the introduction first. Then, they scroll to the bottom to read the whole article.

By writing the conclusion, he tells the reader what they’ll get if they read the whole piece.

That growth marketing tactics works to get them to spend more time on the page. Especially if they’re curious to know how he arrived at those conclusions.

It’s an amazingly clever, strategic approach to writing blog posts that grow traffic through organic search and social media sharing.

It’s why I call him an owned and shared media master.

Ubersuggest is a free SEO tool that specializes in generating new keyword ideas. Originally founded as a tool that scraped Google Suggest terms, Ubersuggest was recently acquired by entrepreneur Neil Patel, who has since expanded the feature set significantly.

After his headline, opening paragraphs and conclusion are in place, he inserts his sub headlines, or H2 tags, between the headline and the conclusion. And these are all semantically related terms he’s pulled from “Keyword Ideas” report in Ubersuggest.

In the old days, we used to call this keyword theming. Neil has taken the practice to the next level by showing how to put it into action.

Then, he fills in the body text under each of the sub headlines with his body copy. From there, it goes to his editor who takes it final. After it’s done, Neil pushes and shares.

He creates his own images, usually screenshots, and the whole shebang takes anywhere from 2 to 5 hours to produce the initial draft. He moves articles on his blog once a week.

A growth marketers guide to hacking blog headlines from Copyblogger.

Neil works with freelancers to translate his blog posts into Portuguese, German and Italian. He says going international is the easiest way to grow traffic. He has a great post about using hreflang tags on your website to help Google find and index blog posts in other languages.

5. How to produce a top ranking podcast

Marketing School brings you 10 minutes of actionable marketing advice every single day. Get the right tips to take your business to the next level and get to work right away.

Neil produces Marketing School, a top-rated, daily marketing podcast with Eric Siu. If you search the word “marketing” on iTunes, their show is a top 10 result.

When I interviewed Eric Siu, he shared that their podcast earns close to a million dollars in sponsorship revenue annually.

Ka-ching!

Sometimes they go live on Zoom and stream out via Restream when they’re recording. Zoom puts them in front of a live audience and lets them build engagement and mix it up with live questions as well.

The format is surprisingly unrehearsed and very relaxed. Both Eric and Neal know their stuff so well, all they really need is a headline and some bullets. They riff off all sorts of valuable growth marketing tactics that are extremely useful to growth marketers.

Eric told me it took years for them to build their podcast audience. This just goes to show you that if you always use hard data to allocate marketing resources, it’s impossible to build something from nothing. You have to have faith in yourself, ignore the data and trust your gut.

By having the stamina and stick-to-itiveness, they built their podcast into a significant revenue engine and a public relations machine.

Marketing School has very strong user rating on iTunes, which are really tough to acquire because there’s no way to publish a direct link to a podcast reviews page on iTunes.

Based on my experience, being able to fly right off the cuff could be a trait of highly successful people. They require way less time to present effectively.

7. How to rank for competitive keywords

Neil has ranked for a lot of hard keywords, but he says his digital marketing process is always the same.

Neil has ranked for:

online gambling

online casino

auto insurance

web hosting

online poker

credit cards

and other terms that are super competitive

He’s even ranked for one word terms like “cars.”

He starts by Googling to see who’s ranking the top 10 for that keyword. Not just the domain, but the actual pages. He looks to see what content they have, because most sites that rank high are content rich.

Then, he goes out and creates better content than them.

It’s rarely easy, but he just goes into more depth. He includes more images and does a better job creating useful content that answers the question being searched.

He doesn’t add images and videos for the sake of adding images or videos. He adds images or videos that genuinely answer the searcher’s question.

If he wants to rank for “online poker,” he creates best content for “online poker.” He might create a detailed infographic that breaks down how to play poker.

He’ll produce video tutorials and whatever else is required to outperform the top ranking posts.

Neil just goes deeper into the subject matter and creates better content.

He might cover:

How to Bluff

How Not to Bluff

When to Double Down

When to Double Up

and How Much to Bet Depending on your Cards

He gets really specific. More so than the competition. And he makes it super actionable.

Full Tilt, the top ranking site for “online poker” offers a full selection of “how to” content.

He calls it “newbie proof” content. Someone new to the subject can get an easy-to-scan breakdown, with step-by-step instructions.

They can grasp comprehensive subject matter in a short period of time without getting too confused.

Going down into the weeds can be confusing to a newbie who doesn’t have the basic lay of the land in order.

Once he’s got the content completed, he promotes it on the social web. Then, he emails to his list, and asks people to like, share and link. Promotion is a big part of it too.

He doesn’t just build it and expect people to come. He promotes all his content!

8. When to blog, when to podcast

But if it’s not about something people are going to search and want to read, it’s probably not worth blogging about. The benefits of podcasting are unique to the format.

Not all YouTube videos work as blog posts. Sometimes it may.

But some of the content that you’ll cover won’t make sense in an audio podcast format. If it’s step-by-step, and granular, and requires a lot of back-up images and video tutorials, people may get lost.

You can certainly include images, URLs and logos on screen in a YouTube video. But charts and graphics may not scale down well to a smaller size.

If it’s an audio podcast, technical content may be too tough to follow without imagery. So let the message determine the media.

Some of it, like possibly interviews, may make sense for multiple formats.

It depends on the content type and the media format. So in the end, do what makes sense for your audience.

Need help hiring a blog writer or editor who’s seasoned and knows what they’re doing? Neil says check out the ProBlogger Job Board.

Prior to the pandemic, it was something Eric spoke at conferences about all over the world. SaaS is Single Grain’s niche.

Eric Siu, Chairman of Single Grain, a digital marketing agency focused on driving scalable and predictable revenue growth using Facebook advertising, Google AdWords, YouTube advertising, SEO, video production and content marketing. He is also CEO of ClickFlow, an SEO experimentation tool that tests a webpage’s potential to boost organic traffic.

I asked Neil, if he were just starting out today in digital marketing, what niche would he focus on?

Where does he see the most opportunity?

Always start with where your existing contacts are. It’s going to be easier with contacts in a market that already knows you than coming in cold.

That said, Neil does see some underserved markets in the digital marketing space.

Before I tell you what he said, I want to clarify something that’s widely misunderstood when it comes to growth marketing and lead generation.

Some marketers say lead generation is a crowded space. The truth is, they’re confusing email list brokers with lead generation.

Email list brokers who sell you lists so you can spam the world give lead generation a bad name.

They’re selling you emails that are scrapped and worthless because those people have not agreed to hear from you. They don’t want to hear from you.

Those who buy and use these lists are quickly tagged as spammers and alienate more people than they convert.

They help you get found by qualified prospects searching for information on problems you can solve.

The homepage at Neil Patel Digital, which represents the biggest brands in the world.

But Neil, whose Neil Patel Digital works with some of the biggest brands in the world, says too few agencies handle the conversion side of the equation. And unless you’re selling advertising, traffic is worthless if it doesn’t convert.

There’s a real vacuum when it comes to growth marketing agencies that can handle:

Landing Page Optimization

Conversion Optimization

Lead Scoring

Lead Nurturing

and Sales Enablement

There are very few agencies out there today that can do both lead generation and demand generation well.

Almost none who can lead a horse to water and make him drink.

There’s a shortage of firms equipped to drive traffic and move prospects through the funnel.

But when it comes down to which one is the most prestigious, he says it’s probably Search Engine Journal.

I did a deep dive interview with Search Engine Land’s former editor Danny Sullivan before he went to work for Google.

11. Use this Lead Gen Stack

Neil Patel is obsessive about the speed of his page loads. So he frequently adds and removes third-party JavaScript codes depending on whether or not he’s using those tools to increase his page load speed.

He’s tried almost everything over the years, but here is what is currently active on his site:

The concept that every company must be a media company on the internet is the most important one to grasp. If you want to be successful at growth marketing, you’ve got to act like a media company.

Just as television news and magazine editors work to produce content that drives ratings, digital marketers produce content to drives rankings.

If you want to rank first for a keyword, follow Neil’s growth marketing tips to effectively and efficiently.

Produce the best content available online for that keyword. Doing that may not be easy, but it is straightforward.

Invest the resources to produce the very best content and you will rank in organic search. Neil has decades of experience. Follow his tips in this article if you want to get there.

Search the keyword you want to rank for, see who’s coming up first, and check the content. If you’re not committed to creating content that’s better than that, you’re not going to rank for that keyword. Stick to paid media.

There’s no special sauce anyone can poor on your existing website to make you rank first.

You have to actually create the best content by putting Neil’s growth marketing tips into action.

I’m grateful to have had an hour to connect with the master Neil Patel and hear these amazing 9 growth marketing techniques for 2020.

There were actually 23 growth marketing tips he shared with me, but I consolidated some and skipped a few in this article.

If you want all 23 growth marketing hacks, watch this YouTube video of or conversation.

]]>This week on PR Tech Wednesdays, a panel of public relations specialists from motion picture, music and television came together to discuss the state of the entertainment industry. Entertainment Panel Erik Deutsch,This week on PR Tech Wednesdays, a panel of public relations specialists from motion picture, music and television came together to discuss the state of the entertainment industry.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Entertainment Panel<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Erik Deutsch, Excel PR - Clients include the California Film Commission and the Association of Film Commissioners International<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Wynter Mitchell Rohrbaugh - 10 years of experience covering premieres, celebrity interviews and press junkets.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Alfred Hopton - A 24 year professional in entertainment publicity, talent relations and marketing. Talent producer for Penn & Teller Fool Us<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Staying current on advancements in PR Tech is an ongoing challenge.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Don't wait for the next big conference to find out what's new. Join me at PR Tech Wednesdays, every Wednesday from noon to 1pm Pacific Time for a weekly webinar on the latest in PR Tech.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I'm a PR specialist, tech entrepreneur and best selling author who's passionate about PR tech. These are in-depth conversations about the state of PR tech with thought leaders.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Let's track how tech is changing earned media relations together!Eric Schwartzman59:24B2B Growth Marketing, Growth Hacking and Demand Generation Secretshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-growth-marketing-demand-gen/
Tue, 19 May 2020 19:06:44 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=15080Search engine optimization is just one part of demand generation. Equally important are content marketing, social media, email marketing, a/b testing and conversion optimization.
In this episode, we go deep with demand gen maverick Gaetano DeNardi (@gaetano_nyc) about how to assess an existing site, increase its organic traffic through SEO, grow your email list and convert more leads to revenue.
Gaetano led demand-generation at Saleshacker, growing traffic from 17,000 to 100,000 monthly unique visitors which helped propel the company to a successful acquisition by Outreach.
He currently serves as Director of Demand Generation at Nextiva, which sells cloud phone systems.
Creativity and science go hand-in-hand in for Gaetano, who talks about his favorite approaches for optimizing sites for search, leveraging top pages to build an email list through content injection strategies and how to draw engagement through organic posts on LinkedIn.
Some of his favorite tools, which we discussed in the podcast, include:
SEMrush and ahrefs - He said he has no preference and is a customer of both.Clearscope - Provides semantically relevant terms recommended article length and other recommendations about writing qualityVWO - Combines heat maps, a/b testing and exportable click trackingHotjar - Website user behavior mapping Opt-In Monster - Content injection tool that loads faster than SumoBriteVerify - integrates with form handlers and blocks junk from BotsPardot - The salesforce.com marketing automation solution.HubSpot - The company that defined Inbound MarketingAmazon Polly - Text to voice generator from AWS
I am hoping to write a more comprehensive post about this interview sometime in the future. But I didn't want to hold up releasing this killer podcast episode for that so here it is. Search engine optimization is just one part of demand generation. Equally important are content marketing, social media, email marketing, a/b testing and conversion optimization.

In this episode, we go deep with demand gen maverick Gaetano DeNardi (@gaetano_nyc) about how to assess an existing site, increase its organic traffic through SEO, grow your email list and convert more leads to revenue.

Gaetano led demand-generation at Saleshacker, growing traffic from 17,000 to 100,000 monthly unique visitors which helped propel the company to a successful acquisition by Outreach.

He currently serves as Director of Demand Generation at Nextiva, which sells cloud phone systems.

Creativity and science go hand-in-hand in for Gaetano, who talks about his favorite approaches for optimizing sites for search, leveraging top pages to build an email list through content injection strategies and how to draw engagement through organic posts on LinkedIn.

Some of his favorite tools, which we discussed in the podcast, include:

SEMrush and ahrefs – He said he has no preference and is a customer of both.

I am hoping to write a more comprehensive post about this interview sometime in the future. But I didn’t want to hold up releasing this killer podcast episode for that so here it is.

]]>Search engine optimization is just one part of demand generation. Equally important are content marketing, social media, email marketing, a/b testing and conversion optimization. In this episode, we go deep with demand gen maverick Gaetano DeNardi ...Search engine optimization is just one part of demand generation. Equally important are content marketing, social media, email marketing, a/b testing and conversion optimization. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, we go deep with demand gen maverick Gaetano DeNardi (@gaetano_nyc) about how to assess an existing site, increase its organic traffic through SEO, grow your email list and convert more leads to revenue.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gaetano led demand-generation at Saleshacker, growing traffic from 17,000 to 100,000 monthly unique visitors which helped propel the company to a successful acquisition by Outreach.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He currently serves as Director of Demand Generation at Nextiva, which sells cloud phone systems.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Creativity and science go hand-in-hand in for Gaetano, who talks about his favorite approaches for optimizing sites for search, leveraging top pages to build an email list through content injection strategies and how to draw engagement through organic posts on LinkedIn.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Some of his favorite tools, which we discussed in the podcast, include:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEMrush and ahrefs - He said he has no preference and is a customer of both.Clearscope - Provides semantically relevant terms recommended article length and other recommendations about writing qualityVWO - Combines heat maps, a/b testing and exportable click trackingHotjar - Website user behavior mapping Opt-In Monster - Content injection tool that loads faster than SumoBriteVerify - integrates with form handlers and blocks junk from BotsPardot - The salesforce.com marketing automation solution.HubSpot - The company that defined Inbound MarketingAmazon Polly - Text to voice generator from AWS<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I am hoping to write a more comprehensive post about this interview sometime in the future. But I didn't want to hold up releasing this killer podcast episode for that so here it is. Eric Schwartzman45:50How To Become a Forbes Councils Memberhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/forbes-councils-2020/
Fri, 15 May 2020 22:41:29 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=14917While there’s plenty of competition from new outlets like Cheddar and Business Insider, Forbes is still one of the most influential business media brands in the world.
As a result of their annual power lists, Forbes has an enormous brand cachet.
It is a symbol of success and wealth, but it's also so much more.
It's a community, helping business leaders across a wide variety of industries connect and grow. Not to mention, share their hard-earned business insights with a captive audience of business professionals.
One way in which Forbes has embraced community-building is through Forbes Councils which, for select leaders, offers a powerful platform for business success by offering members access to visibility, connections, and growth.
I recently spoke to Ryan Paugh, COO / Co-Founder of The Community Company and the coauthor of Superconnector.
https://youtu.be/OvwtSnZNJ44
In 2016, his company partnered with Forbes to launch Forbes Councils.
Community Matters, Now More Than Ever
In talking with Ryan, one of the common themes that came up was the importance of surrounding yourself with the right group of people if you want to be successful. We discussed Malcom Gladwell'sOutliers and how the highest achievers maneuver a finite group of very exceptional people around them.
We also discussed how incredibly difficult this is to achieve in our modern-day social media era without some form of curation.
Superconnector, the book Ryan co-wrote with his business partner Scott Gerber, touches on many of the same principles.
They make a point to debunk the fallacy of "bigger is better" and actually dare readers to shrink the size of their inner circle. Scott even wrote a piece about this in the Harvard Business Review.
That's one of the things that The Community Company focuses on with all of its projects, including Forbes Councils.
Everything is by invitation only and applications are vetted by several members of their internal selection committee. In most cases, you're also going to pick up the phone and talk to a member of their team.
Share Your Insights & Expertise
When Ryan and I spoke, we touched upon their company's thesis: why thought leadership is so important. When you publish and share valuable, non-promotional content on a regular basis, it builds credibility, which then creates more business opportunities.
When it comes to thought leadership on Forbes Councils, an editorial staff works with members to develop high quality content. Based on a comprehensive set of guidelines, member articles get published on Forbes.com as a Council Post.
Because it is a paid program, you are not becoming a Forbes contributor.
Forbes Councils’ editorial staff reviews all submissions, not the Forbes editorial staff.
The frequency in which a member can publish depends on a few things. First is the quality of the writing. Is it well thought out? Is it succinct? Is it interesting and credible?
Second is their content approval process, which on average runs four to six weeks. So even if you’re firing on all cylinders, the reviewing process definitely slows things down.
Forbes Councils provides editorial support to help helps develop top notch thought leadership content.
Though, as Ryan points out, members often overlook the time it takes because of the value they get from working with a professional editor who can help them craft their ideas into a well-written piece of work that readers enjoy.
Forbes Councils has members who publish only several times a year and keep returning because they see immense value in the opportunity. For the right person, it’s a great value.
Curated Business Connections & Growth
Forbes Councils also offers a wealth of opportunity to build your network, get mentored by industry peers, and achieve a higher level of business results.
One of the ways they do this is through a private, members-only app where members post business cha...While there’s plenty of competition from new outlets like Cheddar and Business Insider, Forbes is still one of the most influential business media brands in the world.

As a result of their annual power lists, Forbes has an enormous brand cachet.

It is a symbol of success and wealth, but it’s also so much more.

It’s a community, helping business leaders across a wide variety of industries connect and grow. Not to mention, share their hard-earned business insights with a captive audience of business professionals.

One way in which Forbes has embraced community-building is through Forbes Councils which, for select leaders, offers a powerful platform for business success by offering members access to visibility, connections, and growth.

Community Matters, Now More Than Ever

In talking with Ryan, one of the common themes that came up was the importance of surrounding yourself with the right group of people if you want to be successful. We discussed Malcom Gladwell’sOutliers and how the highest achievers maneuver a finite group of very exceptional people around them.

We also discussed how incredibly difficult this is to achieve in our modern-day social media era without some form of curation.

Superconnector, the book Ryan co-wrote with his business partner Scott Gerber, touches on many of the same principles.

They make a point to debunk the fallacy of “bigger is better” and actually dare readers to shrink the size of their inner circle. Scott even wrote a piece about this in the Harvard Business Review.

That’s one of the things that The Community Company focuses on with all of its projects, including Forbes Councils.

Everything is by invitation only and applications are vetted by several members of their internal selection committee. In most cases, you’re also going to pick up the phone and talk to a member of their team.

Share Your Insights & Expertise

When Ryan and I spoke, we touched upon their company’s thesis: why thought leadership is so important. When you publish and share valuable, non-promotional content on a regular basis, it builds credibility, which then creates more business opportunities.

When it comes to thought leadership on Forbes Councils, an editorial staff works with members to develop high quality content. Based on a comprehensive set of guidelines, member articles get published on Forbes.com as a Council Post.

Because it is a paid program, you are not becoming a Forbes contributor.

Though, as Ryan points out, members often overlook the time it takes because of the value they get from working with a professional editor who can help them craft their ideas into a well-written piece of work that readers enjoy.

Forbes Councils has members who publish only several times a year and keep returning because they see immense value in the opportunity. For the right person, it’s a great value.

Curated Business Connections & Growth

Forbes Councils also offers a wealth of opportunity to build your network, get mentored by industry peers, and achieve a higher level of business results.

One of the ways they do this is through a private, members-only app where members post business challenges and opportunities for each other, which in the crowded world of mainstream social media is a welcomed change of pace.

Forbes Councils also regularly hosts meet ups for their members, which nowadays mostly happen virtually, and are focused on bringing industry-specific and geography specific groups together for more intimate peer masterminds.

In a post COVID-19 world, in-person events will happen again, too, through a volunteer-based program where tenured members help the community facilitate regional get-togethers.

If your business needs more hands-on support from an accredited expert, a stable of certified business growth coaches are available and offer consultative sessions as part of your membership. If you want to engage a coach in regular sessions, an additional fee to retain them can be added into your membership.

What To Look For In a Business Community

According to Ryan, the best membership communities promote generosity and goodwill amongst members. The technology and the platform you use isn’t nearly as important as the tone you set as a community leader. The people are the product.

CMX Summit 2019

In terms of other organizations operating communities that do it right, Ryan particularly likes the Community for Community Builders or CMX which is run by David Spinks, which was acquired by Bevy last year.

Also worth noting, in this Fast Company article, where Ryan shares three things to look for in your search for the perfect community as well as some other examples of organizations who are doing it right.

Conclusion

We’re living in unpredictable economic times. Businesses of all shapes and sizes are anxious and working harder than ever before to keep the lights on, but there’s still hope.

Strength in numbers, and we’re not talking Facebook-sized numbers, are offering business executives and entrepreneurs the support they need to keep their businesses afloat.

The difference between success and failure may truly be in the power of community. Whether it’s Forbes Councils, or a similar type of investment, maybe we should all stop and think about what communities we should be leaning into.

]]>While there’s plenty of competition from new outlets like Cheddar and Business Insider, Forbes is still one of the most influential business media brands in the world. As a result of their annual power lists, Forbes has an enormous brand cachet.While there’s plenty of competition from new outlets like Cheddar and Business Insider, Forbes is still one of the most influential business media brands in the world.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As a result of their annual power lists, Forbes has an enormous brand cachet. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It is a symbol of success and wealth, but it's also so much more. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It's a community, helping business leaders across a wide variety of industries connect and grow. Not to mention, share their hard-earned business insights with a captive audience of business professionals.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
One way in which Forbes has embraced community-building is through Forbes Councils which, for select leaders, offers a powerful platform for business success by offering members access to visibility, connections, and growth.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I recently spoke to Ryan Paugh, COO / Co-Founder of The Community Company and the coauthor of Superconnector. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
https://youtu.be/OvwtSnZNJ44<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In 2016, his company partnered with Forbes to launch Forbes Councils.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Community Matters, Now More Than Ever<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In talking with Ryan, one of the common themes that came up was the importance of surrounding yourself with the right group of people if you want to be successful. We discussed Malcom Gladwell'sOutliers and how the highest achievers maneuver a finite group of very exceptional people around them. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also discussed how incredibly difficult this is to achieve in our modern-day social media era without some form of curation.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Superconnector, the book Ryan co-wrote with his business partner Scott Gerber, touches on many of the same principles. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They make a point to debunk the fallacy of "bigger is better" and actually dare readers to shrink the size of their inner circle. Scott even wrote a piece about this in the Harvard Business Review. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That's one of the things that The Community Company focuses on with all of its projects, including Forbes Councils. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Everything is by invitation only and applications are vetted by several members of their internal selection committee. In most cases, you're also going to pick up the phone and talk to a member of their team.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Share Your Insights & Expertise<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When Ryan and I spoke, we touched upon their company's thesis: why thought leadership is so important. When you publish and share valuable, non-promotional content on a regular basis, it builds credibility, which then creates more business opportunities.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When it comes to thought leadership on Forbes Councils, an editorial staff works with members to develop high quality content. Based on a comprehensive set of guidelines, member articles get published on Forbes.com as a Council Post. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Because it is a paid program, you are not becoming a Forbes contributor. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Forbes Councils’ editorial staff reviews all submissions, not the Forbes editorial staff.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The frequency in which a member can publish depends on a few things. First is the quality of the writing. Is it well thought out? Is it succinct? Is it interesting and credible?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Second is their content approval process, which on average runs four to six weeks. So even if you’re firing on all cylinders, the reviewing process definitely slows things down. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Forbes Councils provides editorial support to help helps develop top notch thought leadership content.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Though, as Ryan points out, members often overlook the time it takes because of the value they get from working with a profe...Eric Schwartzman57:49Best Digital Marketing Tools for 2020 with Linkedin Learning’s Martin Waxmanhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/digital-marketing-tools-martin-waxman/
Thu, 07 May 2020 02:56:15 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=10032Lumen 5, Persado, Yoast and the #AI in PR tool stack from the Chartered Institute for Public Relations are just some one digital marketing tools I discussed with Linkedin Learning instructor Martin Waxman (@martinwaxman) on today's PR Tech Wednesdays video chat.
https://youtu.be/OJK7rP-3x7g
We started with a passage from Arundahti Roy's essay which appeared in the Financial Times "The Pandemic is a Portal" and talked about the opportunity to make intentional decisions about what practices to take with us as we travel through the portal to the new world, and which ones to disregard.
Digital Marketing Tools
18:23 - Anna Lebedeva of SEMrush shares B2B content marketing strategy
23:46 - Serena Ehrlich of BusinessWire recommends thinking about your headline as a URL
24:18 - How we use the Yoast for WordPress plugin to SEO
25:58 - Sarah Evans's mention of the Ink for All web content optimization tool on last week's video chat
31:48 - Lumen 5, a video maker tool that turns words into videos
36:43 - Persado, a new AI tool for generating optimized headlines
43:09 - How Google's new BERT AI algorithm will impact SEO
48:39 - Article on Muck Rack about SWAK emails
52:20 - CIPR's #AIinPR toolstack
52:23 - Why we can't live without Evernote
Martin shared all kinds useful info about all kinds of tools and tactics for leveraging tech and AI for public relations. I'll be publishing another post with a complete list of the tools so subscribe to the blog of you weant to make surte and get it.Lumen 5, Persado, Yoast and the #AI in PR tool stack from the Chartered Institute for Public Relations are just some one digital marketing tools I discussed with Linkedin Learning instructor Martin Waxman (@martinwaxman) on today’s PR Tech Wednesdays video chat.

https://youtu.be/OJK7rP-3x7g

We started with a passage from Arundahti Roy’s essay which appeared in the Financial Times “The Pandemic is a Portal” and talked about the opportunity to make intentional decisions about what practices to take with us as we travel through the portal to the new world, and which ones to disregard.

Martin shared all kinds useful info about all kinds of tools and tactics for leveraging tech and AI for public relations. I’ll be publishing another post with a complete list of the tools so subscribe to the blog of you weant to make surte and get it.

]]>Lumen 5, Persado, Yoast and the #AI in PR tool stack from the Chartered Institute for Public Relations are just some one digital marketing tools I discussed with Linkedin Learning instructor Martin Waxman (@martinwaxman) on today's PR Tech Wednesdays v...Lumen 5, Persado, Yoast and the #AI in PR tool stack from the Chartered Institute for Public Relations are just some one digital marketing tools I discussed with Linkedin Learning instructor Martin Waxman (@martinwaxman) on today's PR Tech Wednesdays video chat.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
https://youtu.be/OJK7rP-3x7g<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We started with a passage from Arundahti Roy's essay which appeared in the Financial Times "The Pandemic is a Portal" and talked about the opportunity to make intentional decisions about what practices to take with us as we travel through the portal to the new world, and which ones to disregard.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Digital Marketing Tools <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:23 - Anna Lebedeva of SEMrush shares B2B content marketing strategy <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
23:46 - Serena Ehrlich of BusinessWire recommends thinking about your headline as a URL<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:18 - How we use the Yoast for WordPress plugin to SEO <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
25:58 - Sarah Evans's mention of the Ink for All web content optimization tool on last week's video chat <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
31:48 - Lumen 5, a video maker tool that turns words into videos<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
36:43 - Persado, a new AI tool for generating optimized headlines<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
43:09 - How Google's new BERT AI algorithm will impact SEO<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
48:39 - Article on Muck Rack about SWAK emails<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
52:20 - CIPR's #AIinPR toolstack<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
52:23 - Why we can't live without Evernote<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Martin shared all kinds useful info about all kinds of tools and tactics for leveraging tech and AI for public relations. I'll be publishing another post with a complete list of the tools so subscribe to the blog of you weant to make surte and get it.Eric Schwartzman2:02:14B2B Content Marketing Strategy Briefing from SEMrushhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-content-marketing-lebedeva-semrush/
Sat, 02 May 2020 00:39:42 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9974B2B content marketing is the demand generation pillar in the SEMrush digital marketing strategy.
SEMrush sells a SaaS platform that helps with SEO, PPC, content marketing, social media and competitive research.
Her goal is to position SEMrush as the best way to automate the optimization-based part of content marketing. Offload the quant work to SEMrush and focus on creative marketing, collaborating with coworkers and developing new business.
I sat down with Anna Lebedeva, Head of Growth Marketing at SEMrush and she opened the playbook and answered all my questions.
Is Content Marketing Indispensable for Global B2B Marketing?
Anna is responsible for driving worldwide demand. B2B content marketing strategy is not one size fits all.
Photo by Kyle Glenn on Unsplash
She localizes her approach to each market. And she starts by reviewing local blog posts and other types of content marketing to see what resonate.
By starting with a media audit in the local language, she sees what topics are popular. She uses Google Translate to get the gist of what's people are saying that market.
The SEMrush blog publishes posts in 7 languages.
She's interested in seeing, at high level, what the topics are so she can tailor her content creation for each audience.
Then, she tries to get a sense of how knowledgeable the majority of B2B marketers are in that geographic area about search engine optimization. That way, she knows who to create relevant content for.
B2B Content Marketing in Brazil
In Brazil, digital marketers are great at the process of high quality content creation. They know how to develop rich buyer personas and generate engaging content for their ideal customer profile.
Photo by Agustín Diaz on Unsplash
But when it comes to the more technical aspects of SEO, they're a little less experienced. She entered the Brazial market with content marketing oriented material.
B2B Content Marketing in Northern Europe
In Northern Europe, like Scandinavian countries and Germany, digital marketers want technical information. And this makes repurposing content developed for English speaking audiences, who are more interested in qualitative information, ineffective.
You can't just translate content developed for the US and UK into Scandinavian languages or German because these audiences demand quantitative back up. She focuses on creating technical content for Northern Europe.
B2B Content Marketing in Australia
When SEMrush creates content that specifically addresses the Australian market, instead of just repurposing content for the US and UK markets, Aussies appreciate it. Most marketers just rehash their English language content created for Australia and New Zealand.
Anna says Australia is the most appreciative market she's developed, probably because they're so far away geographically from everyone else. When content marketers develop material specifically addressing their needs, they absolutely gravitate to that provider.
Photo by Joey Csunyo on Unsplash
In many niche B2B categories, Australia is an under served market. Whereas the US is developed and mature with respect to digital marketing and SEO, Australia is a bit more nascent.
That's not say Australia doesn't have its share of digital marketing thought leaders says Anna. There are a number of top SEOs in Australia.
But for most part, digital marketing is much less evolved in Australia than it is in the US.
B2B Content Marketing in the US
The US is the most advanced digital marketing market. She didn't say this, but my guess is its more a result of the US leading the global IT industry. Although with China taking the lead in the artificial intelligence industry, we could see that lead dwindle.
Photo by Luke Stackpoole on Unsplash
Purchasing decisions happen faster and sales cycles are shorter in the US than anywhere else in the world. That's why it's the leading economy, Anna says.
B2B content marketing is the demand generation pillar in the SEMrush digital marketing strategy.

Her goal is to position SEMrush as the best way to automate the optimization-based part of content marketing. Offload the quant work to SEMrush and focus on creative marketing, collaborating with coworkers and developing new business.

I sat down with Anna Lebedeva, Head of Growth Marketing at SEMrush and she opened the playbook and answered all my questions.

Is Content Marketing Indispensable for Global B2B Marketing?

She localizes her approach to each market. And she starts by reviewing local blog posts and other types of content marketing to see what resonate.

By starting with a media audit in the local language, she sees what topics are popular. She uses Google Translate to get the gist of what’s people are saying that market.

The SEMrush blog publishes posts in 7 languages.

She’s interested in seeing, at high level, what the topics are so she can tailor her content creation for each audience.

Then, she tries to get a sense of how knowledgeable the majority of B2B marketers are in that geographic area about search engine optimization. That way, she knows who to create relevant content for.

B2B Content Marketing in Brazil

In Brazil, digital marketers are great at the process of high quality content creation. They know how to develop rich buyer personas and generate engaging content for their ideal customer profile.

Photo by Agustín Diaz on Unsplash

But when it comes to the more technical aspects of SEO, they’re a little less experienced. She entered the Brazial market with content marketing oriented material.

B2B Content Marketing in Northern Europe

In Northern Europe, like Scandinavian countries and Germany, digital marketers want technical information. And this makes repurposing content developed for English speaking audiences, who are more interested in qualitative information, ineffective.

You can’t just translate content developed for the US and UK into Scandinavian languages or German because these audiences demand quantitative back up. She focuses on creating technical content for Northern Europe.

B2B Content Marketing in Australia

When SEMrush creates content that specifically addresses the Australian market, instead of just repurposing content for the US and UK markets, Aussies appreciate it. Most marketers just rehash their English language content created for Australia and New Zealand.

Anna says Australia is the most appreciative market she’s developed, probably because they’re so far away geographically from everyone else. When content marketers develop material specifically addressing their needs, they absolutely gravitate to that provider.

Photo by Joey Csunyo on Unsplash

In many niche B2B categories, Australia is an under served market. Whereas the US is developed and mature with respect to digital marketing and SEO, Australia is a bit more nascent.

That’s not say Australia doesn’t have its share of digital marketing thought leaders says Anna. There are a number of top SEOs in Australia.

But for most part, digital marketing is much less evolved in Australia than it is in the US.

B2B Content Marketing in the US

The US is the most advanced digital marketing market. She didn’t say this, but my guess is its more a result of the US leading the global IT industry. Although with China taking the lead in the artificial intelligence industry, we could see that lead dwindle.

Purchasing decisions happen faster and sales cycles are shorter in the US than anywhere else in the world. That’s why it’s the leading economy, Anna says.

In comparing the US to Australia, Anna says the US digital marketing industry is mature and very competitive. If you’re looking to start a digital marketing agency, she says Australia’s the market to go to because there’s much less competition.

What are the Best Ways to do B2B Content Marketing?

So unless your content is the best content, it’s not going to rank on page one in search results.

And if doesn’t rank on page one, no one is going to see it.

Seventy-seven percent of purchasing decisions start on Google. If you don’t get found there, you can’t be considered. And you can’t make the short list.

I remember one time getting a call from a guy who said he’d pay me anything if I could get him to rank first for the phrase “language translation.”

Photo by Benjamin Dada on Unsplash

I searched it and Google Translate come up first.

Then, I checked out his site. It was a chains of schools that taught people to speak English as a second language.

I told him if he wants to rank first for “language translation,” he needed to build a better site that Google Translate.

But that’s not why he called. He liked his website and didn’t want to change it. He just wanted to come up first for “language translation.”

Needless to say, as much as I’d like to be paid anything, I didn’t take the job. Becuase that’s not how search engine optimization works.

You can’t pour some special sauce on your existing website and make it come up first. You have to actually improve the quality of the content (text, images, video, layout) on your website.

It’s all about having the best content for that search query. Develop the best content for a search term and you’ll come up first.

It’s a lot work. But it’s worth it. Becuase organic traffic is more qualified and converts at a higher rate.

How Do I Find Topics for B2B Content Marketing?

Ann and the SEMrush B2B content marketing team use Quora extensively to see which problems are trending.

A search for “content marketing” on Quora shows which questions are trending on that topic.

I like to use Reddit as well, myself.

A search for “content marketing” on Reddit.

She also likes following the Twitter accounts of SEO industry thought leaders. When it comes to questions around SEO, the SEMrush Twitter account maintains lists to see what experts are talking about.

If experts are talking about similar topics, that means those topics are popular.

@SEMrush Twitter Lists

And they also use their own tool, SEMrush to see what people search for. There’s a topic research section where you can actually see which questions people are asking Google.

They also invest a lot in talking to their customers. They go to industry events and schedule customers meetings. She calls customers on the phone. And Anna says this is one of the most important inspirations for their content marketing program.

But across the board, she says entry level SEO content always performs the best. They publish mostly 101 guides and how to tutorials to help new customers utilize and be successful with their products.

For SaaS companies, keeping clients is as important as getting them. To circumvent churn, she focuses on publishing a ton of content for new SEOs to drive product utilization.

These are articles about the basics of SEO and content marketing. And the basic of digital marketing in general.

Curated Content Marketing

Eighty percent of the posts that run on the SEMrush blog are written by outside experts, most of who are customers. They write expert opinion pieces that appeal to advanced SEOs. The other 20% are product oriented articles by their SEMrush content team.

So the SEMrush content team invites experts to write some of the posts. And SEOs seeking the implied endorsement of an article on the SEMrush blog submit posts on their own as well.

The experts and unsolicited authors don’t get paid to write for the SEMrush blog. But they get the visibility of an article they wrote on a high profile site. And they get a link from the SEMrush blog back to their website.

Links from one site to another are called “back links.”

Like footsteps in the sand, hyperlinks tell Google which sites people are going to and think are important.

All the back links from the SEMrush blog get tagged with a “nofollow” reference. That tells Google not to associate the linked to site with the SEMrush domain.

No follow links have less value from an SEO perspective, but they’re still valuable.

But even though guest contributors don’t get any link authority from SEMrush.com, they still get published on a prestigious blog, and that has value. Plus, these are valid links that drive qualified traffic.

From the guest contributor’s perspective, writing for the SEMrush blog is an earned media tactic. The more prestigious the site they publish on, the more credibility they earn.

The prospect of earning a post on the SEMrush blog is enticing enough that they enjoy a steady stream of submissions.

In the early days, SEMrush earned the attention and admiration of online influencers, almost by accident. Today, there are B2B influencer marketing agencies that identify and engage online influencers for their clients.

There’s even an influencer hierarchy framework which ranks influencers by reach.

The ranks go from null (less than 1k) to nano (1-10k) to micro (10-50k) to mid-tier (50-500k) to macro (500-1M) to mega (1M+).

https://youtu.be/1w1G_IfDL10

Since B2B marketers cater to smaller audiences, they typically what to know how to find micro-influencers in their niche. There are even influencers discovery and monitoring SaaS platforms out there.

When it comes to influencer marketing, SEMrush got lucky. They had a tool online influencers liked and talked about. So they first gained traction through earned media.

Earned media is usually considered trade and mainstream media, but I put influencers in this category too. They have pretty much replaced them.

Trade media got hammered by the migration of ad dollars to PPC, and online influencers filled the void.

In many industries, online influencers are serving in the same capacity as trade media used to. Becoming an influencer is part of the B2B content marketing game.

The idea is to create content people like, and earn influencer in the process

Is Content Marketing Overtaking Digital Marketing?

SEO and B2B content marketing are definitely a mainstay component in digital marketing. But without shared, owned, earned and paid media strategies, content marketing is ineffective.

Armed with a product influencers liked, SEMrush focused next on PPC or paid media. They had cash from sales and paid media was predictable.

They knew that if they spent X amount of dollars they’d drive Y amount of sales. And they’d do it in the short term.

Third was their investment in owned media, in this case the SEMrush blog. Today, it’s among the most influential digital marketing sources in the world today.

Once they blog was established, shared media grew naturally from there. Digital marketers shared and discussed their content on social media.

So for SEMrush it was online influencers first, paid media second, owned media third and shared media fourth. And last but now least, they circled back to shared media and added a formal public relations component to get press.

Anna says that until you’ve got customers and traction, don’t expect to get press. Journalists need to be able to qualify you for coverage based on something over then yourself.

Reporters need other sources to make sure what you have to say is worth writing about. Unless you’ve established your reputation through owned and shared media, a press release but itself isn’t going to cut it.

So no, content marketing is not overtaking digital marketing. It needs a to woven into a sequence of digital media marketing programs which I outlined in details here.

How Do We Generate B2B Leads with Content Marketing

You can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make her drink.

Photo by Jeremy Perkins on Unsplash

By answering questions your buyers have and optimizing then for search, you lead the horse to water.

But unless you can solve there problem with a product or service you offer, your content marketing strategy in misguided.

You can blog about consumer oriented topics and lure a herd of horses. But if you don’t have anything to sell them, your efforts are not commercially smart.

I advise B2B marketers on content strategy, which is why I’m writing this blog post.

I have an innovative program where I provide clients with guidance, supervision and resources to execute owned, shared and earned media strategies.

If I didn’t, I’d be wasting my time writing this blog post. This is an example of B2B content marketing. And my owned media channel is this blog.

For those who would rather read than listen, I am repurposing the audio content as a blog post. And to serve you the reader, if you want to check out the podcast, and Google as well with the anchor text.

If you’re still reading this, you see I’m delivering value by telling you how SEMrush handles their B2B content marketing. I’m not telling you about me and what I do. I’m not selling. I’m educating.

Sales Funnel Optimization for B2B Marketers

SEMrush has more than 5M users, so they have cash and can afford paid media.

But when it comes to sales funnel optimization, SEMrush drives traffic with paid media. Anna’s one-two punch starts with text ads on Google and moves to re targeted display ads on Facebook to close the deal.

Text for search. Display for re targeting.

It works wonders, she says. SaaS is not an impulse buy. It takes them around 15 impressions to get a horse drink.

What is B2B Content Marketing?

If you’re new to B2B content marketing, search engine optimization and B2B content marketing go hand in hand. It’s not enough to create engaging content. Your typical customer profile has to be able to find it easily through Google search.

When you’re thinking about what to create content about, the idea is to create information that answer questions people are searching for answers to.

You want to create content that will help answer their questions and solve their problems when they search online. If you think about it, that’s why we search. We’re looking for something we don’t know.

People are looking for answers to questions. They’re looking to solve their problems.

The First Book on Search and Social for B2B Marketing

In the B2B world, those problems are also called pain points.

B2B content marketers don’t guess what those pain points are.

They use digital marketing tools like SEMrush to research the questions their potential customers are searching and create answers designed to get found.

B2B Customer Journey Mapping 101

Indium sells solder paste. You know, the stuff they use to attach electrical components together on circuit boards.

SEO isn’t just the backbone of their B2B content marketing strategy. It’s the backbone of their entire marketing strategy.

They’ve been so successful with SEO, they stopped advertising and attending trade shows altogether. They blog in several languages including Chinese on their site now.

Indium leverages their knowledge of their unique corner of electronic components manufacturing industry to connect with customers when a purchasing need arises.

They’re not writing search optimized blog posts to rank against the name of their company. Google gives them that one for free.

They’re not writing to rank for simple keywords like solder where the probability of conversion is low.

They’re writing to rank against against low-volume search phrases indicative of an immediate purchasing need.

These are long tail keywords. The legend of the long tail was inspired by Robbie Vann Adibe. I set up a meeting for him with Wired Magazine editor Chris Anderson, who wrote the story.

The Internet removed the boundaries of time and space imposed by retail. So the bottom 90% of products became more lucrative than the top 10%. The concept of long tail essentially redefines the concept of what’s popular.

Instead of targeting high volume terms, long tail content marketers target low volume terms with a higher probability of conversion.

In the world of SEO, that means don’t worry about ranking for the board, high volume phrases. Focus on ranking for specific, low volume phrases that may not have much search volume, but are more likely to result in a conversion.

It’s great to rank first for shoes if sell every kind of show under the suns. But if your a company like Allbirds, and you only sell Merino wool shoes, it’s much better to rank for Merino running shoes. Even though the search volume for that term is lower.

Smart B2B content marketers focus on answering very specific questions. And their objective is to come up in top search results when people search those problems with a variety of different terms and phrases.

The objective is to help customers make smart purchasing decisions by anticipating their needs and making sure they find answers when they search. Not by shilling or marketing or publicizing.But by sharing genuinely valuable content.

You’re Not Going to Believe What They’re Blogging About

Here are some headlines from the Indium blog.

Wave soldering flux deactivation temperatures explained.

Will Multiple Reflows Damage My Solder Joint?

Using Integrated Preforms For Solder Fortificatio

n

Chinese blog post by Indium

These headlines don’t interest most people. But those that it does usually purchase solder paste by the truck load.

It’s a small audience because it’s a market with a small customer base relative to customers for consumer products.

You can probably also start to see why B2B content marketing is actually easier that B2C, because it’s less competitive.

Not as many people are search for solder paste as Nike Air Max 1 or Florida Vacations. So it’s much easier to get found because there’s less competition.

Marketing One to One vs One to Many

If you have the resources, it’s more cost effective to answer questions on a blog than over the phone, since blogs are one to many.

A blog gets you in front of everyone who searches that question, whether it’s during business hours or not.

Offering business customers access to the information they need to qualify your products on a self service basis speeds up the customer journey.

It’s also a practical way to accelerate the sales cycles, since prospects don’t have to wait for an email or a returned call.

Now that we’ve got the B2B content marketing 101 primer out of the way, let’s get back to the conversation with Anna.

As I said, she’s been running growth marketing at SEMrush for the last 4 years. So she has a ton of real world B2B content marketing experience.

I Suck at Algebra

Algebra was a very traumatic experience for me.

Photo by Annie Spratt on Unsplash

I used to sit at my desk with tears in my eyes, trying to get ready for Algebra 2 tests in high school. I hated algebra because I struggled to understand it.

My brother Jamie used to tutor me. He’s the math guy. I’m the English guy.

On the other hand, I get geometry.

For some reason, geometry was easy for me, cause I understand spatial relationships. They make sense to me because they’re practical. Numercial equation are not.

I tell you this because even if you’re not a numbers person, you can learn the Basics of SEO. And it’s a huge part of content marketing.

Everyone does social because it’s fun but too many digital marketers overlook SEO and it’s where you’ll get your best traffic.

If you still haven’t learned the basics, my class is free (and fun I’m told) so you have no excuse.

If you want to learn the Basics of SEO, I have a free online course. It covers everything you need to know.

You’ll learn keyword discovery, citation indexing, mobile SEO and more. And remember, I suck at math. So if I can learn SEO, you can to!

Free Online Course: Basics of SEO by Eric Schwartzman
]]>B2B content marketing is the demand generation pillar in the SEMrush digital marketing strategy. SEMrush sells a SaaS platform that helps with SEO, PPC, content marketing, social media and competitive research. B2B content marketing is the demand generation pillar in the SEMrush digital marketing strategy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEMrush sells a SaaS platform that helps with SEO, PPC, content marketing, social media and competitive research.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Her goal is to position SEMrush as the best way to automate the optimization-based part of content marketing. Offload the quant work to SEMrush and focus on creative marketing, collaborating with coworkers and developing new business.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I sat down with Anna Lebedeva, Head of Growth Marketing at SEMrush and she opened the playbook and answered all my questions.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Is Content Marketing Indispensable for Global B2B Marketing?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Anna is responsible for driving worldwide demand. B2B content marketing strategy is not one size fits all.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Kyle Glenn on Unsplash<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She localizes her approach to each market. And she starts by reviewing local blog posts and other types of content marketing to see what resonate.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
By starting with a media audit in the local language, she sees what topics are popular. She uses Google Translate to get the gist of what's people are saying that market.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEMrush blog publishes posts in 7 languages.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She's interested in seeing, at high level, what the topics are so she can tailor her content creation for each audience.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, she tries to get a sense of how knowledgeable the majority of B2B marketers are in that geographic area about search engine optimization. That way, she knows who to create relevant content for.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
B2B Content Marketing in Brazil<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In Brazil, digital marketers are great at the process of high quality content creation. They know how to develop rich buyer personas and generate engaging content for their ideal customer profile.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Agustín Diaz on Unsplash<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But when it comes to the more technical aspects of SEO, they're a little less experienced. She entered the Brazial market with content marketing oriented material.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
B2B Content Marketing in Northern Europe<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In Northern Europe, like Scandinavian countries and Germany, digital marketers want technical information. And this makes repurposing content developed for English speaking audiences, who are more interested in qualitative information, ineffective.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can't just translate content developed for the US and UK into Scandinavian languages or German because these audiences demand quantitative back up. She focuses on creating technical content for Northern Europe.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
B2B Content Marketing in Australia<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When SEMrush creates content that specifically addresses the Australian market, instead of just repurposing content for the US and UK markets, Aussies appreciate it. Most marketers just rehash their English language content created for Australia and New Zealand.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Anna says Australia is the most appreciative market she's developed, probably because they're so far away geographically from everyone else. When content marketers develop material specifically addressing their needs, they absolutely gravitate to that provider.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Joey Csunyo on Unsplash<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In many niche B2B categories, Australia is an under served market. Whereas the US is developed and mature with respect to digital marketing and SEO, Australia is a bit more nascent.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That's not say Australia doesn't have its share of digital marketing thought leaders says A...Eric Schwartzman40:59How to Get Press Coverage with Digital Public Relationshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-get-press-coverage-with-digital-public-relations/
Thu, 30 Apr 2020 00:42:28 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9941Tactics for getting press coverage with digital PR are as broad and varied as the public relations agencies and clients that pursue them. The news media is influential, so everybody wants to get press. But everybody knows how to get it.
In this post, I'm going to share the digital PR strategies Sarah Evans (@prsarahevans) uses to generate media coverage for her clients.
Paypal, Cox Communications, MGM International and WalMart are just a few of the companies she works with.
https://youtu.be/bR4K5DaWl3Q
I connected with Sarah today. She's one of the most talented and effective digital media PR professionals I know.
She generously shared which digital PR tactics are working best for her right now, during this time of economic uncertainty.
YouTube video replay of PR Tech Wednesdays with Sarah Evans
Digital PR vs. Traditional PR
She provided all sorts of digital PR examples, digital PR activities and details about the types of digital PR programs she has underway. And Sarah also made a point to say that as a result of the pandemic, everything old is new again.
She's combining digital PR tools with old school mainstream media relations tactics to increase her effectiveness in these lean times.
"I think we're at 23,000 reporters either furloughed or laid off. Things are changing so quick. We need resources to be able to get reporters the types of stories being covered," says Sarah.
She uses digital PR tactics to gauge what types of stories are gaining traction in the news media. And she uses email to develop Weekly Stories email pitches. They're not too formal. And they give journalists an easy way to glance over the various stories she's pitching on behalf of clients.
If It's too Polished, It's Not Newsworthy
The not too formal part is an important distinction, because the more polished it, the more is looks like mass communications.
Longtime Rogers & Cowan Entertainment Publicist Julie Nathanson
When I was at Rogers & Cowan, I was in a meeting with the Julie Nathanson, who passed at 68 years old this week. I'll always remember her as helpful and kind.
We were talking about putting together press materials for a new client. These were the days of press releases, bios, fact sheets and backgrounders stuffed into dual pocket presentation folders.
Only the Grammys -- with the help of IBM and Ron Bloom -- could pull off an online press room in those days. But that's another story.
Anyway, in the meeting with Julie, I suggested printing slick folders with the clients picture and logo on the front. Then we could do a mass mailing to all relevant media.
Julie took a post it note. She wrote the clients name on it, stuck it on the front of a blank presentation folder and said, “Here, send this.”
She wanted the client to look undiscovered.
News is New
Reporters want a scoop. They want something newsworthy, not something everyone knows already.
But since no one prints less than 500 of anything. A printed folder would have signaled to journalists that we were pitching the client far and wide.
My boss Steve Doctrow jokingly referred to my suggestion as a pamphlet airdrop, a form of psychological warfare in which leaflets (flyers) are scattered in the air.
An American leaflet container with 22,500 pamphlets being loaded during the Korean War.
So if the media bit, they were likely to publish a piece everyone esle would be publishing at the same time.
If everyone covers it, it's not a scoop. Reporters want exclusives. It's called news for a reason.
Julie understood the concept of creating newsworthiness before it was called earned media. She was a master at how to get press. It was a lesson I’ll never forget.
So rather than carpet bomb journalists with a bunch of individual one-off media pitches for different clients, she sends one round-up pitch. She personalizes each one and sends them weekly, at the start of each media contact's news cycle.
Tactics for getting press coverage with digital PR are as broad and varied as the public relations agencies and clients that pursue them. The news media is influential, so everybody wants to get press. But everybody knows how to get it.

In this post, I’m going to share the digital PR strategies Sarah Evans (@prsarahevans) uses to generate media coverage for her clients.

Paypal, Cox Communications, MGM International and WalMart are just a few of the companies she works with.

https://youtu.be/bR4K5DaWl3Q

I connected with Sarah today. She’s one of the most talented and effective digital media PR professionals I know.

She generously shared which digital PR tactics are working best for her right now, during this time of economic uncertainty.

YouTube video replay of PR Tech Wednesdays with Sarah Evans

Digital PR vs. Traditional PR

She provided all sorts of digital PR examples, digital PR activities and details about the types of digital PR programs she has underway. And Sarah also made a point to say that as a result of the pandemic, everything old is new again.

She’s combining digital PR tools with old school mainstream media relations tactics to increase her effectiveness in these lean times.

“I think we’re at 23,000 reporters either furloughed or laid off. Things are changing so quick. We need resources to be able to get reporters the types of stories being covered,” says Sarah.

She uses digital PR tactics to gauge what types of stories are gaining traction in the news media. And she uses email to develop Weekly Stories email pitches. They’re not too formal. And they give journalists an easy way to glance over the various stories she’s pitching on behalf of clients.

If It’s too Polished, It’s Not Newsworthy

The not too formal part is an important distinction, because the more polished it, the more is looks like mass communications.

Longtime Rogers & Cowan Entertainment Publicist Julie Nathanson

When I was at Rogers & Cowan, I was in a meeting with the Julie Nathanson, who passed at 68 years old this week. I’ll always remember her as helpful and kind.

We were talking about putting together press materials for a new client. These were the days of press releases, bios, fact sheets and backgrounders stuffed into dual pocket presentation folders.

Only the Grammys — with the help of IBM and Ron Bloom — could pull off an online press room in those days. But that’s another story.

Anyway, in the meeting with Julie, I suggested printing slick folders with the clients picture and logo on the front. Then we could do a mass mailing to all relevant media.

Julie took a post it note. She wrote the clients name on it, stuck it on the front of a blank presentation folder and said, “Here, send this.”

News is New

But since no one prints less than 500 of anything. A printed folder would have signaled to journalists that we were pitching the client far and wide.

My boss Steve Doctrow jokingly referred to my suggestion as a pamphlet airdrop, a form of psychological warfare in which leaflets (flyers) are scattered in the air.

An American leaflet container with 22,500 pamphlets being loaded during the Korean War.

So if the media bit, they were likely to publish a piece everyone esle would be publishing at the same time.

If everyone covers it, it’s not a scoop. Reporters want exclusives. It’s called news for a reason.

Julie understood the concept of creating newsworthiness before it was called earned media. She was a master at how to get press. It was a lesson I’ll never forget.

So rather than carpet bomb journalists with a bunch of individual one-off media pitches for different clients, she sends one round-up pitch. She personalizes each one and sends them weekly, at the start of each media contact’s news cycle.

This approach gives clients something they can’t get with DIY PR. They get the opportunity to presented in a collection of pitches, which is more likely to get read.

How to Get Press with Digital PR Tools

Let’s start with the digital PR activities she and her team do to determine what stories are currently trending in the news.

Twitter Lists – Sarah has built the most comprehensive collection of Twitter media lists I’ve ever seen. And they’re all available on her account publicly. It is an incredible act of generosity to anyone looking to get press.

Sarah uses those lists to see what stories are getting coverage in each of those news categories and tweaks her media pitches accordingly. She calls it her digital PR litmus test.

Muck Rack Trends – Muck Rack, which maintains lists of journalists by topic and category, recently introduced a product called Muck Rack Trends. It allow you to see what’s trending in the news media.

SEM Rush – Sarah uses SEM Rush (I’m also a fan) to see what people are searching. By looking at search volume, she can see what people are interested in.

She uses that intelligence to inform her pitch, niche out her topics and embrace popular language. I’ve long believed there’s perhaps no digital PR skill more valuable than basic SEO.

Digital PR and SEO go hand in hand. If you’re interested in learning basic SEO, I have a free Basics of SEO course you’ll love.

Google Trends – This is a great tool for comparing relative search volume among five keyword phrases. Google Trends is a free online tool, but it only shows data for fairly high-volume keyword phrases. If you want more narrow terms, like B2B oriented phrases, you’re going to need a premium service like SEM Rush.

Networking – There’s nothing like a good old-fashioned networking. If she can’t meet with journalists in person, Sarah calls them on the phone to see how she can help. It’s taken years to build those relationships. But that’s what it takes to get press.

Johna Burke, CEO of the International Association for the Measurement and Evaluation of Communications, recommended a bonus tool. She recommended checking out popular search phrases called Answer the Public.

State of Online Media Monitoring

Johna was incredibly supportive when I was writing the 2020 Media Monitoring Buyer’s Guide. It’s an in-depth vendor neutral report I wrote with a side-by-side features comparison chart, analysis and reviews of the top 10 media monitoring platforms.

Feel free to use to find the best media monitoring solution. I was frustrated with what was out there to make a purchasing decision myself. That’s why I wrote it.

She introduced me to Jonny Bentwood and Eric Koefoot. They both provided amazing insights on what buyers should look for.

Newbies don’t know it, but if you want to get press, listening is the first step.

Jonny shared his free and premium PR Tech stacks. Eric K. spoke to me in detail about the risks of over relying on automated solutions.

I learned the difference between neural networks (which is AI that solve a focused task) and artificial general intelligence (which we’re no where near at this point).

Artificial general intelligence is what would required to replace humans. You’d need tools that could understand natural language.

As part of my research, I connect with the chief scientist at Pinterest who is also a professor of computer science at Stanford. I asked him why AI can’t solve the fake news problem.

He said that to get rid of fake news, you have to build a software that knows all truth. Becuase unless you know what’s true, how can you say what’s false?

Not quite so easy, right? So as cool as PR tech is, it still has its limits, and will for a long time.

Neverthelss, these are the tools Sarah uses to figure out what topics are trending and most likely to resonate with her news media contacts.

From there, she develops a weekly stories email that she segments and sends out to her contacts to secure media placements. So let’s start by taking a look at he she structures those emails.

Traditional Public Relations

Here’s what goes into Sarah’s Weekly Stories Emails (she creates print, TV and digital versions) which she keeps short and sweet:

Each email starts with a personalized intro

5-7 bulleted story ideas with brief descriptions

If it’s a TV pitch there are links to visual assets on Dropbox

If it’s a print pitch, there are links to background info

I use a tool called YesWare. It which connects with my Gmail and lets me see how many times someone opens my emails. If I want, I can also see whether they click any of the links in the email.

YesWare Email opens report

For me, this is useful because I don’t have to send out a mass email to track the opens and click-thrus. And I don’t waste time manually inserting bitly links and Google campaign builder tracking links either.

I find that having a sense of whether or not someone has seen something helps me gauge how aggressive to be with my follow-up.

Sarah’s digital media relations tactics help her figure out which stories are most likely to be well-received. Then she writes a good old-fashioned email summarizing her pitches, which she personalizes and sends to her media contacts.

Email is old fashioned. Ask anyone under 16 years old.

Digital PR Starts with Owned Media

I want to add a point something out for those readers who are not public relations specialists. If you don’t have a lot of experience in media relations, there’s an important point I need to make. You really need to consider this or you’re going to miss the mark.

You may think that putting together a simple sentence with information about your company and sending it to journalists is good enough.

But it’s not.

If the information isn’t newsworthy, you’ll get no response. And if your pitch is seen as self-serving. You may even be seen as a pest and potentially even bias them against covering you in the future.

The Risk of DIY Public Relations

I write a lot about the owned, shared and earned media. Getting press coverage is earned media, because you have to earn it. Unless a journalist can qualify you by visiting your website and checking out your social media profiles, they’re unlikely to take you seriously.

Your Website is Your Press Kit

If you want to get press, it starts with owned media. You need to develop your message and identity first. Then comes shared media. You need to become of member of your digital community. Then you’re ready for earned media.

The problem is too many people skip owned and earned media. They hire a PR firm only to be disappointed when they don’t get press coverage.

But they haven’t developed a clear message and they haven’t built any street cred.

2020 Startups Guide to Earned Media

I explain this process in a another free report I wrote called the Startups Guide to PR. The basic premise is, get you message straight and build relationships with thought leaders in your community.

Otherwise, you’re a ghost.

It’s risky for journalists to cover ghosts. If they can’t substantiate you as a credible source, they’re risking their own reputation by covering you.

If you’re new to PR and you want earned media, download and read it. It could save you tens of thousands of dollars and months of wasted time.

Using these digital tools to fine tune your pitch and drafting a summary of all the stories you’re representing is a smart approach.

Sarah segments and sends them to reporters. This sort of media pitching strategy is certainly a great way to get press and help reporters on deadline at the same time.

Join Us Next Wednesday

This blog post was written from a conversation I had with Sarah on PR Tech Wednesdays. If you’d like to join us, it’s a weekly video chat I host every Wednesday at 12 noon Pacific time.

]]>Tactics for getting press coverage with digital PR are as broad and varied as the public relations agencies and clients that pursue them. The news media is influential, so everybody wants to get press. But everybody knows how to get it. Tactics for getting press coverage with digital PR are as broad and varied as the public relations agencies and clients that pursue them. The news media is influential, so everybody wants to get press. But everybody knows how to get it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this post, I'm going to share the digital PR strategies Sarah Evans (@prsarahevans) uses to generate media coverage for her clients.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Paypal, Cox Communications, MGM International and WalMart are just a few of the companies she works with.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
https://youtu.be/bR4K5DaWl3Q<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I connected with Sarah today. She's one of the most talented and effective digital media PR professionals I know.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She generously shared which digital PR tactics are working best for her right now, during this time of economic uncertainty.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
YouTube video replay of PR Tech Wednesdays with Sarah Evans<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Digital PR vs. Traditional PR<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She provided all sorts of digital PR examples, digital PR activities and details about the types of digital PR programs she has underway. And Sarah also made a point to say that as a result of the pandemic, everything old is new again.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She's combining digital PR tools with old school mainstream media relations tactics to increase her effectiveness in these lean times.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
"I think we're at 23,000 reporters either furloughed or laid off. Things are changing so quick. We need resources to be able to get reporters the types of stories being covered," says Sarah.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She uses digital PR tactics to gauge what types of stories are gaining traction in the news media. And she uses email to develop Weekly Stories email pitches. They're not too formal. And they give journalists an easy way to glance over the various stories she's pitching on behalf of clients.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If It's too Polished, It's Not Newsworthy<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The not too formal part is an important distinction, because the more polished it, the more is looks like mass communications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Longtime Rogers & Cowan Entertainment Publicist Julie Nathanson<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When I was at Rogers & Cowan, I was in a meeting with the Julie Nathanson, who passed at 68 years old this week. I'll always remember her as helpful and kind.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We were talking about putting together press materials for a new client. These were the days of press releases, bios, fact sheets and backgrounders stuffed into dual pocket presentation folders.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Only the Grammys -- with the help of IBM and Ron Bloom -- could pull off an online press room in those days. But that's another story.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Anyway, in the meeting with Julie, I suggested printing slick folders with the clients picture and logo on the front. Then we could do a mass mailing to all relevant media.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Julie took a post it note. She wrote the clients name on it, stuck it on the front of a blank presentation folder and said, “Here, send this.”<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She wanted the client to look undiscovered.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
News is New<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Reporters want a scoop. They want something newsworthy, not something everyone knows already.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But since no one prints less than 500 of anything. A printed folder would have signaled to journalists that we were pitching the client far and wide.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
My boss Steve Doctrow jokingly referred to my suggestion as a pamphlet airdrop, a form of psychological warfare in which leaflets (flyers) are scattered in the air. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
An American leaflet container with 22,500 pamphlets being loaded during the Korean War.<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Schwartzman1:02:09Pandemic Proof Your Digital Marketing Strategyhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/pandemic-proof-your-digital-marketing-strategy/
Thu, 23 Apr 2020 21:06:28 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9826What is digital marketing strategy and how should you pivot as a result of the pandemic? In this post, I’ll tell you how to evaluate digital marketing strategy in this time of uncertainty.
Eric Siu is a digital marketing strategist who runs a modest, multi-million dollar empire that includes a SaaS company called ClickFlow (an SEO Experimentation Tool), a SaaS digital marketing agency and a portfolio of mega profitable, digital marketing oriented online media properties that collectively draw millions of unique monthly visitors.
That’s right. Millions of uniques every month.
If you want to know how to start a digital marketing agency or a SaaS company from scratch, Eric Siu is a living, walking case study. Or if you want digital marketing tips to grow your startup, Eric is a geek famous, living legend.
I caught up with him and shared how he creates a successful digital marketing strategy, what considerations go into media channel selection and how to develop a digital marketing program designed to drive users for SaaS offerings. In fact, digital marketing for SaaS is Eric’s specialty. He’s a bonafide expert.
ClickFlow and Single Grain Founder Eric Siu
Siu grew his digital advertising agency from nothing and today he represents some of the biggest SaaS brands in the world including Amazon, AirBNB and Uber. Nuff said.
Single Grain specializes in ROI-focused marketing programs that generate sales accepted leads for complex B2B software as a service subscriptions.
Eric Siu is a big believer in product lead growth, which usually means offering a free version of a premium service, as a way of giving people a way to try your product without having to bleed excessive customer service resources trying to get functional. Let them churn and support those customers who have the where-with-all to be successful.
According to a conversation Siu had with HubSpot VP marketing Keiran Flanigan (@searchbrat), it really wasn’t until HubSpot introduced an entry-level, freemium product, that their business really took off.
Impact of Coronavirus of Digital Marketing
Orbit Media just published a study with Drew McLellan about the impact of COVID-19 on digital marketing spends, and it showed B2C getting hit much harder than B2B, although marketing across the board is way down.
Siu spoke about the impact of the pandemic on ClickFlow and Single Grain. But his recommendations for what marketers should do at this point in time may be counterintuitive to many listeners, because it's far from what most people seem to be doing.
If you want to hear what he’s doing to get through this rough patch, listen to the podcast.
Digital media strategy framework from Start Ups Guide to PR - 2020 Report.
What I will share is what he said about his discussions with venture capitalists in Silicon Valley, who are essentially writing this year off. But he does think that when business resumes, don’t expect to see the same aggressive approach to paid media as a primary source of traffic.
Instead, expect to see start-ups and change-ups take a more innovative approach to digital media marketing, and closer look at owned and shared media, like this.
Digital Transformation’s Big Moment
For a lot of companies who still haven't gotten their arms around digital transformation -- meaning they don't have a digital business infrastructure or much sophistication around revenue operations -- the pandemic has accelerated the need for adoption big time, and now is really the time to go big or go home.
Now is the time to re-examine your digital infrastructure and make sure you have the tools in place to process transactions and deliver products and services online. Whether you take a best-of-breed, point solution or vertically integrated approach, it's pretty much a mad rush right now to get yourself situated.
Check out this digital transformation primer post I wrote last year about digital transformation strategy...What is digital marketing strategy and how should you pivot as a result of the pandemic? In this post, I’ll tell you how to evaluate digital marketing strategy in this time of uncertainty.

Eric Siu is a digital marketing strategist who runs a modest, multi-million dollar empire that includes a SaaS company called ClickFlow (an SEO Experimentation Tool), a SaaS digital marketing agency and a portfolio of mega profitable, digital marketing oriented online media properties that collectively draw millions of unique monthly visitors.

That’s right. Millions of uniques every month.

If you want to know how to start a digital marketing agency or a SaaS company from scratch, Eric Siu is a living, walking case study. Or if you want digital marketing tips to grow your startup, Eric is a geek famous, living legend.

I caught up with him and shared how he creates a successful digital marketing strategy, what considerations go into media channel selection and how to develop a digital marketing program designed to drive users for SaaS offerings. In fact, digital marketing for SaaS is Eric’s specialty. He’s a bonafide expert.

ClickFlow and Single Grain Founder Eric Siu

Siu grew his digital advertising agency from nothing and today he represents some of the biggest SaaS brands in the world including Amazon, AirBNB and Uber. Nuff said.

Single Grain specializes in ROI-focused marketing programs that generate sales accepted leads for complex B2B software as a service subscriptions.

Eric Siu is a big believer in product lead growth, which usually means offering a free version of a premium service, as a way of giving people a way to try your product without having to bleed excessive customer service resources trying to get functional. Let them churn and support those customers who have the where-with-all to be successful.

According to a conversation Siu had with HubSpot VP marketing Keiran Flanigan (@searchbrat), it really wasn’t until HubSpot introduced an entry-level, freemium product, that their business really took off.

Impact of Coronavirus of Digital Marketing

Orbit Media just published a study with Drew McLellan about the impact of COVID-19 on digital marketing spends, and it showed B2C getting hit much harder than B2B, although marketing across the board is way down.

Siu spoke about the impact of the pandemic on ClickFlow and Single Grain. But his recommendations for what marketers should do at this point in time may be counterintuitive to many listeners, because it’s far from what most people seem to be doing.

If you want to hear what he’s doing to get through this rough patch, listen to the podcast.

What I will share is what he said about his discussions with venture capitalists in Silicon Valley, who are essentially writing this year off. But he does think that when business resumes, don’t expect to see the same aggressive approach to paid media as a primary source of traffic.

Instead, expect to see start-ups and change-ups take a more innovative approach to digital media marketing, and closer look at owned and shared media, like this.

Digital Transformation’s Big Moment

For a lot of companies who still haven’t gotten their arms around digital transformation — meaning they don’t have a digital business infrastructure or much sophistication around revenue operations — the pandemic has accelerated the need for adoption big time, and now is really the time to go big or go home.

Now is the time to re-examine your digital infrastructure and make sure you have the tools in place to process transactions and deliver products and services online. Whether you take a best-of-breed, point solution or vertically integrated approach, it’s pretty much a mad rush right now to get yourself situated.

Which Owned Media Channels Deliver Best?

In terms of which channels work best at demand and lead generation, here’s what Eric has to say about his owned media channels:

Lead Generation from Blogging and SEO

It’s important to realize that publishing a blog and search engine optimization go hand-in-hand.

If what you’re looking to do is generate leads, then it’s important to embrace popular language so that people can find you when they’re searching for types of products and services you have, even if they don’t know you.

Doing that means researching keywords and phrases most likely to be searched by qualified prospects. Eric’s team invests the time to search optimize important articles and as a result they see 50% of their leads come from organic search. In fact, his blog is number one search result for “podcast advertising” and other high volume terms with strong purchase intent.

More #1 ranked keywords achieved by the Single Grain Blog.

Lead Generation from Speaking and Networking

Eric estimates 35% of his leads come through speaking at conferences, which obviously isn’t happening anymore and networking add events, which also no longer exists as a result of the pandemic.But Eric is a subject matter expert and thought leader in the area of digital marketing, and once we have containment, no doubt this category will continue to yield rewards for him.

Lead Generation from Podcasts

So this is really interesting. Only 15% of his leads come from podcasting, but they’re his best leads because they’re pre-qualified having listened to him for so long and developed a relationship with him and an affinity for his style through listening. He also said leads that come in Via podcast clothes faster and spend more. I don’t want to date myself, but I started my first podcast on the record online in 2005. It led to a best-selling book and a ton of Consulting internationally with federal government agencies, military commands and some of the biggest companies in the world. I’m so glad to hear my experience is not a fluke. Eric also shared that Marketing School generates nearly $800k in annual advertising revenue.

Lead Generation via YouTube

Eric’s YouTube channel has 36,000 subscribers, which is certainly nothing to sneeze at. But he doesn’t consider it a big audience. Interestingly enough, he tailors the content on YouTube to appeal to beginners and folks who may not be able to hire his digital marketing agency, but who may be good ClickFlow customers or Marketing School listeners.In terms of what works best on YouTube he recommends making your videos 10 minutes or longer, since YouTube’s algorithm looks to drive total viewing time, and shorter videos result in shorter viewing times. When it comes to headlines, he says spend 80% of your time getting your headline right. The headline is way more important than the body text.

https://youtu.be/BwuN_LisZOY

We spoke a bit about Gary Vaynerchuk’s Tik Tok Channel and Eric shared some inside information on how Gary Vee is currently feeding that channel. He also has advice for aspiring marketers looking at Tik Tok as potential channel for lead generation.

I’ve been watching a lot of Tik Tok lately and was encouraged to see that it’s possible to get an audience even if you don’t look great in a bikini.

Preferred Digital Marketing Tech Stack

Figuring out which digital marketing tools to go with can be brain damage. I was so frustrated with the process of finding an online news and social media monitoring platform that I wrote 54 page, vendor-neutral 2020 Media Monitoring white paper so I can make a good choice.

Eric Siu is a really impressive guy, who has made it on his own and play by his own rules. But despite his success, he’s gracious and humble and it was a pleasure to speak with him.

There are a lot of digital marketing agencies out there. But there aren’t a lot of people who you necessarily want to hang with. Eric is one of those people. He’s relaXED, easygoing and not at all full of himself, despite the fact that given his extraordinary success, he’s actually entitled to be so.

He mentioned that he’s currently doing free 15-minute consultations with companies about how they are adapting to The New Normal.

If you’re interested in speaking with him directly, you can set up a call with him here.

]]>What is digital marketing strategy and how should you pivot as a result of the pandemic? In this post, I’ll tell you how to evaluate digital marketing strategy in this time of uncertainty. Eric Siu is a digital marketing strategist who runs a modes...What is digital marketing strategy and how should you pivot as a result of the pandemic? In this post, I’ll tell you how to evaluate digital marketing strategy in this time of uncertainty.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Siu is a digital marketing strategist who runs a modest, multi-million dollar empire that includes a SaaS company called ClickFlow (an SEO Experimentation Tool), a SaaS digital marketing agency and a portfolio of mega profitable, digital marketing oriented online media properties that collectively draw millions of unique monthly visitors.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That’s right. Millions of uniques every month.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you want to know how to start a digital marketing agency or a SaaS company from scratch, Eric Siu is a living, walking case study. Or if you want digital marketing tips to grow your startup, Eric is a geek famous, living legend. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I caught up with him and shared how he creates a successful digital marketing strategy, what considerations go into media channel selection and how to develop a digital marketing program designed to drive users for SaaS offerings. In fact, digital marketing for SaaS is Eric’s specialty. He’s a bonafide expert.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ClickFlow and Single Grain Founder Eric Siu<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Siu grew his digital advertising agency from nothing and today he represents some of the biggest SaaS brands in the world including Amazon, AirBNB and Uber. Nuff said. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Single Grain specializes in ROI-focused marketing programs that generate sales accepted leads for complex B2B software as a service subscriptions.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Siu is a big believer in product lead growth, which usually means offering a free version of a premium service, as a way of giving people a way to try your product without having to bleed excessive customer service resources trying to get functional. Let them churn and support those customers who have the where-with-all to be successful. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
According to a conversation Siu had with HubSpot VP marketing Keiran Flanigan (@searchbrat), it really wasn’t until HubSpot introduced an entry-level, freemium product, that their business really took off.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Impact of Coronavirus of Digital Marketing<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Orbit Media just published a study with Drew McLellan about the impact of COVID-19 on digital marketing spends, and it showed B2C getting hit much harder than B2B, although marketing across the board is way down. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Siu spoke about the impact of the pandemic on ClickFlow and Single Grain. But his recommendations for what marketers should do at this point in time may be counterintuitive to many listeners, because it's far from what most people seem to be doing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you want to hear what he’s doing to get through this rough patch, listen to the podcast.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Digital media strategy framework from Start Ups Guide to PR - 2020 Report.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What I will share is what he said about his discussions with venture capitalists in Silicon Valley, who are essentially writing this year off. But he does think that when business resumes, don’t expect to see the same aggressive approach to paid media as a primary source of traffic. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Instead, expect to see start-ups and change-ups take a more innovative approach to digital media marketing, and closer look at owned and shared media, like this.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Digital Transformation’s Big Moment<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For a lot of companies who still haven't gotten their arms around digital transformation -- meaning they don't have a digital business infrastructure or much sophistication around revenue operations -- the pandemic has accelerated the need for adoption big time,Eric Schwartzman39:06Benefits of Brand Monitoring Tools for Social Mediahttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/benefits-of-brand-monitoring-tools-for-social-media/
Wed, 22 Apr 2020 23:55:08 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9806The benefits of brand monitoring tools for social media are not always apparent to the chief communications officers responsible for purchasing them. This is a conversation all about how to monitor your brand on social media.
What is Brand Monitoring?
If you have Google Analytics, why do you need a premium service for social media analytics, and what's the difference between social media analytics and social media monitoring? And if there are free tools for hashtag monitoring, why do you need a paid solution to track hastags?
To users in the digital bubble, these are newbie questions. But to senior level communicators who are responsible client relationship and budget allocation, they may not be.
On this edition of PR Tech Wednesdays, I had a chance to speak with Talkwalker CEO of the Americas Todd Grossman -- who also happens to be a ballroom dancing aficionado and philanthropist -- about his firm’s social media analytics and social media monitoring platform.
https://youtu.be/NqaILZ-XGtI
Talkwalker is a premium traditional news and social media monitoring service, which provides a number of benefits over and above Google Analytics and other free hashtag tracking tools on the market today. I covered it in the 2020 Media Monitoring Buyer's Guide, a vendor neutral report with a side-by-side features comparison chart, user ratings and reviews of 10 popular platforms.
Social Media Monitoring
2020 Media Monitoring Buyer's Guide
By giving marketing and public relations professionals a way to monitor and listen to conversations, Talkwalker helps its clients discover the relevant pockets of conversation where their messages are most likely to resonate and engage others.
In addition to providing a series of monitoring tools that can be customized to target specific segments of conversation in traditional and social media channels, Talkwalker also provides a number of pre-configured reports that make it easy to get a sense of where are important conversations are happening without needing to be a data analyst.
Mapping Virality
Talkwalker’s virality map, which allows clients to map out how conversations grow online over time. It’s among their most noble features because it allows you to see who the influencers are that truly expand the reach of a story or conversation, and we spoke at length about it.
Todd also shared the common pain points he hears from clients considering social media monitoring solutions, and we speculated as to when LinkedIn will become available on social media monitoring platforms.
Join @prsarahevans on 4/29/20 on the next PR Tech Wednesdays. Sign up at www.prtechwednesdays.com
We also discussed the threat of artificial intelligence, the risk of replacement in marketing and public relations, and how Talkwalker integrates AI technology to process news and social media conversations.
I hope you enjoy it. And I hope you'll join us on next PR Tech Wednesday for a conversation with digital PR strategist Sarah Evans.The benefits of brand monitoring tools for social media are not always apparent to the chief communications officers responsible for purchasing them. This is a conversation all about how to monitor your brand on social media.

What is Brand Monitoring?

If you have Google Analytics, why do you need a premium service for social media analytics, and what’s the difference between social media analytics and social media monitoring? And if there are free tools for hashtag monitoring, why do you need a paid solution to track hastags?

To users in the digital bubble, these are newbie questions. But to senior level communicators who are responsible client relationship and budget allocation, they may not be.

On this edition of PR Tech Wednesdays, I had a chance to speak with Talkwalker CEO of the Americas Todd Grossman — who also happens to be a ballroom dancing aficionado and philanthropist — about his firm’s social media analytics and social media monitoring platform.

https://youtu.be/NqaILZ-XGtI

Talkwalker is a premium traditional news and social media monitoring service, which provides a number of benefits over and above Google Analytics and other free hashtag tracking tools on the market today. I covered it in the 2020 Media Monitoring Buyer’s Guide, a vendor neutral report with a side-by-side features comparison chart, user ratings and reviews of 10 popular platforms.

Social Media Monitoring

2020 Media Monitoring Buyer’s Guide

By giving marketing and public relations professionals a way to monitor and listen to conversations, Talkwalker helps its clients discover the relevant pockets of conversation where their messages are most likely to resonate and engage others.

In addition to providing a series of monitoring tools that can be customized to target specific segments of conversation in traditional and social media channels, Talkwalker also provides a number of pre-configured reports that make it easy to get a sense of where are important conversations are happening without needing to be a data analyst.

Mapping Virality

Talkwalker’s virality map, which allows clients to map out how conversations grow online over time. It’s among their most noble features because it allows you to see who the influencers are that truly expand the reach of a story or conversation, and we spoke at length about it.

Todd also shared the common pain points he hears from clients considering social media monitoring solutions, and we speculated as to when LinkedIn will become available on social media monitoring platforms.

Join @prsarahevans on 4/29/20 on the next PR Tech Wednesdays. Sign up at www.prtechwednesdays.com

We also discussed the threat of artificial intelligence, the risk of replacement in marketing and public relations, and how Talkwalker integrates AI technology to process news and social media conversations.

]]>The benefits of brand monitoring tools for social media are not always apparent to the chief communications officers responsible for purchasing them. This is a conversation all about how to monitor your brand on social media. The benefits of brand monitoring tools for social media are not always apparent to the chief communications officers responsible for purchasing them. This is a conversation all about how to monitor your brand on social media.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What is Brand Monitoring?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you have Google Analytics, why do you need a premium service for social media analytics, and what's the difference between social media analytics and social media monitoring? And if there are free tools for hashtag monitoring, why do you need a paid solution to track hastags?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To users in the digital bubble, these are newbie questions. But to senior level communicators who are responsible client relationship and budget allocation, they may not be.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
On this edition of PR Tech Wednesdays, I had a chance to speak with Talkwalker CEO of the Americas Todd Grossman -- who also happens to be a ballroom dancing aficionado and philanthropist -- about his firm’s social media analytics and social media monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
https://youtu.be/NqaILZ-XGtI<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Talkwalker is a premium traditional news and social media monitoring service, which provides a number of benefits over and above Google Analytics and other free hashtag tracking tools on the market today. I covered it in the 2020 Media Monitoring Buyer's Guide, a vendor neutral report with a side-by-side features comparison chart, user ratings and reviews of 10 popular platforms.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Monitoring<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2020 Media Monitoring Buyer's Guide<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
By giving marketing and public relations professionals a way to monitor and listen to conversations, Talkwalker helps its clients discover the relevant pockets of conversation where their messages are most likely to resonate and engage others.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In addition to providing a series of monitoring tools that can be customized to target specific segments of conversation in traditional and social media channels, Talkwalker also provides a number of pre-configured reports that make it easy to get a sense of where are important conversations are happening without needing to be a data analyst.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mapping Virality<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Talkwalker’s virality map, which allows clients to map out how conversations grow online over time. It’s among their most noble features because it allows you to see who the influencers are that truly expand the reach of a story or conversation, and we spoke at length about it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Todd also shared the common pain points he hears from clients considering social media monitoring solutions, and we speculated as to when LinkedIn will become available on social media monitoring platforms.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Join @prsarahevans on 4/29/20 on the next PR Tech Wednesdays. Sign up at www.prtechwednesdays.com<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also discussed the threat of artificial intelligence, the risk of replacement in marketing and public relations, and how Talkwalker integrates AI technology to process news and social media conversations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I hope you enjoy it. And I hope you'll join us on next PR Tech Wednesday for a conversation with digital PR strategist Sarah Evans.Eric Schwartzman45:09How To Create the Perfect Marketing Persona for the CTOhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/marketing-to-the-cto-how-to-market-a-new-a-technology-product/
Thu, 16 Apr 2020 20:41:25 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9663If you want to market new technology products B2Bs you need to engage the CTO. Marketing to the CTO requires an understanding of who they are and what they do.
“A CTO is a sort of ombudsman for all parts of an organization's technologies,” says Ty Roberts, who currently runs strategic partnerships at TIDAL, JAY Z’s global music and entertainment platform committed to creating a deeper connection between artists and fans.
TIDAL is a pioneer in giving its subscribers exclusive access to high-profile music, videos, original content, livestreams, tickets, merchandise and live experiences fans cannot find anywhere else. The platform’s original content includes the “On Air” podcast network, original video series, artist documentaries and more.
Ty is the former CTO of Warner Brothers Music. I worked with him when he was CTO at Gracenote, a company I handled public relations for for nearly a decade. When I was there, we created an internet music ranking chart with Billboard.
In this exclusive interview, you'll have a chance to get inside the head of a senior-level CTO and learn why they adopt new technologies and products and what it takes to motivate them to buy.
A CTO is quite different from a CIO. CIOs are typically more focused on data and technology in support of product development whereas the CIO tends to focus more on managing email servers and internal systems.
In order to sell new technology to the CTO, the CTO has to be able to sell it to the CEO. So the most successful CTOs are those who are able to win and maintain the trust of the CEO. Ty goes into what it takes to earn the trust of the CEO and what types of resources from vendors are most helpful in securing that trust.
You can size up a CTOs ability to win the trust of the CEO by analyzing specific character traits which Ty outlines in this interview. If the CTO doesn't have those traits, it's going to be very difficult to sell the CEO through them.
When you're demoing new technology products to CTOs there are specific things to feature and things to avoid. Ty shares about his experience in decades of demos and vendor pitches and reveals what works and what doesn't.
And once you've sold new technology through the CTO, you need to figure out how to drive and sustain utilization so that deployment stays successful for the long haul and they keep it up and running. Ty goes into the details of that process as well. If you want to market new technology products B2Bs you need to engage the CTO. Marketing to the CTO requires an understanding of who they are and what they do.

“A CTO is a sort of ombudsman for all parts of an organization’s technologies,” says Ty Roberts, who currently runs strategic partnerships at TIDAL, JAY Z’s global music and entertainment platform committed to creating a deeper connection between artists and fans.

TIDAL is a pioneer in giving its subscribers exclusive access to high-profile music, videos, original content, livestreams, tickets, merchandise and live experiences fans cannot find anywhere else. The platform’s original content includes the “On Air” podcast network, original video series, artist documentaries and more.

Ty is the former CTO of Warner Brothers Music. I worked with him when he was CTO at Gracenote, a company I handled public relations for for nearly a decade. When I was there, we created an internet music ranking chart with Billboard.

In this exclusive interview, you’ll have a chance to get inside the head of a senior-level CTO and learn why they adopt new technologies and products and what it takes to motivate them to buy.

A CTO is quite different from a CIO. CIOs are typically more focused on data and technology in support of product development whereas the CIO tends to focus more on managing email servers and internal systems.

In order to sell new technology to the CTO, the CTO has to be able to sell it to the CEO. So the most successful CTOs are those who are able to win and maintain the trust of the CEO. Ty goes into what it takes to earn the trust of the CEO and what types of resources from vendors are most helpful in securing that trust.

You can size up a CTOs ability to win the trust of the CEO by analyzing specific character traits which Ty outlines in this interview. If the CTO doesn’t have those traits, it’s going to be very difficult to sell the CEO through them.

When you’re demoing new technology products to CTOs there are specific things to feature and things to avoid. Ty shares about his experience in decades of demos and vendor pitches and reveals what works and what doesn’t.

And once you’ve sold new technology through the CTO, you need to figure out how to drive and sustain utilization so that deployment stays successful for the long haul and they keep it up and running. Ty goes into the details of that process as well.

]]>If you want to market new technology products B2Bs you need to engage the CTO. Marketing to the CTO requires an understanding of who they are and what they do. “A CTO is a sort of ombudsman for all parts of an organization's technologies,If you want to market new technology products B2Bs you need to engage the CTO. Marketing to the CTO requires an understanding of who they are and what they do. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
“A CTO is a sort of ombudsman for all parts of an organization's technologies,” says Ty Roberts, who currently runs strategic partnerships at TIDAL, JAY Z’s global music and entertainment platform committed to creating a deeper connection between artists and fans. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
TIDAL is a pioneer in giving its subscribers exclusive access to high-profile music, videos, original content, livestreams, tickets, merchandise and live experiences fans cannot find anywhere else. The platform’s original content includes the “On Air” podcast network, original video series, artist documentaries and more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ty is the former CTO of Warner Brothers Music. I worked with him when he was CTO at Gracenote, a company I handled public relations for for nearly a decade. When I was there, we created an internet music ranking chart with Billboard.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this exclusive interview, you'll have a chance to get inside the head of a senior-level CTO and learn why they adopt new technologies and products and what it takes to motivate them to buy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A CTO is quite different from a CIO. CIOs are typically more focused on data and technology in support of product development whereas the CIO tends to focus more on managing email servers and internal systems.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In order to sell new technology to the CTO, the CTO has to be able to sell it to the CEO. So the most successful CTOs are those who are able to win and maintain the trust of the CEO. Ty goes into what it takes to earn the trust of the CEO and what types of resources from vendors are most helpful in securing that trust.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can size up a CTOs ability to win the trust of the CEO by analyzing specific character traits which Ty outlines in this interview. If the CTO doesn't have those traits, it's going to be very difficult to sell the CEO through them. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When you're demoing new technology products to CTOs there are specific things to feature and things to avoid. Ty shares about his experience in decades of demos and vendor pitches and reveals what works and what doesn't.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And once you've sold new technology through the CTO, you need to figure out how to drive and sustain utilization so that deployment stays successful for the long haul and they keep it up and running. Ty goes into the details of that process as well. Eric SchwartzmanMarketing to the CTO: A Real World Persona Profile1:13:38PR Tech Wednesdays – Podcast Editionhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/pitch-perfect-pandemic-pr-podcast-edition/
Thu, 16 Apr 2020 19:06:52 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9658In this podcast, Bob Gold of Bob Gold & Associates and Kimberly Goodnight of Media Playground PR discuss the impact of the coronavirus on the public relations and media relations business.
This is an audio replay of PR Tech Wednesdays, which you can attend live every Wednesday from 12-1pm PT. Sign up here.In this podcast, Bob Gold of Bob Gold & Associates and Kimberly Goodnight of Media Playground PR discuss the impact of the coronavirus on the public relations and media relations business. This is an audio replay of PR Tech Wednesdays,In this podcast, Bob Gold of Bob Gold & Associates and Kimberly Goodnight of Media Playground PR discuss the impact of the coronavirus on the public relations and media relations business.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is an audio replay of PR Tech Wednesdays, which you can attend live every Wednesday from 12-1pm PT. Sign up here.Eric Schwartzman1:00:27When to Ignore the Data and Trust Your Guthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-find-customers-who-are-ready-to-buy/
Sat, 11 Apr 2020 16:49:26 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9538Three time author and two time unicorn king Max Altshuler has perfected the art and science of finding customers who are ready to buy.
The reason it's not all science is because account sourcing requires finding the middle ground between data and gut instinct.
Max has played a key role building demand and nurturing leads at Udemy (I teach there) and Outreach, where he works now as vp marketing. And he founded Sales Hacker (and I've written for them).
Udemy and Outreach are startups that grew to unicorn status. He sold Sales Hacker to Outreach before he joined them. Outreach is a sales engagement platform that makes it easier to build custom sales sequences that reps can use to prospect and qualify leads.
According to Max, it all starts by building ideal customer profiles that can be used to to help companies target the right buyers. Successful ICP strategies target the right customer, in the right place at the right time.
For his example, Max says it's going to be easier to sell Girl Scout cookies in front of a marijuana dispensary then a gluten-free restaurant.
After you build an ICP, it's time to develop persona buckets for the c-suite, managers and frontline employees because everyone has different pains and responds to different messages. You're selling to pain points.
Max has perfected outbound selling sequences that optimize the conversion of sales accepted leads. He's figured out how many times to call, email and tweet a prospect to convert them to a sale. And he's built a state-of-the-art sales tech stack which he walked us through in detail.
He also explains why marketing qualified leads don't matter and why sales accepted leads do. But he takes attribution models with a grain of salt and warns marketers against relying too heavily on correlating metrics where causation is unproven.
If you want to come up to speed on where sales engagement is and where it's heading, and you're not necessarily knowledgable about this space, this 30-minute Master Class is for you.
All these skills are transferable to marketing and public relations. So give it a listen and tweet me and Max and let us know how you're implementing demand-generation and lead conversion at your organization.
INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPT
ES: Now, before we get into Outreach and your book, because I want to talk about both of those, let's talk for a moment about Sales Hacker. So, how did you wind up building a 100,000+ membership community for salespeople online?
MA: I was working at Udemy, which is an online education marketplace, small startup back in 2011, 2012. And they had entrusted me with building out the sales side of the marketplace, the supply side, which was getting instructors to teach courses. And I looked at it with a fresh pair of eyes: what if the normal sales process had never existed before? What would I do right now? I had a blank canvas and I started reading a lot of books and learning some of the best practices and layering on certain things that typically work, but then challenging the status quo on things that might have been a little more manual than they should be. So I ended up hiring a team of virtual assistants in the Philippines to do a lot of sales development work and go out and get a lot of our leads. I used Python, which is a programming language, to scrape information off sites to fill out our databases and build some of our intent, which led to the copy that we created for these instructors in our emails and phone calls. And then I used an early sales engagement platform called ToutApp. I was one of their first customers to send all these emails and make these phone calls and things like that. So I pretty much built a reputation for leveraging technology and modern workflows in the sales process, or at least hacky workflows, which is why we call it sales hacking. And that led to me starting a meetup, which led to a conference, which led to the blog,Three time author and two time unicorn king Max Altshuler has perfected the art and science of finding customers who are ready to buy. The reason it's not all science is because account sourcing requires finding the middle ground between data and gu...Three time author and two time unicorn king Max Altshuler has perfected the art and science of finding customers who are ready to buy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The reason it's not all science is because account sourcing requires finding the middle ground between data and gut instinct. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Max has played a key role building demand and nurturing leads at Udemy (I teach there) and Outreach, where he works now as vp marketing. And he founded Sales Hacker (and I've written for them).<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Udemy and Outreach are startups that grew to unicorn status. He sold Sales Hacker to Outreach before he joined them. Outreach is a sales engagement platform that makes it easier to build custom sales sequences that reps can use to prospect and qualify leads. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
According to Max, it all starts by building ideal customer profiles that can be used to to help companies target the right buyers. Successful ICP strategies target the right customer, in the right place at the right time. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For his example, Max says it's going to be easier to sell Girl Scout cookies in front of a marijuana dispensary then a gluten-free restaurant. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
After you build an ICP, it's time to develop persona buckets for the c-suite, managers and frontline employees because everyone has different pains and responds to different messages. You're selling to pain points.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Max has perfected outbound selling sequences that optimize the conversion of sales accepted leads. He's figured out how many times to call, email and tweet a prospect to convert them to a sale. And he's built a state-of-the-art sales tech stack which he walked us through in detail.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He also explains why marketing qualified leads don't matter and why sales accepted leads do. But he takes attribution models with a grain of salt and warns marketers against relying too heavily on correlating metrics where causation is unproven.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you want to come up to speed on where sales engagement is and where it's heading, and you're not necessarily knowledgable about this space, this 30-minute Master Class is for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
All these skills are transferable to marketing and public relations. So give it a listen and tweet me and Max and let us know how you're implementing demand-generation and lead conversion at your organization. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPT<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ES: Now, before we get into Outreach and your book, because I want to talk about both of those, let's talk for a moment about Sales Hacker. So, how did you wind up building a 100,000+ membership community for salespeople online?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
MA: I was working at Udemy, which is an online education marketplace, small startup back in 2011, 2012. And they had entrusted me with building out the sales side of the marketplace, the supply side, which was getting instructors to teach courses. And I looked at it with a fresh pair of eyes: what if the normal sales process had never existed before? What would I do right now? I had a blank canvas and I started reading a lot of books and learning some of the best practices and layering on certain things that typically work, but then challenging the status quo on things that might have been a little more manual than they should be. So I ended up hiring a team of virtual assistants in the Philippines to do a lot of sales development work and go out and get a lot of our leads. I used Python, which is a programming language, to scrape information off sites to fill out our databases and build some of our intent, which led to the copy that we created for these instructors in our emails and phone calls. And then I used an early sales engagement platform called ToutApp. I was one of their first customers to send all these emails and make these phone calls and thin...Eric SchwartzmanIgnore the Data and Trust Your Gut with Max Altshuler37:46SXSW Keynote Booker Shares Selection Criteriahttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/sxsw-keynote-booker-shares-selection-criteria/
Tue, 31 Mar 2020 03:42:44 +0000https://www.ericschwartzman.com/?p=9482If you want get booked to keynote SXSW 2021, now's the time to start planning. And what better way to start then by listening to this exclusive deep dive interview with Hugh Forrest, Chief Programming Office at SXSW, about how he goes about making that decision?
Welcome to my first episode of the new B2B Lead Gen podcast, hosted by yours truly, Eric Schwartzman. Many of you may know from On the Record...Online, an award-winning podcast I produced from 2005 to 2015.
Highlights include what it takes to be invited to keynote SXSW; how tech companies have leveraged the popularity of SXSW to launch huge brands such as Twitter and Airbnb; plus the challenges and surprises of his role, including how the festival became involved in the Gamergate controversy, and the ongoing importance of face-to-face meetings in the industry.
After this coronavirus pandemic winds down, I imagine there will be a ton of pent up demand for conferences and trade shows. Next year's SXSW could be the biggest gathering yet.
Show Notes:
Eric Schwartzman: Welcome, B2B start-ups, change-ups, scale-ups and grown-ups. This is the B2B Lead Gen podcast. I'm your host, Eric Schwartzman. Let's do this.
ES: You're the Chief Programming Officer at SXSW. It's definitely the most influential interactive conference in America. And technology's always changing, it's always moving. So when you're creating educational programming in an environment, I guess we have to do it I don't know how many months in advance, but probably a lot of months in advance. I guess you're part fortune teller, yeah?
Hugh Forrest: Part, but I hope not too large a part, because I'm not as good a fortune teller as I'd like to be. If I was I'd be in a different line of work. How about that?
ES: Do you have some sort of a process? I mean, how many years have you been doing this now?
HF: I started at SXSW in 1989, so I've been here roughly 30 years. In terms of a process, the process is just a process, meaning that we start meetings to plan for the next year, the next March, those meetings typically start in July, and we aim for the big name keynote speakers, the people we hope will fill the biggest rooms. We're talking and talking and talking. Someone nominates. The person coming to the committee that we have working on this stuff will nominate someone. Hopefully we have robust dialogue with someone saying, “I think this is a great person for the event,” and someone else will say, “I don't think this is a great person.” I certainly have learned, and learned the hard way, that the more you can discuss something, the more likely the result is going to be a positive one. I also am a huge, huge, huge believer in the power of community. So I get a lot of great ideas from the community. And that belief in the power of community is certainly one of the driving motivators behind the SXSW PanelPicker interface, which is how we choose a lot of our programming. And that idea being that the community has lots of great ideas that we might not have yet, and the more we can engage with that community, communicate with that community, interact with that community, learn from that community, the stronger the event becomes.
ES: Hugh, I'm particularly interested in the pre-qualification process. And I'm particularly interested in those panels and speakers that don't come from PanelPicker, that you decide, and you and your committee or group decide, need to be there to have a well-rounded event. Are there any lessons learned about pre-qualifying? Obviously, once they've pre-qualified, they still may not pass muster once you start talking to them, but what is it that brings someone up to the level where you say, “Wow, that's somebody we really need to consider”?
HF: Well, 60–70% of the programming comes through PanelPicker. The other 30–40% is stuff that we're curating that we're reaching out to. It was certainly at a basic level where we're doing searches on our favorite search engine...If you want get booked to keynote SXSW 2021, now's the time to start planning. And what better way to start then by listening to this exclusive deep dive interview with Hugh Forrest, Chief Programming Office at SXSW,If you want get booked to keynote SXSW 2021, now's the time to start planning. And what better way to start then by listening to this exclusive deep dive interview with Hugh Forrest, Chief Programming Office at SXSW, about how he goes about making that decision?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Welcome to my first episode of the new B2B Lead Gen podcast, hosted by yours truly, Eric Schwartzman. Many of you may know from On the Record...Online, an award-winning podcast I produced from 2005 to 2015.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Highlights include what it takes to be invited to keynote SXSW; how tech companies have leveraged the popularity of SXSW to launch huge brands such as Twitter and Airbnb; plus the challenges and surprises of his role, including how the festival became involved in the Gamergate controversy, and the ongoing importance of face-to-face meetings in the industry.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
After this coronavirus pandemic winds down, I imagine there will be a ton of pent up demand for conferences and trade shows. Next year's SXSW could be the biggest gathering yet.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Show Notes:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Schwartzman: Welcome, B2B start-ups, change-ups, scale-ups and grown-ups. This is the B2B Lead Gen podcast. I'm your host, Eric Schwartzman. Let's do this.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ES: You're the Chief Programming Officer at SXSW. It's definitely the most influential interactive conference in America. And technology's always changing, it's always moving. So when you're creating educational programming in an environment, I guess we have to do it I don't know how many months in advance, but probably a lot of months in advance. I guess you're part fortune teller, yeah?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Hugh Forrest: Part, but I hope not too large a part, because I'm not as good a fortune teller as I'd like to be. If I was I'd be in a different line of work. How about that?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ES: Do you have some sort of a process? I mean, how many years have you been doing this now?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
HF: I started at SXSW in 1989, so I've been here roughly 30 years. In terms of a process, the process is just a process, meaning that we start meetings to plan for the next year, the next March, those meetings typically start in July, and we aim for the big name keynote speakers, the people we hope will fill the biggest rooms. We're talking and talking and talking. Someone nominates. The person coming to the committee that we have working on this stuff will nominate someone. Hopefully we have robust dialogue with someone saying, “I think this is a great person for the event,” and someone else will say, “I don't think this is a great person.” I certainly have learned, and learned the hard way, that the more you can discuss something, the more likely the result is going to be a positive one. I also am a huge, huge, huge believer in the power of community. So I get a lot of great ideas from the community. And that belief in the power of community is certainly one of the driving motivators behind the SXSW PanelPicker interface, which is how we choose a lot of our programming. And that idea being that the community has lots of great ideas that we might not have yet, and the more we can engage with that community, communicate with that community, interact with that community, learn from that community, the stronger the event becomes. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ES: Hugh, I'm particularly interested in the pre-qualification process. And I'm particularly interested in those panels and speakers that don't come from PanelPicker, that you decide, and you and your committee or group decide, need to be there to have a well-rounded event. Are there any lessons learned about pre-qualifying? Obviously, once they've pre-qualified, they still may not pass muster once you start talking to them, but what is it that brings someone up to the level where you say, “Wow,Eric Schwartzman28:48Inside The SAP Global Brand Advocacy Programhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/inside-the-sap-global-brand-advocacy-program-podcast/
Tue, 05 May 2015 23:38:51 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=3055In this episode of For Immediate Release B2B, Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman interview SAP Head of Social Business Sarah Goodall and discuss the risks of relying on social networks to deliver news in a democracy, Sprinklr's Get Satisfaction acquisition, Meerkat and Periscope.
Fair use is an essential tool for journalists, enabling them to draw upon copyrighted material in the name of the public’s right to know. But who decides what constitutes fair use in a medium that spans the globe?
It turns out that many platform providers are designating themselves as judge, jury and executioner. If you’ve ever had a video removed from YouTube because it included a clip from a popular song, you’ll be interested in how the story plays out.
Facebook’s plan to host content from major media outlets may bring the issue of content ownership to the fore.
Sprinklr is acquiring Get Satisfaction, demonstrating how important customer reviews have become to both social media listening and promotion. Get Satisfaction has signed up a blue-chip base of customers that use its embedded review service not only to gather feedback but to drive sales from peer recommendations. Interestingly, companies that host reviews on their own commerce sites tend to generate better feedback than those that don’t.
Have you tried Meerkat or Periscope yet? Many marketers are beginning to tinker with the new tools of live streaming, and we expect to soon see an explosion of innovative content as a result. Here’s a tutorial to get you started.
Special Guest: Sarah Goodall, Head of Social Business, EMEA, SAP
Employee brand advocacy programs are difficult enough to implement when your people all speak the same language and live in the same country, but what do you do when you program spans dozens of borders, languages and cultures? That’s the task that special guest Sarah Goodall of SAP tackles in her role as Head of Social Business for Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Sarah’s experience will be of interest to any communications professional who works with a multicultural audience. You’ll be particularly interested to hear her observations on the characteristics of specific cultures, from the outgoing social networkers in Italy to the intensely private Scandinavians.In this episode of For Immediate Release B2B, Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman interview SAP Head of Social Business Sarah Goodall and discuss the risks of relying on social networks to deliver news in a democracy,In this episode of For Immediate Release B2B, Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman interview SAP Head of Social Business Sarah Goodall and discuss the risks of relying on social networks to deliver news in a democracy, Sprinklr's Get Satisfaction acquisition, Meerkat and Periscope.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Fair use is an essential tool for journalists, enabling them to draw upon copyrighted material in the name of the public’s right to know. But who decides what constitutes fair use in a medium that spans the globe?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It turns out that many platform providers are designating themselves as judge, jury and executioner. If you’ve ever had a video removed from YouTube because it included a clip from a popular song, you’ll be interested in how the story plays out.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Facebook’s plan to host content from major media outlets may bring the issue of content ownership to the fore.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sprinklr is acquiring Get Satisfaction, demonstrating how important customer reviews have become to both social media listening and promotion. Get Satisfaction has signed up a blue-chip base of customers that use its embedded review service not only to gather feedback but to drive sales from peer recommendations. Interestingly, companies that host reviews on their own commerce sites tend to generate better feedback than those that don’t.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Have you tried Meerkat or Periscope yet? Many marketers are beginning to tinker with the new tools of live streaming, and we expect to soon see an explosion of innovative content as a result. Here’s a tutorial to get you started.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special Guest: Sarah Goodall, Head of Social Business, EMEA, SAP<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Employee brand advocacy programs are difficult enough to implement when your people all speak the same language and live in the same country, but what do you do when you program spans dozens of borders, languages and cultures? That’s the task that special guest Sarah Goodall of SAP tackles in her role as Head of Social Business for Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Sarah’s experience will be of interest to any communications professional who works with a multicultural audience. You’ll be particularly interested to hear her observations on the characteristics of specific cultures, from the outgoing social networkers in Italy to the intensely private Scandinavians.Eric SchwartzmancleanClimate Change Communication Strategy: How Tobacco, Oil and Gas Stifle Regulators with Doubthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/naomi-oreskes-merchants-of-doubt/
Fri, 27 Mar 2015 18:23:29 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2998How do you develop a climate change communication strategy in an environment where 97% of climate scientists agree that human activity is having a significant impact on climate change but only 50% of the general public agrees?
This disconnect between the scientific consensus on climate change and public opinion is baffliing.
Business interests that oppose any policy changes that threaten their economic interests have long used paid experts, faux public policy foundations and outright lies to create doubt in the minds of the public going back to the 1950s.
Numerous examples of these practices from the tobacco and fire retardant industries are exhaustively documented and analyzed in Merchants of Doubt, a book by Harvard professor Naomi Oreskes and CalTech science historian Erik Conway.
The book shows how a small number of politically conservative, academically respected scientists have been involved in campaigns to cast doubt on everything from the dangers of smoking to evidence of an ozone hole to the debate over climate change, and how communications strategy uses the Fairness Doctrine to convince media organizations to give a disproportionate amount of attention to minority views in the interest of stirring up controversy.
A documentary based on Merchants of Doubt is also widely available. It's one of the most important documentary I've ever seen.
Naomi Oreskes, an American historian of science who serves as Professor of the History of Science and Affiliated Professor of Earth and Planetary Sciences at Harvard, joins us to discuss how commercial interests use doubt to block change and how to know when science is being manipulated in this way.
Merchants of Doubt has been praised – and attacked – for telling with “brutal clarity” the unsettling story of how a loose knit group of high-level scientists with political and industry ties ran effective campaigns to mislead the public and deny conclusive scientific evidence that had withstood critical review by a jury of scientific peers with nothing more than circumstantial allegations.
The book also identifies parallels between the climate change debate and earlier controversies over the adverse health impacts of smoking in which big tobacco funded research intended to delay regulatory and legislative action by spreading doubt and confusion on the scientific consensus that smoking is dangerous to your health.
The challenges of communicating climate crisis despite endless misinformation are real and sound climate change communication strategy will need to address this, possibly with an approach that makes use of cultural cognition.
Listen to the Interview
Download the MP3 file (43.2MB, 47:13) Subscribe to the FIR B2B RSS feedSubscribe with iTunes Get the FIR app for your mobile device - iPhone | Android | WindowsHow do you develop a climate change communication strategy in an environment where 97% of climate scientists agree that human activity is having a significant impact on climate change but only 50% of the general public agrees? How do you develop a climate change communication strategy in an environment where 97% of climate scientists agree that human activity is having a significant impact on climate change but only 50% of the general public agrees?<br />
<br />
This disconnect between the scientific consensus on climate change and public opinion is baffliing.<br />
<br />
Business interests that oppose any policy changes that threaten their economic interests have long used paid experts, faux public policy foundations and outright lies to create doubt in the minds of the public going back to the 1950s.<br />
<br />
Numerous examples of these practices from the tobacco and fire retardant industries are exhaustively documented and analyzed in Merchants of Doubt, a book by Harvard professor Naomi Oreskes and CalTech science historian Erik Conway.<br />
<br />
The book shows how a small number of politically conservative, academically respected scientists have been involved in campaigns to cast doubt on everything from the dangers of smoking to evidence of an ozone hole to the debate over climate change, and how communications strategy uses the Fairness Doctrine to convince media organizations to give a disproportionate amount of attention to minority views in the interest of stirring up controversy.<br />
<br />
A documentary based on Merchants of Doubt is also widely available. It's one of the most important documentary I've ever seen.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Naomi Oreskes, an American historian of science who serves as Professor of the History of Science and Affiliated Professor of Earth and Planetary Sciences at Harvard, joins us to discuss how commercial interests use doubt to block change and how to know when science is being manipulated in this way.<br />
<br />
Merchants of Doubt has been praised – and attacked – for telling with “brutal clarity” the unsettling story of how a loose knit group of high-level scientists with political and industry ties ran effective campaigns to mislead the public and deny conclusive scientific evidence that had withstood critical review by a jury of scientific peers with nothing more than circumstantial allegations.<br />
<br />
The book also identifies parallels between the climate change debate and earlier controversies over the adverse health impacts of smoking in which big tobacco funded research intended to delay regulatory and legislative action by spreading doubt and confusion on the scientific consensus that smoking is dangerous to your health.<br />
<br />
The challenges of communicating climate crisis despite endless misinformation are real and sound climate change communication strategy will need to address this, possibly with an approach that makes use of cultural cognition.<br />
Listen to the Interview<br />
<br />
Download the MP3 file (43.2MB, 47:13) Subscribe to the FIR B2B RSS feedSubscribe with iTunes Get the FIR app for your mobile device - iPhone | Android | WindowsEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media for Financial Serviceshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-for-financial-services/
Thu, 17 Jul 2014 19:02:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-for-financial-servicesMorgan Stanley’s recent decision to loosen the reign for their financial advisers on Twitter is the latest in a long list financial services social media case studies. Last December, FINRA fined Barclays $3.75M for system is record keeping and email retention failure.
And last June, the regulator warned investors against trading on “pump-and-dump” emails. The finance industry has their social media conferences and consultants. Because of specific finance industry rules and regs like FINRA 10-06 and 11-39 and SEC Risk Alert: Investment Adviser Use of Social Media, using social media in financial services must be in accordance with applicable advertising, account origination and document retention requirements.
Mike Langford (@MikeLangford) is the CEO of finservMarketing and a financial services industry veteran with 20 years of experience in roles spanning customer service, finance and investment advice and management at Fidelity Investments, State Street Corporation, The Pioneer Group and BFDS. In this episode, he explains how Certified Financial Planners, Investment Advisers and Bankers can use social media effectively and responsibly. Social Media for Financial Services Topics Discussed:
Who regulates how financial service companies use social mediaDifference between social media guidelines and actual, enforceable lawSocial media compliance requirements for financial services providersHow to satisfy social media archival and supervisory requirementsResponsibilities for financial services over static vs. interactive social media postsBest practices for originating new accounts on LinkedIn, Twitter and FacebookRegulating advertising and public appearances, which social media is consideredAvoiding adopting or becoming entangled with social networking sitesCompliance through policy and social media training for financial servicesHow to make you’re prepared to comply with random FINRA spot checksAnd much, much more
Photo by Claire Anderson on UnsplashMorgan Stanley’s to loosen the reign for their financial advisers on Twitter is the latest in a long list financial services social media case studies. Last December, $3.75M for system is record keeping and email retention failure. And last June,...Morgan Stanley’s recent decision to loosen the reign for their financial advisers on Twitter is the latest in a long list financial services social media case studies. Last December, FINRA fined Barclays $3.75M for system is record keeping and email retention failure. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And last June, the regulator warned investors against trading on “pump-and-dump” emails. The finance industry has their social media conferences and consultants. Because of specific finance industry rules and regs like FINRA 10-06 and 11-39 and SEC Risk Alert: Investment Adviser Use of Social Media, using social media in financial services must be in accordance with applicable advertising, account origination and document retention requirements. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mike Langford (@MikeLangford) is the CEO of finservMarketing and a financial services industry veteran with 20 years of experience in roles spanning customer service, finance and investment advice and management at Fidelity Investments, State Street Corporation, The Pioneer Group and BFDS. In this episode, he explains how Certified Financial Planners, Investment Advisers and Bankers can use social media effectively and responsibly. Social Media for Financial Services Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Who regulates how financial service companies use social mediaDifference between social media guidelines and actual, enforceable lawSocial media compliance requirements for financial services providersHow to satisfy social media archival and supervisory requirementsResponsibilities for financial services over static vs. interactive social media postsBest practices for originating new accounts on LinkedIn, Twitter and FacebookRegulating advertising and public appearances, which social media is consideredAvoiding adopting or becoming entangled with social networking sitesCompliance through policy and social media training for financial servicesHow to make you’re prepared to comply with random FINRA spot checksAnd much, much more<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Claire Anderson on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanTop PR Firms Commit to Abide by Wikipedia Terms of Usehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/top-pr-firms-commit-to-abide-by-wikipedia-terms-of-use/
Thu, 10 Jul 2014 11:15:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/wikipedia-terms-of-useIdeally, you want someone with a neutral point of view editing Wikipedia entries, not PR firms clandestinely gussying up their client’s pages.
PR has a conflict of interest. But that doesn't mean they can't also help improve the accuracy of Wikipedia entries or that they shouldn't have a right to do so.
It’s been an issue for a while now, because if a PR representative wants to alert a Wikipedia editor to an inaccuracy on a client’s entry, there’s no clear process for ethical engagement.
In January 2012, Phil Gomes (@philgomes) wrote an open letter to Jimmy Wales to initiate a rational discussion about how public relations can effectively contribute to Wikipedia entries. Shortly thereafter, he and John Cass formed Corporate Representatives for Ethical Wikipedia Engagement (CREWE).
In February 7, 2014, William Beutler (@BeutlerInk) managed to convene a meeting of digital leaders for the world’s leading PR agencies, academics and Wikipedia editor volunteers to address issues of transparency and disclosure surrounding the ethical participation of corporate representatives to improve the accuracy of their respective entries.
On June 16, 2014, Edelman, Ogilvy & Mather, Burson-Marsteller, FleishmanHillard, Ketchum, PNConnect, Peppercomm and Allison + Partners affirmed a commitment to abide by Wikipedia principles and endeavor to ensure that employees and clients do the same.
And finally, Wikipedia updated their terms of use to "clarify strengthen the prohibition against concealing paid editing on all Wikimedia projects.” In this episode, Phil Gomes and Sam Ford discuss the history and impact of the PR industry’s joint statement to abibe by Wikipedia’s terms of use.
Phil Gomes’ successful career in the communications field is characterized by his passionate interest in technology, media, and emerging forms of communication. He serves as a Senior Vice President with Edelman Digital.
Sam Ford (@Sam_Ford) is Director of Audience Engagement with Peppercomm, an affiliate with both MIT Comparative Media Studies/Writing and Western Kentucky University, and co-author of Spreadable Media.
Reference Links:
Top PR Firms Promise They Won't Edit Clients' Wikipedia Entries on the SlyWired: Wikipedia clamps down on paid editors and sockpuppetry The Hobson & Holtz Report - Podcast #761: June 23, 2014 Lawsuit: Rogue Wikipedia editors conspired to manipulate Wikipedia pages to ruin reputation of philanthropist, charity he co-founded
About the Podcaster: Eric Schwartzman is a best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.
Photo by Chris Liverani on UnsplashIdeally, you want someone with a neutral point of view editing Wikipedia entries, not PR firms clandestinely gussying up their client’s pages. PR has a conflict of interest. But that doesn't mean they can't also help improve the accuracy of...Ideally, you want someone with a neutral point of view editing Wikipedia entries, not PR firms clandestinely gussying up their client’s pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
PR has a conflict of interest. But that doesn't mean they can't also help improve the accuracy of Wikipedia entries or that they shouldn't have a right to do so. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It’s been an issue for a while now, because if a PR representative wants to alert a Wikipedia editor to an inaccuracy on a client’s entry, there’s no clear process for ethical engagement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In January 2012, Phil Gomes (@philgomes) wrote an open letter to Jimmy Wales to initiate a rational discussion about how public relations can effectively contribute to Wikipedia entries. Shortly thereafter, he and John Cass formed Corporate Representatives for Ethical Wikipedia Engagement (CREWE). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In February 7, 2014, William Beutler (@BeutlerInk) managed to convene a meeting of digital leaders for the world’s leading PR agencies, academics and Wikipedia editor volunteers to address issues of transparency and disclosure surrounding the ethical participation of corporate representatives to improve the accuracy of their respective entries. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
On June 16, 2014, Edelman, Ogilvy & Mather, Burson-Marsteller, FleishmanHillard, Ketchum, PNConnect, Peppercomm and Allison + Partners affirmed a commitment to abide by Wikipedia principles and endeavor to ensure that employees and clients do the same. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And finally, Wikipedia updated their terms of use to "clarify strengthen the prohibition against concealing paid editing on all Wikimedia projects.” In this episode, Phil Gomes and Sam Ford discuss the history and impact of the PR industry’s joint statement to abibe by Wikipedia’s terms of use. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Phil Gomes’ successful career in the communications field is characterized by his passionate interest in technology, media, and emerging forms of communication. He serves as a Senior Vice President with Edelman Digital. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sam Ford (@Sam_Ford) is Director of Audience Engagement with Peppercomm, an affiliate with both MIT Comparative Media Studies/Writing and Western Kentucky University, and co-author of Spreadable Media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Reference Links:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Top PR Firms Promise They Won't Edit Clients' Wikipedia Entries on the SlyWired: Wikipedia clamps down on paid editors and sockpuppetry The Hobson & Holtz Report - Podcast #761: June 23, 2014 Lawsuit: Rogue Wikipedia editors conspired to manipulate Wikipedia pages to ruin reputation of philanthropist, charity he co-founded<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
About the Podcaster: Eric Schwartzman is a best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Chris Liverani on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanEnterprise Social Compliance Best Practiceshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/enterprise-social-compliance-best-practices/
Fri, 27 Jun 2014 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/enterprise-social-complianceMost people think social media compliance is just for regulated industries. And it's true that regulated industries do have more rules to comply with. But social media compliance is everybody’s business.
Whether you’re business is regulated or not, there are dozens of federal and state regulations and local ordinances that dictate how you can and can’t use social media lawfully for business.
In this podcast, Chris Kieff (@ckieff), Director of Sales Support and Operations, Sprinklr and Eric Schwartzman (@ericschwartzman) reveal strategies for building trust and verifying compliance.
Up to now, that strategy for winning social media compliance at most companies has been to issue a social media policy. But no one reads your social media policy. They sign for it, and put in the bottom drawer.
Despite the fact that 80% of employers have social media policies, 70% have disciplined employees for social media misuse, research shows. We'll also walk through the major US rules and regs that impact how organizations can and can’t use social media lawfully in the workplace. Enterprise Social Compliance Topics Covered:
Trust gap between leadership and regular employeesOptimizing the impact of official voices on unofficial voicesCreating a workplace environment where employees are trustedWhat GM did wrong when they tried to rebuild trust with socialInspiring employees to serve as goodwill ambassadorsManaging the risks associated with employee advocacy programsWhy social media policies don’t prevent employee misuseUnmanaged risks around encouraging employees to use social mediaTeaching employees about the risks of noncompliant social media useFines and penalties of noncompliant social media useNLRB and how employers can police social media use at workComputer Fraud and Abuse ActCommunications Decency ActDigital Millennium Copyright ActFTC Disclosure GuidelinesFDA, HIPAA, FINRA and FFEIC GuidelinesAnd much, much more
About the Podcaster: Eric Schwartzman is abest selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.
Photo by Mark Duffel on UnsplashMost people think social media compliance is just for regulated industries. And it's true that regulated industries do have more rules to comply with. But social media compliance is everybody’s business. Whether you’re business...Most people think social media compliance is just for regulated industries. And it's true that regulated industries do have more rules to comply with. But social media compliance is everybody’s business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Whether you’re business is regulated or not, there are dozens of federal and state regulations and local ordinances that dictate how you can and can’t use social media lawfully for business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast, Chris Kieff (@ckieff), Director of Sales Support and Operations, Sprinklr and Eric Schwartzman (@ericschwartzman) reveal strategies for building trust and verifying compliance.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Up to now, that strategy for winning social media compliance at most companies has been to issue a social media policy. But no one reads your social media policy. They sign for it, and put in the bottom drawer. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Despite the fact that 80% of employers have social media policies, 70% have disciplined employees for social media misuse, research shows. We'll also walk through the major US rules and regs that impact how organizations can and can’t use social media lawfully in the workplace. Enterprise Social Compliance Topics Covered:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Trust gap between leadership and regular employeesOptimizing the impact of official voices on unofficial voicesCreating a workplace environment where employees are trustedWhat GM did wrong when they tried to rebuild trust with socialInspiring employees to serve as goodwill ambassadorsManaging the risks associated with employee advocacy programsWhy social media policies don’t prevent employee misuseUnmanaged risks around encouraging employees to use social mediaTeaching employees about the risks of noncompliant social media useFines and penalties of noncompliant social media useNLRB and how employers can police social media use at workComputer Fraud and Abuse ActCommunications Decency ActDigital Millennium Copyright ActFTC Disclosure GuidelinesFDA, HIPAA, FINRA and FFEIC GuidelinesAnd much, much more<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
About the Podcaster: Eric Schwartzman is abest selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Mark Duffel on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanFederal Judge Calls Social Media Disclaimers Unlawfulhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/federal-judge-calls-social-media-disclaimers-unlawful/
Fri, 20 Jun 2014 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-disclaimersIf your social media policy requires your employees to include a disclaimer in their social media posts that their opinions are their own, that's unlawful, according to a US Federal judge who called the restriction “unreasonably burdensome."
How can you include a disclaimer in a Facebook Like anyway?
The development is the latest in a series of decisions by the NLRB, which has been challenging employers to reconsider whether or not they have the right to dictate how their employees use social media at all.
Jonathan Crotty, partner at the law firm Parker Poe in Charlotte, who an article about this new development explains:
Why restricting employers from requiring an “opinions are my own” disclaimer is unlawfulHow the decision impacts corporate social media policiesHow required disclaimers might chill workers rights to organize and bargain collectivelyImpracticality of complying with required social media disclaimersWhy restricting employees from using logos and trademarks is also unlawfulHow the NLRA. which was enacted in 1930. governs social media usage todayHow employers should react to this developmentAnd much, much more
Eric Schwartzman is a best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.
Photo by Claire Anderson on UnsplashIf your social media policy requires your employees to include a disclaimer in their social media posts that their opinions are their own, that's unlawful, according to a US Federal judge who called the restriction “unreasonably burdensome." How can...If your social media policy requires your employees to include a disclaimer in their social media posts that their opinions are their own, that's unlawful, according to a US Federal judge who called the restriction “unreasonably burdensome." <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How can you include a disclaimer in a Facebook Like anyway? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The development is the latest in a series of decisions by the NLRB, which has been challenging employers to reconsider whether or not they have the right to dictate how their employees use social media at all. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jonathan Crotty, partner at the law firm Parker Poe in Charlotte, who an article about this new development explains: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why restricting employers from requiring an “opinions are my own” disclaimer is unlawfulHow the decision impacts corporate social media policiesHow required disclaimers might chill workers rights to organize and bargain collectivelyImpracticality of complying with required social media disclaimersWhy restricting employees from using logos and trademarks is also unlawfulHow the NLRA. which was enacted in 1930. governs social media usage todayHow employers should react to this developmentAnd much, much more<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Schwartzman is a best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. Join him weekly at PR Tech Wednesdays.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Claire Anderson on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Document Social Media Policy Violationshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-document-social-media-policy-violations/
Wed, 11 Jun 2014 22:57:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/document-social-media-policy-violationsThe number of social media policy violations by employees has doubled over the last 16 months.
Ann Handley didn't violate anyone's social media policy, and those aren't schadenfreude likes from Beth, Shel and Richard.
They're only there to demonstrate what kind of screen capture you need to take of a Facebook post if you're documenting a social media policy violation.
Don’t get us wrong. We love social media and value free speech.
We’re not condoning violating anyone’s personal privacy rights or their rights to discuss wages, hours and working conditions concertedly.
Used effectively and responsibly, numerous research reports show that social media increases profitability, productivity and job satisfaction.
But when social media is used by workers who haven't been taught to play the social media compliance game, violations are more likely to occur. And enforcing a social media policy requires proof of a violation.
With social networking as popular as it is, social media misuse has become one of the costs of doing business.
This show is about documenting misuse when it occurs, before it's removed.
We talk to former broadcast journalist and Red Cross public affairs officer Ike Pigott (@ikepigott) -- who currently serves as communications strategist to Alabama Power (@AlabamaPower) -- who walks us through what he’s learned in the trenches about documenting social media policy violations. Best Practices for Documenting Social Media
Policy Violations Discussed:
Overcoming social media policy enforcement challengesJob titles that typically enforce social media policyRequired skills for enforcing social media policyHow to document social media policy violationsUse of screen capture tools to record violationsDocumenting social media policy violations on FacebookDocumenting social media policy violations on TwitterDocumenting social media policy violations on LinkedInRisks of storing social media policy violations in the cloud
Photo by John Schnobrich on UnsplashThe number of social media policy violations by employees has doubled over the last 16 months, according to the . didn't violate anyone's social media policy, and those aren't schadenfreude likes from , and . They're only there to...The number of social media policy violations by employees has doubled over the last 16 months.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ann Handley didn't violate anyone's social media policy, and those aren't schadenfreude likes from Beth, Shel and Richard.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They're only there to demonstrate what kind of screen capture you need to take of a Facebook post if you're documenting a social media policy violation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Don’t get us wrong. We love social media and value free speech.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We’re not condoning violating anyone’s personal privacy rights or their rights to discuss wages, hours and working conditions concertedly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Used effectively and responsibly, numerous research reports show that social media increases profitability, productivity and job satisfaction. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But when social media is used by workers who haven't been taught to play the social media compliance game, violations are more likely to occur. And enforcing a social media policy requires proof of a violation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With social networking as popular as it is, social media misuse has become one of the costs of doing business.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This show is about documenting misuse when it occurs, before it's removed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We talk to former broadcast journalist and Red Cross public affairs officer Ike Pigott (@ikepigott) -- who currently serves as communications strategist to Alabama Power (@AlabamaPower) -- who walks us through what he’s learned in the trenches about documenting social media policy violations. Best Practices for Documenting Social Media<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Policy Violations Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Overcoming social media policy enforcement challengesJob titles that typically enforce social media policyRequired skills for enforcing social media policyHow to document social media policy violationsUse of screen capture tools to record violationsDocumenting social media policy violations on FacebookDocumenting social media policy violations on TwitterDocumenting social media policy violations on LinkedInRisks of storing social media policy violations in the cloud<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by John Schnobrich on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanImpact of FDA Social Media Guidance on Pharmaceutical Digital Marketinghttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/fda-social-media-guidance-and-mobile-medical-apps-with-john-mack/
Mon, 02 Jun 2014 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/FDA-social-media-guidanceWhat steps has the FDA taken to provide the pharmaceutical industry with guidance and regulations around how to use social media for marketing?
We talk to John Mack (@pharmaguy), Editor & Publisher of the Pharma Marketing Network about the issues and challenges of regulating how pharmaceutical companies on social media.
Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing Topics
What the FDA has done so far to try and deliver social media guidance to drug companiesThe difference between social media "guidance" and actual regulationsChallenges for pharmaceutical companies associated with maintaining Facebook PagesHow drug companies are hedging their bets and marketing on social media in lieu of guidanceThe British Prescription Medicines Code of Practice Authority's informal guidanceMobile Medical Apps
Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing References
Pharma Guy Social Media Compendium [PDF]FDA Approved Medical Mobile AppsDose of Digital: Social Media Wiki
Photo by freestocks.org on UnsplashWhat steps has the FDA taken to provide the pharma industry with guidance and regulations around how drug companies can effectively and responsibly use social media for marketing, customer engagement and scientific research? We talk to John...What steps has the FDA taken to provide the pharmaceutical industry with guidance and regulations around how to use social media for marketing? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We talk to John Mack (@pharmaguy), Editor & Publisher of the Pharma Marketing Network about the issues and challenges of regulating how pharmaceutical companies on social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing Topics <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What the FDA has done so far to try and deliver social media guidance to drug companiesThe difference between social media "guidance" and actual regulationsChallenges for pharmaceutical companies associated with maintaining Facebook PagesHow drug companies are hedging their bets and marketing on social media in lieu of guidanceThe British Prescription Medicines Code of Practice Authority's informal guidanceMobile Medical Apps<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing References <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pharma Guy Social Media Compendium [PDF]FDA Approved Medical Mobile AppsDose of Digital: Social Media Wiki<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by freestocks.org on UnsplashEric Schwartzman30:26Gun Politics Trigger Social Media Policy Failurehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/gun-politics-trigger-social-media-policy-failure/
Fri, 23 May 2014 13:03:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/gun-politics-social-media-policyHow money and politics drove the Kansas Board of Regents to issue a social media policy that threatens academic freedom statewide with Doug Bonney, chief counsel and legal director for the American Civil Liberties Union of Kansas.
State legislators threatened to cut funding after a journalism professor sent out an angry tweet blaming the NRA for the Washington Navy Yard Shooting.
The Kansas Board of Regents responded by issuing a Draconian social media policy to try and deter faculty and staff from saying anything that might attract the disdain of elected state officials. Topics discussed include:
Concern among educators that politicians could try and control the conversations about a host of issues of public importance by threatening to cut funding. Why the first draft of the Kansas Board of Regents social media policy caused a ruckus and what they did to try and fix it.The new draft of the policy released on May 14, 2014, which some say it still chills free speech rights and is an over reaction to an isolated incidentWhy tweets sent off hours from a personal device on a home network are safer than those sent from an employers device or networkProblem of references to the "improper use of social media" in the new policyGenerally, citizens have more free speech rights than government employees, because government employers have some rights to impose restrictions. Also the NLRA, which protects private sector workers' rights to organize and bargain collectively do not apply to government workers or airline or railway employees for that matter, as well.Who has greater free speech protections: private sector or government employees?Issuing a looser social media policy with stricter social media training, assessment and certification
Photo by Jay Rembert on UnsplashHow money and politics drove the Kansas Board of Regents to issue a social media policy that threatens academic freedom statewide with , chief counsel and legal director for the American Civil Liberties Union of Kansas. State legislators...How money and politics drove the Kansas Board of Regents to issue a social media policy that threatens academic freedom statewide with Doug Bonney, chief counsel and legal director for the American Civil Liberties Union of Kansas. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
State legislators threatened to cut funding after a journalism professor sent out an angry tweet blaming the NRA for the Washington Navy Yard Shooting. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Kansas Board of Regents responded by issuing a Draconian social media policy to try and deter faculty and staff from saying anything that might attract the disdain of elected state officials. Topics discussed include: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Concern among educators that politicians could try and control the conversations about a host of issues of public importance by threatening to cut funding. Why the first draft of the Kansas Board of Regents social media policy caused a ruckus and what they did to try and fix it.The new draft of the policy released on May 14, 2014, which some say it still chills free speech rights and is an over reaction to an isolated incidentWhy tweets sent off hours from a personal device on a home network are safer than those sent from an employers device or networkProblem of references to the "improper use of social media" in the new policyGenerally, citizens have more free speech rights than government employees, because government employers have some rights to impose restrictions. Also the NLRA, which protects private sector workers' rights to organize and bargain collectively do not apply to government workers or airline or railway employees for that matter, as well.Who has greater free speech protections: private sector or government employees?Issuing a looser social media policy with stricter social media training, assessment and certification<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Jay Rembert on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanFCC Proposes to End Net Neutralityhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/fcc-proposes-to-end-net-neutrality/
Mon, 19 May 2014 21:27:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Corynne-McSherry-EFF-Net-NeutralityIn this podcast, we talk to EFF Intellectual Property Director Corynne McSherry (@cmcsherr), who spent the weekend pouring over FCC Chairman Tom Wheeler's proposal (@TomWheelerFCC), which is now available for public comment through DearFCC.
Topics discussed include:
How could the concept of paid prioritization impact news media diversityArgument in favor of regulating ISPs like phone companiesArgument agasint regulating ISPs like phone companiesReclassifying ISPs as telecommunications servicesAl Tompkins's (@atompkins) article about the impact of Net Neutrality on jouranlismWho's the blame for where we are and how we got hereShould the Federal Trade Commission be involved to regulate unfair competitionPublic threat of consolidated ownership of ISPs and content providersBest practices for mobilizing the public behind thicker policy issuesHow to file a public comment on the proposal to the FCC
Photo by Florian Klauer on UnsplashIn this podcast, we talk to Intellectual Property Director (), who spent the weekend pouring over proposal (), which is now available for public comment through . Topics discussed include: How could the concept of paid prioritization impact...In this podcast, we talk to EFF Intellectual Property Director Corynne McSherry (@cmcsherr), who spent the weekend pouring over FCC Chairman Tom Wheeler's proposal (@TomWheelerFCC), which is now available for public comment through DearFCC. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed include:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How could the concept of paid prioritization impact news media diversityArgument in favor of regulating ISPs like phone companiesArgument agasint regulating ISPs like phone companiesReclassifying ISPs as telecommunications servicesAl Tompkins's (@atompkins) article about the impact of Net Neutrality on jouranlismWho's the blame for where we are and how we got hereShould the Federal Trade Commission be involved to regulate unfair competitionPublic threat of consolidated ownership of ISPs and content providersBest practices for mobilizing the public behind thicker policy issuesHow to file a public comment on the proposal to the FCC<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Florian Klauer on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanINTERVIEW: Marcia Stepanek on the Digital Anti‑Establishmenthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/interview-marcia-stepanek-on-the-digital-anti%e2%80%91establishment/
Fri, 16 May 2014 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Marcia-StepanekThis is a deep dive interview with Marcia Stepanek. She is a journalist, new media strategist, NYU professor and an award winning news and features editor.
Eric: Tell us about yourself.
Marcia: I have been covering the intersection of technology and its impact on society and business, for pretty much the past 25 years. I did a new media fellowship at Stanford and went out there all primed from Hearst Media in Washington to cover the shrinking middle class in America and the increasing division between the haves and have‑nots.
Instead, when I got out to Silicon Valley everyone said, "Are you crazy? We are in the middle of Silicon Valley, and there's a revolution happening here." Certainly, there was at the time I was out there with the rise of e‑commerce and with the rise of technology.
I switched my entire curriculum in order to study the impact of communications and new media technology and the law on business, on technology itself, and on the way people advocate for social change. Even back then, we saw the center of power moving from the center of establishment organizations to outside the organizations.
The evolution and implications of that happening, as you well know, has been going on for over a decade and is still continuing.
Eric: You had to shift from class warfare to digital revolutions.
Marcia: Often, they're the one and the same.
Eric: Now you've got this book coming out about digital swarms, which talks about digital swarms becoming even more powerful and more sophisticated.
Marcia: It's more about how networks and communities have been evolving and scaling. As they mature, a more sophisticated and permanent presence is created.
We're seeing a lot of people organizing themselves into networks. Certainly this is also occurring politically around various interest groups. It also occurs in more of these informal communities and around communities of political interest. In many ways, we have seen them start to exercise their muscle.
I'm not talking so much about the Arab Spring. I'm not talking about all of that. I'm talking, now, about a communities ability to organize very rapidly as accountability networks.
For example, a couple of years ago, the Komen Foundation, a foundation that was dedicated to fighting breast cancer, made some controversial decisions.
The organization did not communicate these decisions very transparently or openly with so many of its supporters
In fact, it started trying to dissuade people when they found out about some of the decisions that were being made, from commenting.
This kicked up an angry swarm among supporters who, over the course of three days, were not only were able to hold some of the leaders of the Komen Foundation accountable for those decisions, but wouldn't stop organizing around this until some of the leadership had in fact been changed.
We've seen this repeatedly. We've seen this when people get angry at Rush Limbaugh, or get angry at any number of incidents.
We saw this with the Stop SOPA campaign.
We can see communities organized very quickly to achieve something, a singular goal, very rapidly and very clearly.
All in the course of a week or less. These aren't accidents.
This basically show that these networks have matured and that they're pretty consistent.
They don't organize overnight.
They don't always express themselves, but when they have a reason to do so, they can.
That's what a swarm is.
We're going to see more of that. It's about not so much about the toppling of establishment organizations, but like sand against limestone we see the corrosion, the uncomfortable reshaping of the status quo.
Eric: You've been looking at this space for a long time, and you have some perspective here.
Let me give you my take, my uninformed take compared to yours, of what I see with these digital swarms.
To me,is a journalist, new media strategist, NYU professor and an award winning news and features editor. Her upcoming book is "Swarms: the Rise of Digital Anti‑Establishment." Eric: Tell us about yourself. Marcia: I have been...This is a deep dive interview with Marcia Stepanek. She is a journalist, new media strategist, NYU professor and an award winning news and features editor. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: Tell us about yourself. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marcia: I have been covering the intersection of technology and its impact on society and business, for pretty much the past 25 years. I did a new media fellowship at Stanford and went out there all primed from Hearst Media in Washington to cover the shrinking middle class in America and the increasing division between the haves and have‑nots. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Instead, when I got out to Silicon Valley everyone said, "Are you crazy? We are in the middle of Silicon Valley, and there's a revolution happening here." Certainly, there was at the time I was out there with the rise of e‑commerce and with the rise of technology. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I switched my entire curriculum in order to study the impact of communications and new media technology and the law on business, on technology itself, and on the way people advocate for social change. Even back then, we saw the center of power moving from the center of establishment organizations to outside the organizations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The evolution and implications of that happening, as you well know, has been going on for over a decade and is still continuing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: You had to shift from class warfare to digital revolutions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marcia: Often, they're the one and the same. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: Now you've got this book coming out about digital swarms, which talks about digital swarms becoming even more powerful and more sophisticated. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marcia: It's more about how networks and communities have been evolving and scaling. As they mature, a more sophisticated and permanent presence is created. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We're seeing a lot of people organizing themselves into networks. Certainly this is also occurring politically around various interest groups. It also occurs in more of these informal communities and around communities of political interest. In many ways, we have seen them start to exercise their muscle. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I'm not talking so much about the Arab Spring. I'm not talking about all of that. I'm talking, now, about a communities ability to organize very rapidly as accountability networks. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For example, a couple of years ago, the Komen Foundation, a foundation that was dedicated to fighting breast cancer, made some controversial decisions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The organization did not communicate these decisions very transparently or openly with so many of its supporters <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In fact, it started trying to dissuade people when they found out about some of the decisions that were being made, from commenting. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This kicked up an angry swarm among supporters who, over the course of three days, were not only were able to hold some of the leaders of the Komen Foundation accountable for those decisions, but wouldn't stop organizing around this until some of the leadership had in fact been changed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We've seen this repeatedly. We've seen this when people get angry at Rush Limbaugh, or get angry at any number of incidents. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We saw this with the Stop SOPA campaign. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We can see communities organized very quickly to achieve something, a singular goal, very rapidly and very clearly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
All in the course of a week or less. These aren't accidents. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This basically show that these networks have matured and that they're pretty consistent. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They don't organize overnight. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They don't always express themselves,Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media in Higher Educationhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/fir-on-higher-education-7-social-media-education-programs/
Sat, 05 Apr 2014 12:15:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-education-programsAnyone can create an online course. On the other hand, making it an engaging and educational experience is a whole other question.
In this simulcast of FIR on Higher Education episode 7 Kevin Anselmo interviews Eric Schwartzman talks about how to make content interesting and educational in an online learning format.
Eric has been conducting social media trainings in different parts of the world for several years.
He recently took his courses online through his company which helps employers manage risk and scale engagement through innovative online social media training courseware.
He talks about how to deliver curriculum online versus in person, the importance of high quality production and the future of MOOCs, among other related topics.
Also on episode 7, Harry Hawk gives an update on how he has integrated Twitter into his classroom, while I provide a short book review on why Gini Dietrich’s new book Spin Sucks is an important read for higher education communicators, administrators and academics.
Get this Podcast:
Download the MP3 file (39.8 Mb, 41:18)Subscribe to “FIR on Higher Education with Kevin Anselmo RSS feedGet the show at iTunesGet the FIR app for your mobile device - iPhone | Android | Windows
Kevin Anselmo is the Founder and Principal of Experiential Communications, a consultancy focused on education.
He helps brands within academia - whether individual or corporate - communicate with stakeholders. He also teaches communications and public relations workshops to different individuals and groups.
Previously, Kevin was Director of Public Relations for Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and prior to that managed the media relations for IMD Business School in Switzerland. In addition, he was an adjunct communications professor at Nyack College in New York.
Currently based in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, Kevin lived and worked in Switzerland for eight years and in Germany for two years.
He has led public relations initiatives in various countries around the world.
Find Kevin on Twitter: @kevinanselmo.
Photo by Florian Klauer on UnsplashAnyone can create an online course. On the other hand, making it an engaging and educational experience is a whole other question. In this simulcast of FIR on Higher Education episode 7 with , Founder talks about how to make content...Anyone can create an online course. On the other hand, making it an engaging and educational experience is a whole other question. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this simulcast of FIR on Higher Education episode 7 Kevin Anselmo interviews Eric Schwartzman talks about how to make content interesting and educational in an online learning format. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric has been conducting social media trainings in different parts of the world for several years. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He recently took his courses online through his company which helps employers manage risk and scale engagement through innovative online social media training courseware. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He talks about how to deliver curriculum online versus in person, the importance of high quality production and the future of MOOCs, among other related topics. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Also on episode 7, Harry Hawk gives an update on how he has integrated Twitter into his classroom, while I provide a short book review on why Gini Dietrich’s new book Spin Sucks is an important read for higher education communicators, administrators and academics. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Get this Podcast: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Download the MP3 file (39.8 Mb, 41:18)Subscribe to “FIR on Higher Education with Kevin Anselmo RSS feedGet the show at iTunesGet the FIR app for your mobile device - iPhone | Android | Windows<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Kevin Anselmo is the Founder and Principal of Experiential Communications, a consultancy focused on education. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He helps brands within academia - whether individual or corporate - communicate with stakeholders. He also teaches communications and public relations workshops to different individuals and groups. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Previously, Kevin was Director of Public Relations for Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and prior to that managed the media relations for IMD Business School in Switzerland. In addition, he was an adjunct communications professor at Nyack College in New York. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Currently based in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, Kevin lived and worked in Switzerland for eight years and in Germany for two years. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He has led public relations initiatives in various countries around the world. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Find Kevin on Twitter: @kevinanselmo. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Florian Klauer on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Prevent a Social Media Crisishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-prevent-a-social-media-crisis-2/
Fri, 28 Mar 2014 19:13:45 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/crisis-preventionEarlier this week the Los Angeles Chapter of the Public Relations Society of America hosted a panel discussion on what it takes to prevent a social media crisis.
In my opinion, PR spends too much time talking about crisis management and not enough time thinking about how to prevent them from happening in the first place.
The panel was moderated by Karen North, Chair of the Online Communities Graduate Program at USC and this is an audio recording of the discussion. Panelists
Siobhan O'Neill, VP, Edelman Digital (@angelcityblues)Chris Baccus, Executive Director, Digital, GolinHarris (@cbaccus)Laura Knapp, President, Social Spotlight Media (@LauraKnapp)Eric Schwartzman (@ericschwartzman)
Despite the PR industry's growing digital expertise, online crises continue to play out and leave professional communicators scrambling to minimize the damage.
This panel is about what can be done to prevent these volatile situations in the first place.
This program examined recent high-profile digital disasters and what steps could have been taken to prevent them. If you're interested in practical solutions for managing social media risk, check out my free social media training courses.
They're all online, self-paced and ready to go.
Special thanks to chapter president Erik Deutsch (@ErikDeutsch) for producing the event and inviting me to participate.
Photo by NeONBRAND on UnsplashEarlier this week the hosted a panel discussion on what it takes to prevent a social media crisis. In my opinion, PR spends too much time talking about crisis management and not enough time thinking about how to prevent them from happening in...Earlier this week the Los Angeles Chapter of the Public Relations Society of America hosted a panel discussion on what it takes to prevent a social media crisis. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In my opinion, PR spends too much time talking about crisis management and not enough time thinking about how to prevent them from happening in the first place. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The panel was moderated by Karen North, Chair of the Online Communities Graduate Program at USC and this is an audio recording of the discussion. Panelists <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Siobhan O'Neill, VP, Edelman Digital (@angelcityblues)Chris Baccus, Executive Director, Digital, GolinHarris (@cbaccus)Laura Knapp, President, Social Spotlight Media (@LauraKnapp)Eric Schwartzman (@ericschwartzman)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Despite the PR industry's growing digital expertise, online crises continue to play out and leave professional communicators scrambling to minimize the damage. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This panel is about what can be done to prevent these volatile situations in the first place. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This program examined recent high-profile digital disasters and what steps could have been taken to prevent them. If you're interested in practical solutions for managing social media risk, check out my free social media training courses. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They're all online, self-paced and ready to go. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special thanks to chapter president Erik Deutsch (@ErikDeutsch) for producing the event and inviting me to participate.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by NeONBRAND on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanPredicting Outcomes via Social Media Monitoringhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/what-you-need-in-addition-to-social-media-monitoring-tools-to-guide-online-marketing-strategy/
Sat, 22 Feb 2014 13:55:37 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2745I had a chance to interview Dr. Marc Teerlink, Global Strategist & Data Scientist at IBM recently. He's a fascinating guy, and we spoke about using social media monitoring tools to separate the signal from the noise, how to use past conversations to try and predict the future, why teens are the most difficult audience to monitor and the dangers of relying too heavily on sentiment when predicting outcomes.
You can listen to a recording of our conversation or read it below.
Eric: You're floating around somewhere in the ocean, yeah?
Marc: Yeah. I do this like once or twice a year. I try to still take a serious race ‑‑‑ serious crossing, actually ‑‑ together with some buddies that I know for quite some time. We go back like 20‑plus years. Those are the good moments in life, I can tell you. Just to be away from it all.
One of the best things about being on the ocean is that the moment you really leave the shore, you have a satellite telephone for emergencies, but nothing else, which means that your team really has to show that it's as great as you hoped, when you hired them.
Eric: Charting a course in a boat is a very precise exercise. One or two degrees off over the long haul and you're in the wrong country, yes?
Marc: Yeah, in the wrong country or as Columbus said, "The wrong continent even."
One of the things I find is actually one of the best management experiences is to be part of a sailing crew. You learn that you are actually the most important of the team. I don't want that line to be quoted by itself, but if I fail, everybody else fails.
The team is going to be as good as I can make them as an individual, and as the next individual. The first part is, I really need to focus on optimizing myself on a boat, whether I'm the captain or just one of the people pulling some ropes and hoisting some sail, and the moment somebody else said it.
We as a team, are as good as each individual wants to be for the team. Can I optimize myself for the team? Do I have the trust in my fellow team members actually, when we do a handover, the moment I'll shout that they will hear me and they'll pick up?
Do I feel comfortable in the decisions, the person who does the navigation, or which the captain makes? The more you become that navigator, that captain yourself, the point is ‑‑ in what matter will I listen to my team members? What moment when I say, "Guys, when I say tack we will tack. We can evaluate later whether it was good or bad, but that's what we do."
I think the essence of a good strategy, whether it's for Big Data or for your company or even for your career or your life is saying, "I am here. I want to be at point X at the horizon. I know what my destination is, or at least, what are the points I'm going to tack? What are really the most important points that I will be heading to, that I need to capitalize to make it to the next step?"
When I coach people that work for me, I always ask them, "What are the points in your life you've been able to capitalize so far? Forget about your job experience. Just let's look to who you are. What can you capitalize, and what's the next point you want to do?"
The same I have, when we do projects, where we do analytics. What are the core questions you want to answer? I understand, we all want to have in the words of Bob Crandall, "An unfair, sustainable advantage." [laughs] But what is it you are going to in the meanwhile? What are your key points you can attack, that you want to capitalize, to get there in your market, to make a difference to your customers, to your employees, your suppliers or the stock market ‑‑ whatever is important for you.
Eric: When you think about solving a problem like charting a course for a ship, you're using maps and you're using a sextant, and you're using numbers to figure out your destination. But you're considering all that information against your knowledge of the atmosphere and the ship,I had a chance to interview Dr. Marc Teerlink, Global Strategist & Data Scientist at IBM recently. He's a fascinating guy, and we spoke about using social media monitoring tools to separate the signal from the noise,I had a chance to interview Dr. Marc Teerlink, Global Strategist & Data Scientist at IBM recently. He's a fascinating guy, and we spoke about using social media monitoring tools to separate the signal from the noise, how to use past conversations to try and predict the future, why teens are the most difficult audience to monitor and the dangers of relying too heavily on sentiment when predicting outcomes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can listen to a recording of our conversation or read it below.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: You're floating around somewhere in the ocean, yeah?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marc: Yeah. I do this like once or twice a year. I try to still take a serious race ‑‑‑ serious crossing, actually ‑‑ together with some buddies that I know for quite some time. We go back like 20‑plus years. Those are the good moments in life, I can tell you. Just to be away from it all.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
One of the best things about being on the ocean is that the moment you really leave the shore, you have a satellite telephone for emergencies, but nothing else, which means that your team really has to show that it's as great as you hoped, when you hired them.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: Charting a course in a boat is a very precise exercise. One or two degrees off over the long haul and you're in the wrong country, yes?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marc: Yeah, in the wrong country or as Columbus said, "The wrong continent even."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
One of the things I find is actually one of the best management experiences is to be part of a sailing crew. You learn that you are actually the most important of the team. I don't want that line to be quoted by itself, but if I fail, everybody else fails.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The team is going to be as good as I can make them as an individual, and as the next individual. The first part is, I really need to focus on optimizing myself on a boat, whether I'm the captain or just one of the people pulling some ropes and hoisting some sail, and the moment somebody else said it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We as a team, are as good as each individual wants to be for the team. Can I optimize myself for the team? Do I have the trust in my fellow team members actually, when we do a handover, the moment I'll shout that they will hear me and they'll pick up?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Do I feel comfortable in the decisions, the person who does the navigation, or which the captain makes? The more you become that navigator, that captain yourself, the point is ‑‑ in what matter will I listen to my team members? What moment when I say, "Guys, when I say tack we will tack. We can evaluate later whether it was good or bad, but that's what we do."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I think the essence of a good strategy, whether it's for Big Data or for your company or even for your career or your life is saying, "I am here. I want to be at point X at the horizon. I know what my destination is, or at least, what are the points I'm going to tack? What are really the most important points that I will be heading to, that I need to capitalize to make it to the next step?"<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When I coach people that work for me, I always ask them, "What are the points in your life you've been able to capitalize so far? Forget about your job experience. Just let's look to who you are. What can you capitalize, and what's the next point you want to do?"<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The same I have, when we do projects, where we do analytics. What are the core questions you want to answer? I understand, we all want to have in the words of Bob Crandall, "An unfair, sustainable advantage." [laughs] But what is it you are going to in the meanwhile? What are your key points you can attack, that you want to capitalize, to get there in your market, to make a difference to your customers, to your employees, your suppliers or the stock market ‑‑ whatever is important for you.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Education for Employeeshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-education-for-employees-with-altimeter-analyst-ed-terpening/
Fri, 31 Jan 2014 19:30:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-educationSo you're using social media for business. And sometimes customers and prospects actually notice.
But you can't figure out how to scale engagement more consistently. You need to get more people involved because on social networks, reach is a factor of engagement.
You've thought about getting your coworkers involved. But they don't all know how to use social networks for business. And they're not skilled in the art of public disclosure.
They might make the mistake of saying something discriminatory or defamatory, or inadvertently leak proprietary information. And you could wind up a lot of hot water.
Altimeter Group social media analyst Ed Terperning (@edterpening), Plein Air Artist and Anders Zoren loyalist can help.
His new report Social Media Education for Employees, coauthored with Charlene Li (@charleneli), details how organizations design and implement social media training programs for employees that reduce social media risk and activate employee advocacy programs at scale.
In this exclusive audio interview, Ed discusses the four different types of social media education programs, managing risks through social media policy training, social media training formats and modalities, motivating employees to complete on-demand courseware, required resources for keeping social media training courses current, strategies for knowledge transfer assessment and more.
Photo by Austin Distel on UnsplashSo you're using social media for business. And sometimes customers and prospects actually notice. But you can't figure out how to scale engagement more consistently. You need to get more people involved becuase on social networks, reach...So you're using social media for business. And sometimes customers and prospects actually notice. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But you can't figure out how to scale engagement more consistently. You need to get more people involved because on social networks, reach is a factor of engagement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You've thought about getting your coworkers involved. But they don't all know how to use social networks for business. And they're not skilled in the art of public disclosure. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They might make the mistake of saying something discriminatory or defamatory, or inadvertently leak proprietary information. And you could wind up a lot of hot water. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Altimeter Group social media analyst Ed Terperning (@edterpening), Plein Air Artist and Anders Zoren loyalist can help. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
His new report Social Media Education for Employees, coauthored with Charlene Li (@charleneli), details how organizations design and implement social media training programs for employees that reduce social media risk and activate employee advocacy programs at scale. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this exclusive audio interview, Ed discusses the four different types of social media education programs, managing risks through social media policy training, social media training formats and modalities, motivating employees to complete on-demand courseware, required resources for keeping social media training courses current, strategies for knowledge transfer assessment and more. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Austin Distel on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanBig Data Risks and Rewardshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/big-data-risks-and-rewards/
Fri, 17 Jan 2014 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/big-data-risks-and-rewardsIn this podcast, I talk to IBM fellow Jeff Jonas (@JeffJonas) about Ironman Triathlons, how casinos catch card counters, the future of personal privacy and big data analytics.
Jeff’s career is storied and diverse.
He’s built systems to protect the gambling industry from card counters, technology that allows organization’s to collect and analyze personally identifiable information without invading personal privacy and ways to make sense of data as it happens.
In this exclusive interview, sponsored by IBM, Jeff talks about:
Pulling useful business intelligence from big dataComparing data pointsWhy big data improves the accuracy of predictionsHelping casino operators bring down the MIT Blackjack Team with dataThe value of automated trading algorithms to Goldman SachsHow Watson uses contradictory information to eliminate false positivesShortcomings of pulling meaningful KPIs from social media monitoring services and sentiment analytics aloneFair Credit Reporting ActWhy insufficient an observation space leads to fantasy analyticsFuture of secrets and the importance of corporate training and business process improvement. IBM fellow () talks about Ironman Triathlons, how casinos catch card counters, the future of personal privacy and . Jeff’s career is storied and diverse. He’s built systems to protect the gambling industry from card counters,...In this podcast, I talk to IBM fellow Jeff Jonas (@JeffJonas) about Ironman Triathlons, how casinos catch card counters, the future of personal privacy and big data analytics. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jeff’s career is storied and diverse. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He’s built systems to protect the gambling industry from card counters, technology that allows organization’s to collect and analyze personally identifiable information without invading personal privacy and ways to make sense of data as it happens. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this exclusive interview, sponsored by IBM, Jeff talks about:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pulling useful business intelligence from big dataComparing data pointsWhy big data improves the accuracy of predictionsHelping casino operators bring down the MIT Blackjack Team with dataThe value of automated trading algorithms to Goldman SachsHow Watson uses contradictory information to eliminate false positivesShortcomings of pulling meaningful KPIs from social media monitoring services and sentiment analytics aloneFair Credit Reporting ActWhy insufficient an observation space leads to fantasy analyticsFuture of secrets and the importance of corporate training and business process improvement. Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Ethics with Best Selling Author Jeanne Meisterhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/building-a-social-media-literate-workforce/
Mon, 06 Jan 2014 22:27:13 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2706Social media marketing is no longer enough. You need a social media ethics and literacy, says Jeanne Meister, best-selling author of The 2020 Workplace.
Social media literacy is the understanding how to use social media both inside and outside the organization in a safe and secure way to improve their productivity and efficiency.
Jeanne Meister is an internationally recognized leader in creating innovations in the operation and management of an enterprise learning function. Jeanne’s expertise spans the development of a best practice corporate university to the creation of innovative social networks for learning.
Jeanne Meister’s newest book,The 2020 Workplace: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow’s Employees Today, co-written with Karie Willyerd, was published by Harper Collins in May 2010, and is now in its second printing! The book is available for purchase at all major book retailers.
Jeanne Meister is a co-founder of Future Workplace, an organization with a shared vision for re-imagining the current state of corporate learning & human resources development and helping to prepare companies for the 2020 workplace.
Recently, Jeanne was nominated and selected by her peers as “one of the top 20 most influential training professionals” by TrainingIndustry.com.
Jeanne is a visionary thought leader, speaker, author and executive coach working with Chief Learning Officers and Presidents of for-profit universities in their quest to create award winning learning and development solutions, customized degree programs and industry specific certificate programs for market segments.
Topics discussed included:
Why some organizations are steering away from issuing social media policies.The limitations of using employees and social media ambassadorsReverser mentoring boomers with millennialsa much, much more.
Photo by Nathan Dumlao on UnsplashSocial media marketing is no longer enough. You need a social media ethics and literacy, says Jeanne Meister, best-selling author of The 2020 Workplace. Social media literacy is the understanding how to use social media both inside and outside the o...Social media marketing is no longer enough. You need a social media ethics and literacy, says Jeanne Meister, best-selling author of The 2020 Workplace.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social media literacy is the understanding how to use social media both inside and outside the organization in a safe and secure way to improve their productivity and efficiency.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jeanne Meister is an internationally recognized leader in creating innovations in the operation and management of an enterprise learning function. Jeanne’s expertise spans the development of a best practice corporate university to the creation of innovative social networks for learning.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jeanne Meister’s newest book,The 2020 Workplace: How Innovative Companies Attract, Develop, and Keep Tomorrow’s Employees Today, co-written with Karie Willyerd, was published by Harper Collins in May 2010, and is now in its second printing! The book is available for purchase at all major book retailers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jeanne Meister is a co-founder of Future Workplace, an organization with a shared vision for re-imagining the current state of corporate learning & human resources development and helping to prepare companies for the 2020 workplace.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Recently, Jeanne was nominated and selected by her peers as “one of the top 20 most influential training professionals” by TrainingIndustry.com. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jeanne is a visionary thought leader, speaker, author and executive coach working with Chief Learning Officers and Presidents of for-profit universities in their quest to create award winning learning and development solutions, customized degree programs and industry specific certificate programs for market segments.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed included:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why some organizations are steering away from issuing social media policies.The limitations of using employees and social media ambassadorsReverser mentoring boomers with millennialsa much, much more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Nathan Dumlao on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanInside the Institute of the Future with Marina Gorbishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/future-of-ed-tech-with-marina-gorbis/
Mon, 06 Jan 2014 10:25:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/future-of-ed-tech-with-marina-gorbisMarina Gorbis (@mgorbis) is executive director of the Institute of the Future and author of The Nature of the Future.
In this podcast, she talks about how technology is changing the world of education, what motivates people to learn and digital literacy.
A text transcript of our discussion is below.
Eric: What is "socialstructing."
Marina: There’s a new way we are creating value. The ways we're doing things that were not possible before are, all of a sudden, possible.
The kind of things that previously you needed the whole organization to do, now you can do it with one person or a few people.
Sometimes, we can do unimaginable things with the power of these technologies and connections with each other.
The idea is that we're creating. We're doing something in new ways. We're structuring things in new ways.
The other part of it is that the way we're doing it is through connections with others, when you're using social media, social technologies and ultimately connections to multitudes of others who we can engage in whatever activity we're doing.
Eric: How do you see social media changing education in a professional context?
Marina: One of the important things that we see is that a lot of education is moving out of institutions, and the kind of resources that previously resided just in organizations or were closed are now widely available.
Content itself has become a commodity.
There's a lot of content. Almost anything you want to learn is out there between Khan Academy, Coursera, all the MOOCs ‑‑ but not just MOOCs, but all kinds of other platforms where people share.
WikiHow, Wikipedia ‑‑ you can think of Wikipedia as a learning resource.
The content is all out there. It's moving from institutions into these flows. Imagine that there is a river of resources out there, and it's always there.
The challenge becomes, what makes people want to dip into those flows? What makes you motivated to dip into those information and content flows and ultimately learn?
https://youtu.be/4ssvPH4rv5Y
Eric: What motivates people to learn?
Marina: What motivates people are very different things for different people.
If you're a professional, and you need to learn, and you need to pass the test or exam, or you need it for your professional development, you can do that for that reason.
I think for all of us, a lot of the motivation is ultimately social. If you're a young person, your motivation to learn is to be in a conversation with the kind of people you want to be in a conversation.
If your social group is all about philosophy, you want to learn about philosophy. If your social group is about math or coding, you want to learn that. It's both for professional reasons, but a lot of that motivation is really social motivation for a lot of people.
That's why what's interesting is what I see happening is people signing up for online courses but then organize the meet‑ups in physical spaces with the same people who are taking the same course.
There they engage in peer‑to‑peer counseling, and people learn from each other. There's a lot of that going on.
What's interesting is that they're bringing this online content and bringing it into social spaces.
Eric: Several years back, people were speculating that, in the future, inner‑city folks, or people with less money wouldn't have access to the Internet, so there would be this digital divide between those that have access to the Internet and those that don't.
Now, we're seeing that that's less of a factor.
Marina: I think the kind of divide we're seeing is in agency and motivation, and that goes back to that social.
If you grow up in an environment where people don't read books and they're not motivated to learn, and they have different kinds of ideas about what's important in life, that's a kind of divide.
() is executive director of the and author of . In this interview, she talks about how technology is changing the world of education, what motivates people to learn and digital literacy. Here's a text transcript of her discussion...Marina Gorbis (@mgorbis) is executive director of the Institute of the Future and author of The Nature of the Future. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast, she talks about how technology is changing the world of education, what motivates people to learn and digital literacy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A text transcript of our discussion is below. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: What is "socialstructing." <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marina: There’s a new way we are creating value. The ways we're doing things that were not possible before are, all of a sudden, possible. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The kind of things that previously you needed the whole organization to do, now you can do it with one person or a few people. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sometimes, we can do unimaginable things with the power of these technologies and connections with each other. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The idea is that we're creating. We're doing something in new ways. We're structuring things in new ways. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The other part of it is that the way we're doing it is through connections with others, when you're using social media, social technologies and ultimately connections to multitudes of others who we can engage in whatever activity we're doing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: How do you see social media changing education in a professional context? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marina: One of the important things that we see is that a lot of education is moving out of institutions, and the kind of resources that previously resided just in organizations or were closed are now widely available. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Content itself has become a commodity. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
There's a lot of content. Almost anything you want to learn is out there between Khan Academy, Coursera, all the MOOCs ‑‑ but not just MOOCs, but all kinds of other platforms where people share. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
WikiHow, Wikipedia ‑‑ you can think of Wikipedia as a learning resource. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The content is all out there. It's moving from institutions into these flows. Imagine that there is a river of resources out there, and it's always there. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The challenge becomes, what makes people want to dip into those flows? What makes you motivated to dip into those information and content flows and ultimately learn? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
https://youtu.be/4ssvPH4rv5Y<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: What motivates people to learn? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Marina: What motivates people are very different things for different people. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you're a professional, and you need to learn, and you need to pass the test or exam, or you need it for your professional development, you can do that for that reason. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I think for all of us, a lot of the motivation is ultimately social. If you're a young person, your motivation to learn is to be in a conversation with the kind of people you want to be in a conversation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If your social group is all about philosophy, you want to learn about philosophy. If your social group is about math or coding, you want to learn that. It's both for professional reasons, but a lot of that motivation is really social motivation for a lot of people. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That's why what's interesting is what I see happening is people signing up for online courses but then organize the meet‑ups in physical spaces with the same people who are taking the same course. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
There they engage in peer‑to‑peer counseling, and people learn from each other. There's a lot of that going on. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What's interesting is that they're bringing this online content and bringing it into social spaces. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric: Several years back, people were speculating that,Eric SchwartzmancleanPutting Social Data in Contexthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/putting-social-data-in-context/
Sat, 07 Dec 2013 01:29:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/putting-social-data-in-contextIn this special episode, Big Data enthusiast, working mom, Duke Blue Devil, runner, cook, golfer and karate black belt Inhi Cho Suh (@inhicho), vice president and general manager of Big Data, Integration, & Governance at IBM, talks about the opportunities and risks of Big Data.
Topics discussed:
Why should non-technical business people care about big data?Transactional, machine, social and enterprise dataThe difference between social media and social dataThe risks of collecting, storing and analyzing social dataOODA: What it is and how it applies to big dataApplying sound IT governance practices to big data projectsRespecting the intellectual property rights of others on big dataWe’ve talked about harnessing Big Data to deliver improved business outcomes, but what about political and social outcomes.Using what Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff said at the UN after she learned her phone was being tapped as a guide, in your opinion, does freedom of expression depend on the right to privacy?What if CIA director of intelligence James Clapper hired you to make the PRISM program more constitutional? Could you? How?Privacy by design In this special episode sponsored by IBM, enthusiast, working mom, Duke Blue Devil, runner, cook, golfer and karate black belt (), vice president and general manager of Big Data, Integration, & Governance at IBM, talks about the...In this special episode, Big Data enthusiast, working mom, Duke Blue Devil, runner, cook, golfer and karate black belt Inhi Cho Suh (@inhicho), vice president and general manager of Big Data, Integration, & Governance at IBM, talks about the opportunities and risks of Big Data. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why should non-technical business people care about big data?Transactional, machine, social and enterprise dataThe difference between social media and social dataThe risks of collecting, storing and analyzing social dataOODA: What it is and how it applies to big dataApplying sound IT governance practices to big data projectsRespecting the intellectual property rights of others on big dataWe’ve talked about harnessing Big Data to deliver improved business outcomes, but what about political and social outcomes.Using what Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff said at the UN after she learned her phone was being tapped as a guide, in your opinion, does freedom of expression depend on the right to privacy?What if CIA director of intelligence James Clapper hired you to make the PRISM program more constitutional? Could you? How?Privacy by designEric SchwartzmancleanTop 5 Things NOT to Share on Facebookhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-security-special/
Mon, 19 Aug 2013 12:32:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-security-DellDrawing the line between what’s okay to share and what’s just too risky to share, the potential impact of the NSA PRISM surveillance program on the private sector and the top 5 things not to share on social media.
Ryan Garcia Associate General Counsel at Facebook talks about the impact of social media usage in the workplace of personal privacy and security.
Ryan has spoken at and chaired numerous social media legal conferences around the country.
He has also been invited to speak on social media legal topics before American Bar Association committees, the Word of Mouth Marketing Association Summit, and the Game Developers Conference.
Ryan frequently blogs about social media legal issues at somelaw.wordpress.com.
New York Times technology columnist David Pogue has called Ryan the funniest Dell lawyer he knows.
Topics Addressed:
Staying ahead of the legal issues that pertain to enterprise wide social media usage.Future proofing corporate social media training programs.Challenges of relying on sensational headlines for corporate social media education.The lack of attention people pay to the terms of service screens when signing up for online services of downloading apps.Risks of content ownership versus granting a non-exclusive, fully paid and royalty-free, transferable, sub-licensable, worldwide license.Importance of teaching people about the security and privacy risks of publishing geo-data.Discussion of setting limits on setting boundaries of what you share, since “publication is a self-invasion of privacy” as Marshall McLuhan once said.The top 5 things not sure on social networks.Potential impact of the NSA’s PRISM program on private sector usage of social media.What BYOD means for personal privacy and organizational security.
Reference Links:
Mashable CEO Pete Cashmore at SXSWNY Times: Those Wordy Contracts We All So Quickly AcceptStudy: Cybercasing the Joint by Gerald Friedland and Robin Sommer [PDF]
Photo by Nosiuol on UnsplashDrawing the line between what’s okay to share and what’s just too risky to share, the potential impact of the NSA PRISM surveillance program on the private sector and the top 5 things not to share on social media. ) interviews Dell...Drawing the line between what’s okay to share and what’s just too risky to share, the potential impact of the NSA PRISM surveillance program on the private sector and the top 5 things not to share on social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ryan Garcia Associate General Counsel at Facebook talks about the impact of social media usage in the workplace of personal privacy and security. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ryan has spoken at and chaired numerous social media legal conferences around the country. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He has also been invited to speak on social media legal topics before American Bar Association committees, the Word of Mouth Marketing Association Summit, and the Game Developers Conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ryan frequently blogs about social media legal issues at somelaw.wordpress.com. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
New York Times technology columnist David Pogue has called Ryan the funniest Dell lawyer he knows. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics Addressed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Staying ahead of the legal issues that pertain to enterprise wide social media usage.Future proofing corporate social media training programs.Challenges of relying on sensational headlines for corporate social media education.The lack of attention people pay to the terms of service screens when signing up for online services of downloading apps.Risks of content ownership versus granting a non-exclusive, fully paid and royalty-free, transferable, sub-licensable, worldwide license.Importance of teaching people about the security and privacy risks of publishing geo-data.Discussion of setting limits on setting boundaries of what you share, since “publication is a self-invasion of privacy” as Marshall McLuhan once said.The top 5 things not sure on social networks.Potential impact of the NSA’s PRISM program on private sector usage of social media.What BYOD means for personal privacy and organizational security.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Reference Links: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mashable CEO Pete Cashmore at SXSWNY Times: Those Wordy Contracts We All So Quickly AcceptStudy: Cybercasing the Joint by Gerald Friedland and Robin Sommer [PDF]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Nosiuol on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Marketing Training Programs at Intelhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-training-at-intel/
Mon, 12 Aug 2013 21:27:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-training-intelWhat does it take to help a company become a social business? It takes the support of management and employees, and that requires education and enablement.
Which is why Intel launched their Digital IQ social media training program. Because they knew that without the buy-in of Intel’s 100,000 employees, social marketing would never be truly effective.
But where do you start?
You can’t boil the ocean. So Intel focused on training marketers first, before rolling the program out broadly.
Rather than launch a social media center of excellence, they opted to build a social business at all levels of the enterprise. Their objective was to tap the power of an internal advocacy program that enabled everyone to help prospects and customers via social networks.
The Digital IQ program at Intel is organized like a higher education program with 60 classes organized into 4-tiers or levels of training. Some course are required, others are elective.
Entry level courses were digital so everyone had access on-demand. Intermediate courses were focused on enabling social media practitioners with live training. And advanced were very high-touch, one-on-one, interactive training sessions targeted to executives and SMEs.
How did they decide what was basic, and what was advanced? Basic trainings were focused on answering the question of why.
Intermediate classes answered who and how. And advanced classes really dug deeper into how at an even deeper level. In this podcast, former Intel social media strategist Ekaterina Walter (@ekaterina).
Ekaterina was a member of the team that spearheaded the development of Digital IQ University at Intel.
Topics Addressed:
Strategies for organizing tiered social media training programsInside the different courses in the Digital IQ programHow to design high-level, advanced social media training programsCrisis communications trainingSocial media marketing training programs Benefits of classroom social media training vs. online social media trainingBiggest challenges associated with live social media training programsThe biggest challenge of social media training programsRecommended lengths for online social media training courses
Ekaterina is the best-selling author of Think like Zuck, The Five Business Secrets of Facebook's Improbably Brilliant CEO Mark Zuckerberg, which details why purpose, people, process and partnerships are the keys to success in the modern age.
Ekaterina Walters is Partner and CMO at Branderati. which provides software as a service to manage online advocacy programs though influencers relations.What does it take to help a company become a social business? It takes the support of management and employees, and that requires education and enablement. Which is why Intel launched their social media training program. Because they knew that...What does it take to help a company become a social business? It takes the support of management and employees, and that requires education and enablement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Which is why Intel launched their Digital IQ social media training program. Because they knew that without the buy-in of Intel’s 100,000 employees, social marketing would never be truly effective. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But where do you start? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can’t boil the ocean. So Intel focused on training marketers first, before rolling the program out broadly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rather than launch a social media center of excellence, they opted to build a social business at all levels of the enterprise. Their objective was to tap the power of an internal advocacy program that enabled everyone to help prospects and customers via social networks. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Digital IQ program at Intel is organized like a higher education program with 60 classes organized into 4-tiers or levels of training. Some course are required, others are elective. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Entry level courses were digital so everyone had access on-demand. Intermediate courses were focused on enabling social media practitioners with live training. And advanced were very high-touch, one-on-one, interactive training sessions targeted to executives and SMEs. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How did they decide what was basic, and what was advanced? Basic trainings were focused on answering the question of why. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Intermediate classes answered who and how. And advanced classes really dug deeper into how at an even deeper level. In this podcast, former Intel social media strategist Ekaterina Walter (@ekaterina). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ekaterina was a member of the team that spearheaded the development of Digital IQ University at Intel. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics Addressed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Strategies for organizing tiered social media training programsInside the different courses in the Digital IQ programHow to design high-level, advanced social media training programsCrisis communications trainingSocial media marketing training programs Benefits of classroom social media training vs. online social media trainingBiggest challenges associated with live social media training programsThe biggest challenge of social media training programsRecommended lengths for online social media training courses<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ekaterina is the best-selling author of Think like Zuck, The Five Business Secrets of Facebook's Improbably Brilliant CEO Mark Zuckerberg, which details why purpose, people, process and partnerships are the keys to success in the modern age. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ekaterina Walters is Partner and CMO at Branderati. which provides software as a service to manage online advocacy programs though influencers relations.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Marketing at Dellhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-training-at-dell/
Mon, 05 Aug 2013 21:16:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-training-dellSocial media marketing at scale requires engagement at scale and few organizations do a better job social media training their workforce to engage en masse than Dell Computer.
The PC-maker’s Social Media and Community University (SMaC) has already social media trained thousands of employees from virtually all segments of the enterprise.
Whether you’re a social media manager or shipping and receiving clerk, Dell has a social media course that’s right for you.
In this episode, former Director of Social Media & Community at Dell Liz Bullock (@lizbbullock) goes beyond social media marketing to discuss the practical aspects of driving enterprise wide adoption through social media.
There may not be any organization with more experience implementing a custom social media training program for the whole company than Dell and this discussion drills down on the reasons behind the decisions that led to the social media training they currently have in place.
Topics Addressed:
Business case for enterprise wide social media management training
Best practices for designing social media training program curricula.
Inside the Dell Governance Portal, which was used for password management of branded social networking accounts and communicating ongoing best practices.
How Dell designed a tiered social media training program with basic, intermediate and advanced levels.
The different training modalities Dell used to deliver their social media training program with classroom and self-paced courses.
How Dell deals with the challenges of keeping their social media training program up to date.
How Dell assesses and certifies social media training participants.
Why Dell launched a channel partner social media training program and the company’s recent decision to expand that initiative.
Liz Bullock currently serves as CEO and Co-founder of the Social Arts & Science Institute in Austin Texas. Social media marketing at scale requires engagement at scale and few organizations do a better job social media training their workforce to engage en masse than Dell Computer. The PC-maker’s Social Media and Community University (SMaC) has...Social media marketing at scale requires engagement at scale and few organizations do a better job social media training their workforce to engage en masse than Dell Computer. <br />
The PC-maker’s Social Media and Community University (SMaC) has already social media trained thousands of employees from virtually all segments of the enterprise. <br />
Whether you’re a social media manager or shipping and receiving clerk, Dell has a social media course that’s right for you. <br />
In this episode, former Director of Social Media & Community at Dell Liz Bullock (@lizbbullock) goes beyond social media marketing to discuss the practical aspects of driving enterprise wide adoption through social media. <br />
There may not be any organization with more experience implementing a custom social media training program for the whole company than Dell and this discussion drills down on the reasons behind the decisions that led to the social media training they currently have in place. <br />
Topics Addressed:<br />
<br />
Business case for enterprise wide social media management training<br />
Best practices for designing social media training program curricula.<br />
Inside the Dell Governance Portal, which was used for password management of branded social networking accounts and communicating ongoing best practices.<br />
How Dell designed a tiered social media training program with basic, intermediate and advanced levels.<br />
The different training modalities Dell used to deliver their social media training program with classroom and self-paced courses.<br />
How Dell deals with the challenges of keeping their social media training program up to date.<br />
How Dell assesses and certifies social media training participants.<br />
Why Dell launched a channel partner social media training program and the company’s recent decision to expand that initiative.<br />
<br />
Liz Bullock currently serves as CEO and Co-founder of the Social Arts & Science Institute in Austin Texas. Eric SchwartzmancleanOnline Video Marketing with Grant Crowellhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-compliance-with-grant-crowell/
Mon, 29 Jul 2013 18:52:08 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-complianceVideologist Grant Crowell (@grantcrowell) discusses online display marketing, video marketing and dovetails into social media compliance.
Topics discussed include:
Ethical issues surrounding undisclosed online advertisingResponsibility Google has to distinguish between paid and unpaid search listingsLack of evidence on the credibility of paid contentEthics of sponsored content and inconspicuous disclosuresUse of mobile apps to move unclear and inconspicuous paid contentCelebrities that disrespect the FTC Dotcom disclosure guidelinesJournalistic ethical breaches in the newsroomBroadcast disclosure double standardsEthics of social media endorsements versus mentionsEthics of journalism versus entertainment
Referenced Podcasts:
SEO for PR Tools and Tips from Search Engine Land editor Danny SullivanState of Sponsored Content with Steve Rubel
Bonus Content:
FTC Dotcom Disclosure Guidelines [PDF] NY Times: Disruptions: Celebrities’ Product Plugs on Social Media Draw Scrutiny TechCrunch's Michael Arrington fired by AOL?Videologist () discusses online display marketing, video marketing and dovetails into social media compliance in this episode of , the podcast about how technology is changing the way organizations communicate and how people consume media and...Videologist Grant Crowell (@grantcrowell) discusses online display marketing, video marketing and dovetails into social media compliance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed include: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ethical issues surrounding undisclosed online advertisingResponsibility Google has to distinguish between paid and unpaid search listingsLack of evidence on the credibility of paid contentEthics of sponsored content and inconspicuous disclosuresUse of mobile apps to move unclear and inconspicuous paid contentCelebrities that disrespect the FTC Dotcom disclosure guidelinesJournalistic ethical breaches in the newsroomBroadcast disclosure double standardsEthics of social media endorsements versus mentionsEthics of journalism versus entertainment<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Referenced Podcasts: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEO for PR Tools and Tips from Search Engine Land editor Danny SullivanState of Sponsored Content with Steve Rubel<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Bonus Content: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
FTC Dotcom Disclosure Guidelines [PDF] NY Times: Disruptions: Celebrities’ Product Plugs on Social Media Draw Scrutiny TechCrunch's Michael Arrington fired by AOL?Eric SchwartzmancleanCrowdfunding Takes Giant Leap Forwardhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/crowdfunding-takes-giant-leap-forward/
Mon, 22 Jul 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/crowdfunding-startupsThe dirty little secret about Kickstarter and Indiegogo was that you could contribute, but you couldn’t get equity because, at least in the US, it was illegal to solicit investors that way.
If you wanted to raise money for a business, there was a mountain of paperwork you had to file and compliance hurdles you had to clear before you could sell shares to individual investors.
Originally, these laws were put in place to protect individual investors from getting fleeced.
Today, anybody can set up an options trading account and short the stock market. But before the internet, that was not the case. You had to go through a broker.
Why should crowdfunding be any different? After all, if you can contribute $20 for a t-shirt or a movie ticket, why not get a be able to buy a piece of the action as well?
The JOBS Act was designed to change that. And it has. The SEC voted last week, under certain circumstances, to lift the ban on soliciting investment opportunities to unaccredited investors.
In this episode, Daniel K. Stuart, California Attorney at Law at Manatt explains the JOBS Act, which provides a legal framework for people to invest in start-ups by crowdfunding businesses online, and discusses how the new rules could radically reshape the way startups raise capital.
This interview was recorded just prior the July 10, 2013 announcement by the SEC that they’ve voted “to implement a JOBS Act requirement to lift the ban on general solicitation or general advertising for certain private securities offerings.”
The SEC’s decision to lift the general solicitation ban could be a huge stimulus for grassroots fund raising for small businesses and a way for regular folks to get in on the ground floor of investment opportunities that were previously restricted to institutional investors and high-net worth individuals.
Photo by Precondo CA on UnsplashThe dirty little secret about and was that you could contribute, but you couldn’t get equity because, at least in the US, it was illegal to solicit investors that way. If you wanted to raise money for a business, there was a mountain of...The dirty little secret about Kickstarter and Indiegogo was that you could contribute, but you couldn’t get equity because, at least in the US, it was illegal to solicit investors that way. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you wanted to raise money for a business, there was a mountain of paperwork you had to file and compliance hurdles you had to clear before you could sell shares to individual investors. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Originally, these laws were put in place to protect individual investors from getting fleeced. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Today, anybody can set up an options trading account and short the stock market. But before the internet, that was not the case. You had to go through a broker. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why should crowdfunding be any different? After all, if you can contribute $20 for a t-shirt or a movie ticket, why not get a be able to buy a piece of the action as well? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The JOBS Act was designed to change that. And it has. The SEC voted last week, under certain circumstances, to lift the ban on soliciting investment opportunities to unaccredited investors. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Daniel K. Stuart, California Attorney at Law at Manatt explains the JOBS Act, which provides a legal framework for people to invest in start-ups by crowdfunding businesses online, and discusses how the new rules could radically reshape the way startups raise capital. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded just prior the July 10, 2013 announcement by the SEC that they’ve voted “to implement a JOBS Act requirement to lift the ban on general solicitation or general advertising for certain private securities offerings.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEC’s decision to lift the general solicitation ban could be a huge stimulus for grassroots fund raising for small businesses and a way for regular folks to get in on the ground floor of investment opportunities that were previously restricted to institutional investors and high-net worth individuals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Precondo CA on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanOptimize Your Content Marketing with Lee Oddenhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/optimize-your-content-marketing-with-lee-odden/
Mon, 15 Jul 2013 17:49:01 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/optimize-content-marketingThis audio podcast is a presentation delivered by Top Rank Marketing CEO Lee Odden (@LeeOdden) on Friday June 28th at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York.
The session was titled: Attract, Engage and Convert: Get Ahead With Content Digital Marketing and PR
In today’s fast moving search and social Web, content flows in every direction throughout diverse platforms, formats and devices.
Now more than ever, creating content that influences growth in media and new business requires an integrated approach.
During this session, you’ll learn the Attract, Engage and Convert model, which can help organizations optimize the performance of their content-focused digital marketing and public relations programs.
Topics Discussed:
Understand the future trends in online marketing and PR
identify 3 Major problems with most content marketing and social media efforts
Present a new model for social content success everyone can understand: attract, engage, convert
Review of who’s doing it right: a case study in integrated marketing
5 best practices for 360 degree content marketing & digital PR
Tools for better content planning, management and amplification
Lee is the author of the book Optimize: How to Attract and Engage More Customers by Integrating SEO, Social Media, and Content Marketing. “Lee Odden is one of the true thought leaders in an industry where you are not always sure who to trust. Well, you can trust this book to help take your online and content marketing to the next level.” — Joe Pulizzi – Founder, Content Marketing Institute Lee also wrote a blog post about his presentation for the ComPRhension blog and posted another article about it on his own Top Rank Blog.This episode is sponsored by provider Comply Socially. This audio podcast is a presentation delivered by CEO Lee Odden () on Friday June 28th at the in New York. The session was titled: Attract, Engage and Convert: Get Ahead...This audio podcast is a presentation delivered by Top Rank Marketing CEO Lee Odden (@LeeOdden) on Friday June 28th at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York.<br />
<br />
The session was titled: Attract, Engage and Convert: Get Ahead With Content Digital Marketing and PR<br />
<br />
In today’s fast moving search and social Web, content flows in every direction throughout diverse platforms, formats and devices.<br />
<br />
Now more than ever, creating content that influences growth in media and new business requires an integrated approach.<br />
<br />
During this session, you’ll learn the Attract, Engage and Convert model, which can help organizations optimize the performance of their content-focused digital marketing and public relations programs.<br />
<br />
Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
Understand the future trends in online marketing and PR<br />
identify 3 Major problems with most content marketing and social media efforts<br />
Present a new model for social content success everyone can understand: attract, engage, convert<br />
Review of who’s doing it right: a case study in integrated marketing<br />
5 best practices for 360 degree content marketing & digital PR<br />
Tools for better content planning, management and amplification<br />
<br />
Lee is the author of the book Optimize: How to Attract and Engage More Customers by Integrating SEO, Social Media, and Content Marketing. “Lee Odden is one of the true thought leaders in an industry where you are not always sure who to trust. Well, you can trust this book to help take your online and content marketing to the next level.” — Joe Pulizzi – Founder, Content Marketing Institute Lee also wrote a blog post about his presentation for the ComPRhension blog and posted another article about it on his own Top Rank Blog.Eric SchwartzmancleanState of Sponsored Content with Steve Rubelhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/state-of-sponsored-content-with-steve-rubel/
Mon, 01 Jul 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/state-of-sponsored-contentThis is a recording of the luncheon keynote title "The Content Imperative" delivered at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference on June 27, 2013.
The speaker is Steve Rubel (@steverubel) is Chief Content Strategist for Edelman - the world's largest independent public relations firm.
In this role Rubel is responsible for creating and cultivating best practices in content strategy and for piloting innovative media partnerships that blend paid, owned and earned strategies.
He serves as a strategic advisor to both the firm's Executive Committee as well as its clients.
While with Edelman Rubel has served in a number of senior advisory roles. He helped evolve both the firm's thinking and strategy around the rapid advance of social media and, more recently, disruptions in the broader media landscape.
As part of his remit, Rubel publishes regular reports that are based on in-depth interviews with executives and thought leaders in the media, technology and entertainment industries.
He also represents Edelman on the World Economic Forum's Media, Entertainment and Information Industry Partnership. Rubel is one of Edelman's most visible industry thought leaders. He has written a monthly column for Advertising Age since 2006.
Further, he was one of the first marketers picked to join the LinkedIn Influencer content network.
He is followed by 80,000 on Twitter. This is a recording of the luncheon keynote title "" delivered at the Digital Impact Conference on June 27, 2013. The speaker is () is Chief Content Strategist for - the world's largest independent public relations firm. In this role Rubel...This is a recording of the luncheon keynote title "The Content Imperative" delivered at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference on June 27, 2013. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The speaker is Steve Rubel (@steverubel) is Chief Content Strategist for Edelman - the world's largest independent public relations firm. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this role Rubel is responsible for creating and cultivating best practices in content strategy and for piloting innovative media partnerships that blend paid, owned and earned strategies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He serves as a strategic advisor to both the firm's Executive Committee as well as its clients. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
While with Edelman Rubel has served in a number of senior advisory roles. He helped evolve both the firm's thinking and strategy around the rapid advance of social media and, more recently, disruptions in the broader media landscape. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As part of his remit, Rubel publishes regular reports that are based on in-depth interviews with executives and thought leaders in the media, technology and entertainment industries. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He also represents Edelman on the World Economic Forum's Media, Entertainment and Information Industry Partnership. Rubel is one of Edelman's most visible industry thought leaders. He has written a monthly column for Advertising Age since 2006. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Further, he was one of the first marketers picked to join the LinkedIn Influencer content network. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He is followed by 80,000 on Twitter. Eric SchwartzmancleanMedia Monitoring with Salesforce Marketing Cloudhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/light-at-the-end-of-the-saleforce-marketin-cloud-podcast/
Mon, 24 Jun 2013 22:35:09 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2518Social Media Monitoring has been the focus of a podcast series released over the last few weeks in the wake of Google’s announcement they’ll be retiring Google Reader.
As the producer of an online social media monitoring course based on Google Reader, I’ve been intently evaluating free Google reader alternatives such as Feedly and Netvibes. After an in depth evaluation of these two contenders, I also wrote a post comparing them for Venture Beat last Friday.
While Salesforce Marketing Cloud, which bundles Radian6, Buddy Media and Social.com, isn’t free, in the quest for thoroughness, I decided to include their offering on this evaluation to check in and see what’s new over there.
Radian6 is the monitoring and engagement module, Buddy Media is the publishing platform and Social.com (acquired by Buddy Media) as a way to manage paid social media campaigns. They’re currently in the process of integrating those three platforms seamlessly together.
What was most interesting to me about our conversation about CRM software, the primary business Salesforce is in. Imagine the KPIs you could generate if they acquired a company like Quicken or Sage and integrated it with their CRM and Marketing Cloud products. The, in my opinion, would a big data trifecta.
In this episode, Jeffrey L. Cohen, from the content marketing team at Salesforce Marketing Cloud and I discuss content marketing, social media monitoring, engagement dashboards and big data analysis. Jeffrey is also editor at Social Media B2B (a blog I’ve written for in the past) and author of The B2B Social Media Book.
Social Media Monitoring Topics Discussed:
Top of the sales funnel lead generation content marketingBrian Solis’s cluster funnel analogyUnderstanding the content funnelCreating content that solves the customers problemsUsing content marketing to make sales reps more productiveHow to motivate service agentsSocial media is always a hot topicIntegrating online sales and marketing through lead scoringWinning purchase consideration through the best educational materialsThird-party semantic analysis products Richard Binhammer’s social media avalanche analogyRadian6’s social media monitoring featuresSocial Media Monitoring has been the focus of a podcast series released over the last few weeks in the wake of Google’s announcement they’ll be retiring Google Reader. As the producer of an online social media monitoring course based on Google Reade...Social Media Monitoring has been the focus of a podcast series released over the last few weeks in the wake of Google’s announcement they’ll be retiring Google Reader.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As the producer of an online social media monitoring course based on Google Reader, I’ve been intently evaluating free Google reader alternatives such as Feedly and Netvibes. After an in depth evaluation of these two contenders, I also wrote a post comparing them for Venture Beat last Friday.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
While Salesforce Marketing Cloud, which bundles Radian6, Buddy Media and Social.com, isn’t free, in the quest for thoroughness, I decided to include their offering on this evaluation to check in and see what’s new over there.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Radian6 is the monitoring and engagement module, Buddy Media is the publishing platform and Social.com (acquired by Buddy Media) as a way to manage paid social media campaigns. They’re currently in the process of integrating those three platforms seamlessly together.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What was most interesting to me about our conversation about CRM software, the primary business Salesforce is in. Imagine the KPIs you could generate if they acquired a company like Quicken or Sage and integrated it with their CRM and Marketing Cloud products. The, in my opinion, would a big data trifecta.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Jeffrey L. Cohen, from the content marketing team at Salesforce Marketing Cloud and I discuss content marketing, social media monitoring, engagement dashboards and big data analysis. Jeffrey is also editor at Social Media B2B (a blog I’ve written for in the past) and author of The B2B Social Media Book.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Monitoring Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Top of the sales funnel lead generation content marketingBrian Solis’s cluster funnel analogyUnderstanding the content funnelCreating content that solves the customers problemsUsing content marketing to make sales reps more productiveHow to motivate service agentsSocial media is always a hot topicIntegrating online sales and marketing through lead scoringWinning purchase consideration through the best educational materialsThird-party semantic analysis products Richard Binhammer’s social media avalanche analogyRadian6’s social media monitoring featuresEric SchwartzmancleanSocial HR: Finding Job Candidates Onlinehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-hiring-with-gerry-crispin/
Mon, 24 Jun 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-hiringOnline hiring is not particularly new, but social media hiring is.
After years working on the front lines of recruiting, Gerry Crispin saw a new potential in the Internet for hiring online.
In 1994, he created CareerXroads which helps corporations of all sizes with career planning and placement, contract recruiting, executive search, recruitment advertising and human resource management.
In this interview, Gerry Crispin discusses his most current Sources of Hire Report [PDF], which attempt to attribute the hiring of candidate to specific media channel, of which social is one.
The Source of Hire (SOH) white paper is a critique on how employers define and measure the talent supply chain pre-application.
Photo by Heidi Fin on UnsplashOnline hiring is not particularly new, but social media hiring is. After years working on the front lines of recruiting, saw a new potential in the Internet for hiring online. In 1994, he created which helps corporations of all...Online hiring is not particularly new, but social media hiring is. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
After years working on the front lines of recruiting, Gerry Crispin saw a new potential in the Internet for hiring online. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In 1994, he created CareerXroads which helps corporations of all sizes with career planning and placement, contract recruiting, executive search, recruitment advertising and human resource management. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, Gerry Crispin discusses his most current Sources of Hire Report [PDF], which attempt to attribute the hiring of candidate to specific media channel, of which social is one.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Source of Hire (SOH) white paper is a critique on how employers define and measure the talent supply chain pre-application. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Heidi Fin on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Marketing with Brian Solishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/brian-solis-shares-his-ultimate-moment-of-trust/
Tue, 11 Jun 2013 20:17:59 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2467I spoke to social media marketing analyst Brian Solis about his new book What’s the Future of Business – Changing the Way Business Create Experiences, which redefines the key elements of an effective social media strategy.
If you haven’t read it yet, the new book advances his “shareable moments” concept into a framework for social media engagement by identifying when, what and how organizations can best shape the dynamic customer journey, suggesting social media marketing should be about shaping intentional experiences or the experiences customers have through experience architecture.
If you’re not familiar with Brian, he’s a world renown tech analyst. He’s also a keynote speaker and 8x best selling author
Prior to Altimeter, he founded FutureWorks, a marketing agency focused on digital media, branding, and business strategy. He also created The Conversation Prism in 2008, an infographic categorizing the various social media categories and the companies that provide those services.
Brian Solis interview covers:
Overarching social media management strategyIntentional experiences and how organizations and individuals put together an experiential strategyThe dynamic customer journeyThe 4 moments of truthImpact of connected consumers and connected audiences on industriesConnecting social media marketing with customer serviceShaping intentional experiences through enterprise wide digital literacyWhy the sales funnel is deadPractical tips for listening to customer experiencesOm Malik and finding the soul of big dataNewsle, which became Linkedin connections, and the future of interoperabilityI spoke to social media marketing analyst Brian Solis about his new book What’s the Future of Business – Changing the Way Business Create Experiences, which redefines the key elements of an effective social media strategy. I spoke to social media marketing analyst Brian Solis about his new book What’s the Future of Business – Changing the Way Business Create Experiences, which redefines the key elements of an effective social media strategy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you haven’t read it yet, the new book advances his “shareable moments” concept into a framework for social media engagement by identifying when, what and how organizations can best shape the dynamic customer journey, suggesting social media marketing should be about shaping intentional experiences or the experiences customers have through experience architecture.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you’re not familiar with Brian, he’s a world renown tech analyst. He’s also a keynote speaker and 8x best selling author<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to Altimeter, he founded FutureWorks, a marketing agency focused on digital media, branding, and business strategy. He also created The Conversation Prism in 2008, an infographic categorizing the various social media categories and the companies that provide those services.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Brian Solis interview covers:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Overarching social media management strategyIntentional experiences and how organizations and individuals put together an experiential strategyThe dynamic customer journeyThe 4 moments of truthImpact of connected consumers and connected audiences on industriesConnecting social media marketing with customer serviceShaping intentional experiences through enterprise wide digital literacyWhy the sales funnel is deadPractical tips for listening to customer experiencesOm Malik and finding the soul of big dataNewsle, which became Linkedin connections, and the future of interoperabilityEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Protect Your Privacy Rights on Social Mediahttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-protect-your-privacy-rights-on-social-media/
Mon, 10 Jun 2013 01:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-personal-privacyDo you know your legal rights to privacy on social media? What about your social media privacy rights as an employee?
If you're an employer, do you know what your employee's rights to privacy are, or are unknowlingly infringing on them?
If you're not clear on personal privacy law and social media, you need to listen to this podcast. The 50 minutes you invest could save you your job or more than a million dollars in legal fees and punitive damages.
Personal privacy and wired communications are particularly timely right now. In the U.S., popular attention is fixed on the George Snowden leaked top-secret NSA PRISM surveillance program with Verizon. I
n the case of the NSA collecting data from Verizon, what may be missing is probable cause or a specific threat says Tony Bradley (@bradleystrategy) in his Forbes article.
Since the NSA is collecting the data without an intent to prosecute, it’s not a 4th amendment violation, Tony argues. But probable cause and intent to prosecute are not required to violate Federal privacy law. Find out why in this podcast.
How does the device and the ISP you use to access the Internet impact your personal privacy rights, how do those rights vary from state to state, what are the risks of bosses “friending” subordinates and what are the legal limits protecting the privacy of your Facebook social graph? Are there any at all?
The 4th Amendment of the United State Constitution protects citizens against “unreasonable search and seizure” and the 14th Amendment has been interpreted as giving them the “right to be left alone.” But what does that mean for employees and employers? And are there any explicit privacy guarantees that apply?
Learn how to protect your personal privacy rights on social media in this in-depth audio recording of a discussion with James DeSimone (@vjdesimone), known as "Jim" to his friends, family and colleagues, about your personal privacy rights on social media.
Jim graduated from Johns Hopkins University in 1981, earned his law degree from UCLA and was admitted to practice law in California in 1985. Since then, he has specialized in representing those whose civil and constitutional rights have been violated by corporations or government entities.
Topics Discussed:
How US employee personal privacy rights apply to social media communications.State laws prohibiting employers from demanding social networking passwords from employeesHow social media privacy rights for employees differ from state to stat?Legal issues surrounding the use of social media background checks in pre-employment recruiting and hiringPrivacy rights, equal employment opportunity rights and the Fair Credit and Reporting ActEmployees have the right to privacy on social media off duty?Use of social media policies to manage employees’ expectationsChallenges associated with segregating personal and professional identities on social media with new services like the Linkedin Contact iPhone App, which automatically adds all the your contacts on your iPhone to your Linkedin contacts page Are employers allowed to monitor their employees social media use at work by shoulder-surfing?Noel Canning vs. NLRB case on recess appointments and what it could come diffuse recent decisions by the NLRB over the right of employees to bargain collectively and organize to improve working conditions on social media. How your Facebook privacy settings impact whether or not your employer or a litigator can access your profile to verify statements or to check your background.Who owns an employee’s content or connections after they leave and why employers should state that contributing content is within the scope of employment and also maintain their own database of contacts.Is it legal for an employee to withhold login credentials to a company branded account after they’ve been terminated? In Christou v. Beatport, LLC, the United States District Court for the Distri...Do you know your legal rights to privacy on social media? What about your social media privacy rights as an employee? If you're an employer, do you know what your employee's rights to privacy are, or are unknowlingly infringing on...Do you know your legal rights to privacy on social media? What about your social media privacy rights as an employee? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you're an employer, do you know what your employee's rights to privacy are, or are unknowlingly infringing on them? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you're not clear on personal privacy law and social media, you need to listen to this podcast. The 50 minutes you invest could save you your job or more than a million dollars in legal fees and punitive damages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Personal privacy and wired communications are particularly timely right now. In the U.S., popular attention is fixed on the George Snowden leaked top-secret NSA PRISM surveillance program with Verizon. I<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
n the case of the NSA collecting data from Verizon, what may be missing is probable cause or a specific threat says Tony Bradley (@bradleystrategy) in his Forbes article. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Since the NSA is collecting the data without an intent to prosecute, it’s not a 4th amendment violation, Tony argues. But probable cause and intent to prosecute are not required to violate Federal privacy law. Find out why in this podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How does the device and the ISP you use to access the Internet impact your personal privacy rights, how do those rights vary from state to state, what are the risks of bosses “friending” subordinates and what are the legal limits protecting the privacy of your Facebook social graph? Are there any at all? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The 4th Amendment of the United State Constitution protects citizens against “unreasonable search and seizure” and the 14th Amendment has been interpreted as giving them the “right to be left alone.” But what does that mean for employees and employers? And are there any explicit privacy guarantees that apply? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Learn how to protect your personal privacy rights on social media in this in-depth audio recording of a discussion with James DeSimone (@vjdesimone), known as "Jim" to his friends, family and colleagues, about your personal privacy rights on social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jim graduated from Johns Hopkins University in 1981, earned his law degree from UCLA and was admitted to practice law in California in 1985. Since then, he has specialized in representing those whose civil and constitutional rights have been violated by corporations or government entities. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How US employee personal privacy rights apply to social media communications.State laws prohibiting employers from demanding social networking passwords from employeesHow social media privacy rights for employees differ from state to stat?Legal issues surrounding the use of social media background checks in pre-employment recruiting and hiringPrivacy rights, equal employment opportunity rights and the Fair Credit and Reporting ActEmployees have the right to privacy on social media off duty?Use of social media policies to manage employees’ expectationsChallenges associated with segregating personal and professional identities on social media with new services like the Linkedin Contact iPhone App, which automatically adds all the your contacts on your iPhone to your Linkedin contacts page Are employers allowed to monitor their employees social media use at work by shoulder-surfing?Noel Canning vs. NLRB case on recess appointments and what it could come diffuse recent decisions by the NLRB over the right of employees to bargain collectively and organize to improve working conditions on social media. How your Facebook privacy settings impact whether or not your employer or a litigator can access your profile to verify statements or to check your background.Who owns an employee’s content or connections after they leave and why employers should state that contributing content is within the s...Eric SchwartzmancleanSEC Rules on Social Mediahttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/sec-rules-on-social-media-podcast/
Thu, 30 May 2013 21:55:25 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2460On April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
The new SEC ruling on social media stipulates that before companies use social media for material disclosures, they must alert investors where they’ll be doing so in advance.
In this interview, Glen Gilmore, author of Social Media Law for Business and principal at Gilmore Business Network talks about the impact and ramifications of the ruling for employers and employees.
The SEC Ruling on Social Media is particularly important to investor relations professionals, who are charged with distributing information that could impact their company's stock price.
The SEC released Regulation Fair Disclosure back in 2000 to prevent institutional investors from gaining an unfair trading advantage over individual investors by requiring publicly listed companies to non-selectively release material information.
Since then, companies have been complying with Reg FD by using paid newswire services like PR Newswire and BusinessWire to satisfy their nonselective disclosure requirements. As would be expected, the SEC Ruling on Social Media prompted a defensive posture from the paid PR newswire services.
But if the SEC's Guidance on the Use of Company Websites for Corporate Disclosures is any indication, the new SEC Ruling on Social Media is unlikely to provoke a sea change in how listed companies disclose their news.
In this interview, Glen discusses these and other issues that the new ruling on social media have brought into the limelight for investor relations professionals.
SEC Ruling on Social Media Interview Covers:
Caveats to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaIR industries response to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaPractical methods for giving investors advance notice to impending material disclosure via social mediaWill the new SEC guidance on social media spur more embedding of social activity on company websites?Implementation challenges of the new SEC social media rulingDoes the inclusion of tweets on Bloomberg terminals make Twitter a more or less risky venue?Navigating material disclosures between personal and branded social media accounts?Updates HR managers should consider making to their employee handbook as a result of this new social media ruling from the SEC.
Disclaimer: This interview is for general informational purposes only and should NOT be considered legal advice. Please refer any legal questions you may have to an attorney from your jurisdiction.
Photo by Herve KablaOn April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The new SEC ruling on social media stipulates that be...On April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The new SEC ruling on social media stipulates that before companies use social media for material disclosures, they must alert investors where they’ll be doing so in advance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, Glen Gilmore, author of Social Media Law for Business and principal at Gilmore Business Network talks about the impact and ramifications of the ruling for employers and employees.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEC Ruling on Social Media is particularly important to investor relations professionals, who are charged with distributing information that could impact their company's stock price. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEC released Regulation Fair Disclosure back in 2000 to prevent institutional investors from gaining an unfair trading advantage over individual investors by requiring publicly listed companies to non-selectively release material information. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Since then, companies have been complying with Reg FD by using paid newswire services like PR Newswire and BusinessWire to satisfy their nonselective disclosure requirements. As would be expected, the SEC Ruling on Social Media prompted a defensive posture from the paid PR newswire services.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But if the SEC's Guidance on the Use of Company Websites for Corporate Disclosures is any indication, the new SEC Ruling on Social Media is unlikely to provoke a sea change in how listed companies disclose their news. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, Glen discusses these and other issues that the new ruling on social media have brought into the limelight for investor relations professionals.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEC Ruling on Social Media Interview Covers:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Caveats to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaIR industries response to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaPractical methods for giving investors advance notice to impending material disclosure via social mediaWill the new SEC guidance on social media spur more embedding of social activity on company websites?Implementation challenges of the new SEC social media rulingDoes the inclusion of tweets on Bloomberg terminals make Twitter a more or less risky venue?Navigating material disclosures between personal and branded social media accounts?Updates HR managers should consider making to their employee handbook as a result of this new social media ruling from the SEC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Disclaimer: This interview is for general informational purposes only and should NOT be considered legal advice. Please refer any legal questions you may have to an attorney from your jurisdiction.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Herve KablaEric SchwartzmancleanDoes HR Get Social Media?https://www.ericschwartzman.com/does-hr-get-social-media/
Tue, 28 May 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-HR-issuesJust how well does the broader human resources community get social media?
The answer to that question and many more about the state of social media in HR are revealed in this podcast.
We talk to Tim Sackett (@TimSackett), EVP at HRU Technical Resources, a $40M IT and Engineering contract staffing firm and Recruiting Processing Outsourcers (RPOs) about a vareity of social media HR issues.
Prior to joining HRU, he was Director of Employment at Sparrow Health System and before that he was Regional HR and Staffing Director at Applebee’s International and has served others in similar capacities.
He’s split his career between recruiting and HR working for HR vendors and corporations.
Topics Discussed:
How is HR changing to accommodate social media in the workplace.Challenges of managing social media usage among staffers at Applebee’sOvercoming the operational challenges social media at workBusiness case for HR to manage social media usage in the workplaceSocial media compliance in an era of increased government regulationSocial media governance strategiesStrategies for educating large employee populations on social media literacy and complianceChallenges of social media training for HRCorporate social media policy fairness, employee recruitment and retentionRisks of Equal Employment Opportunity charges due to social media
Photo by Free To Use Sounds on UnsplashJust how well does the broader HR community get social media? The answer to that question and many more about the state of social media in HR are revealed in this epsiode of the podcast. We talk to Tim Sackett (), EVP at , a $40M IT and...Just how well does the broader human resources community get social media? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The answer to that question and many more about the state of social media in HR are revealed in this podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We talk to Tim Sackett (@TimSackett), EVP at HRU Technical Resources, a $40M IT and Engineering contract staffing firm and Recruiting Processing Outsourcers (RPOs) about a vareity of social media HR issues. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to joining HRU, he was Director of Employment at Sparrow Health System and before that he was Regional HR and Staffing Director at Applebee’s International and has served others in similar capacities. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He’s split his career between recruiting and HR working for HR vendors and corporations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How is HR changing to accommodate social media in the workplace.Challenges of managing social media usage among staffers at Applebee’sOvercoming the operational challenges social media at workBusiness case for HR to manage social media usage in the workplaceSocial media compliance in an era of increased government regulationSocial media governance strategiesStrategies for educating large employee populations on social media literacy and complianceChallenges of social media training for HRCorporate social media policy fairness, employee recruitment and retentionRisks of Equal Employment Opportunity charges due to social media<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Free To Use Sounds on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanMedia Monitoring with Feedlyhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/feedly-poised-to-inherit-greader-vacuum/
Tue, 21 May 2013 01:34:47 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2442News and social media monitoring remains critical to effective social media marketing. Because if you don’t know what people are talking about, you don’t know what’s important to them or where to focus your efforts.
Since the announcement that one of the most popular social monitoring tools Google Reader will be discontinued on July 1, 2013, Feedly has emerged as one of the leading social media tools users should consider shifting to, signing up 3 million new users since in last month or so.
In this episode, Cyril Moutran, co-founder at Feedly, discusses the monitoring tools the web and mobile versions of their news readers offers including subscribing to raw RSS feeds, feed views, Facebook monitoring and Twitter monitoring.
Social Media Monitoring with Feedly
How far back Feedly goesSubscribing to Google News feeds via RSSSocial media monitoring latency issuesSocial media monitoring trendsSearch within RSS feeds and feed directoriesContent curation capabilities of FeedlyOptions for analyzing feed activityHow Feedly curates content based on social activityHow Feedly compares to FlipboardValue of discovery vs. chronology in feedsUsing Feedly social measurement featureHacking RSS feeds
With more than 3 million users, Feedly is an angel-funded start-up with 10 employees and a newsreader app for the desktop, iPhone, iPad and Android. The company has not figured out how to generate revenue yet, but they’re kicking around different premium service ideas that would be paid. But the free version is not going away. “We’ll always have a free model,” says Cyril Moutran.
Image by Social Media Monitoring CourseNews and social media monitoring remains critical to effective social media marketing. Because if you don’t know what people are talking about, you don’t know what’s important to them or where to focus your efforts. News and social media monitoring remains critical to effective social media marketing. Because if you don’t know what people are talking about, you don’t know what’s important to them or where to focus your efforts.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Since the announcement that one of the most popular social monitoring tools Google Reader will be discontinued on July 1, 2013, Feedly has emerged as one of the leading social media tools users should consider shifting to, signing up 3 million new users since in last month or so.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Cyril Moutran, co-founder at Feedly, discusses the monitoring tools the web and mobile versions of their news readers offers including subscribing to raw RSS feeds, feed views, Facebook monitoring and Twitter monitoring.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Monitoring with Feedly<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How far back Feedly goesSubscribing to Google News feeds via RSSSocial media monitoring latency issuesSocial media monitoring trendsSearch within RSS feeds and feed directoriesContent curation capabilities of FeedlyOptions for analyzing feed activityHow Feedly curates content based on social activityHow Feedly compares to FlipboardValue of discovery vs. chronology in feedsUsing Feedly social measurement featureHacking RSS feeds<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With more than 3 million users, Feedly is an angel-funded start-up with 10 employees and a newsreader app for the desktop, iPhone, iPad and Android. The company has not figured out how to generate revenue yet, but they’re kicking around different premium service ideas that would be paid. But the free version is not going away. “We’ll always have a free model,” says Cyril Moutran.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Image by Social Media Monitoring CourseEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Local Mobile Recruiting at Sodexohttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/solomo-recruitment-marketing-at-sodexo/
Mon, 20 May 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-recruitmentSocial media recruiting at Sodexo Careers involves much more than just a Linkedin presence and a blog.
Under the guidance of Arie Ball, VP of Talent Acquisition, the Sodexo social media recruitment strategy encompasses the Sodexo Jobs mobile app, nearly a dozen managed communities tailored to specific job tasks and branded social media accounts on every major social network.
Sodexo is social, local and mobile in their recruitment marketing efforts. In this episode our guest is Chloe Rada (pictured left), the voice of Sodexo Careers and senior marketing manager in the talent acquisition department.
She’s focused on the use of social media to open up lines of communications between candidates and recruiters and her mission is to help the talent acquisition department communicate what it’s like to work at Sodexo.
Her team is 100% virtual and supports the hiring of management positions only. Hourly employees are hired by others.
Sodexo is the world’s 20th largest employer, processing roughly 20,000 job applications each month. They started using social media for recruiting in 2007 to develop deeper relationships with the talent community by communicating with them on their preferred social network.
Social Media Recruiting Topics Discussed:
The history of social media recruiting at SodexoContent marketing for career advancementSodexo Jobs mobile app (screenshot right)Rules of engagement for social media communicationsSocial media training needs at large organizationsGrowing importance of generating original, visual content.Que Social platform for scaling engagementResume tips for jobseekers
Social media recruiting at involves much more than just a Linkedin presence and a . Under the guidance of , VP of Talent Acquisition, the Sodexo social media recruitment strategy encompasses the , nearly a dozen tailored to specific job tasks and...Social media recruiting at Sodexo Careers involves much more than just a Linkedin presence and a blog. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Under the guidance of Arie Ball, VP of Talent Acquisition, the Sodexo social media recruitment strategy encompasses the Sodexo Jobs mobile app, nearly a dozen managed communities tailored to specific job tasks and branded social media accounts on every major social network. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sodexo is social, local and mobile in their recruitment marketing efforts. In this episode our guest is Chloe Rada (pictured left), the voice of Sodexo Careers and senior marketing manager in the talent acquisition department. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She’s focused on the use of social media to open up lines of communications between candidates and recruiters and her mission is to help the talent acquisition department communicate what it’s like to work at Sodexo. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Her team is 100% virtual and supports the hiring of management positions only. Hourly employees are hired by others. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sodexo is the world’s 20th largest employer, processing roughly 20,000 job applications each month. They started using social media for recruiting in 2007 to develop deeper relationships with the talent community by communicating with them on their preferred social network. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Recruiting Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The history of social media recruiting at SodexoContent marketing for career advancementSodexo Jobs mobile app (screenshot right)Rules of engagement for social media communicationsSocial media training needs at large organizationsGrowing importance of generating original, visual content.Que Social platform for scaling engagementResume tips for jobseekers<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media for Recruitinghttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-for-recruiting/
Mon, 13 May 2013 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-recruitingSocial media for recruiting best practices, using social media for recruiting and sourcing and screening candidates with social media are discussed in this episode by guests Steve Levy blogs at The Recruiting Inferno and Tom Bolt who blogs at Make HR Happen.
Topics discussed include:
Legal risks of identifying and screening candidates with social media.Keeping candidate research legal.When to review a candidates social media profiles.Legislative trends in social media governance.Findings of the Sources of Hire 2013 Report by Gerry Crispin and Mark MehlerBest practices for Twitter recruiting.Job seeker tweet chats Hire Friday Chat and Open Mic Career Chat.SEO recruiting, Linkedin recruiting, Facebook recuiting, Blogs recruiting.If you use blogs for recruiting, those blogs must be authored companywide.Arie Ball at Sodexo turns every employee into a talent scout.Linkedin Profile optimization for job seekers.Resume writing best practices.
Photo by Clem Onojeghuo on UnsplashSocial media for recruiting best practices, using social media for recruiting and sourcing and screening candidates with social media are discussed in this episode by guests Steve Levy blogs at and Tom Bolt who blogs at . Topics discussed...Social media for recruiting best practices, using social media for recruiting and sourcing and screening candidates with social media are discussed in this episode by guests Steve Levy blogs at The Recruiting Inferno and Tom Bolt who blogs at Make HR Happen. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed include: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Legal risks of identifying and screening candidates with social media.Keeping candidate research legal.When to review a candidates social media profiles.Legislative trends in social media governance.Findings of the Sources of Hire 2013 Report by Gerry Crispin and Mark MehlerBest practices for Twitter recruiting.Job seeker tweet chats Hire Friday Chat and Open Mic Career Chat.SEO recruiting, Linkedin recruiting, Facebook recuiting, Blogs recruiting.If you use blogs for recruiting, those blogs must be authored companywide.Arie Ball at Sodexo turns every employee into a talent scout.Linkedin Profile optimization for job seekers.Resume writing best practices.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Clem Onojeghuo on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Marketing at Whole Foods with Natanya Andersonhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/inside-the-whole-foods-market-social-media-program/
Mon, 06 May 2013 21:12:14 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2429Natanya Anderson (@NatanyaP), Director Social Media and Digital Marketing at Whole Foods Market, which includes a branded Twitter account with over 3 million followers and more than 600 local social media accounts representing the grocery stores that are part of the chain.
Natanya Anderson
Natanya has a food blog and is a past president of the Austin Food Lover’s Alliance.
Whole Foods Market (acquired by Amazon) is the world's largest organic and natural foods supermarket chain.
In this exclusive interview, she discusses:
How Whole Foods coordinates and localizes their social media efforts.How Whole Foods trains and qualifies personnel to engage on behalf of the stores.Managing the sprawl of social media among 1200 representativesHow the brand provides tools, reports, content and engagement guidance to the storesHow they use online social media training to bring people up to speedWhat happens if someone makes a mistake?Costco vs. Food Workers Union compliant filed with the NLRB.And much more!
Special thanks to Babette Pepaj at BakeSpace.Natanya Anderson (@NatanyaP), Director Social Media and Digital Marketing at Whole Foods Market, which includes a branded Twitter account with over 3 million followers and more than 600 local social media accounts representing the grocery stores that a...Natanya Anderson (@NatanyaP), Director Social Media and Digital Marketing at Whole Foods Market, which includes a branded Twitter account with over 3 million followers and more than 600 local social media accounts representing the grocery stores that are part of the chain. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Natanya Anderson<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Natanya has a food blog and is a past president of the Austin Food Lover’s Alliance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Whole Foods Market (acquired by Amazon) is the world's largest organic and natural foods supermarket chain. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this exclusive interview, she discusses:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How Whole Foods coordinates and localizes their social media efforts.How Whole Foods trains and qualifies personnel to engage on behalf of the stores.Managing the sprawl of social media among 1200 representativesHow the brand provides tools, reports, content and engagement guidance to the storesHow they use online social media training to bring people up to speedWhat happens if someone makes a mistake?Costco vs. Food Workers Union compliant filed with the NLRB.And much more!<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special thanks to Babette Pepaj at BakeSpace.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Monitoring with Netvibeshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-monitoring-with-netvibes/
Mon, 29 Apr 2013 08:06:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-monitoring-netvibesIn this episode, Netvibes CEO Freddy Mini (@freddymini) shares why a social media monitoring tool without integrated social media analytics is a hammer without a nail.
Most of the Google Reader alternatives out there are focused on giving users social filters to discover the best content. But Netvibes has been there and done that.
They’re more interested in helping users finding meaning through context.
Netvibes will give you their news reader for free. But if you want their analytics, you’ll have to pay.
They are a business, after all, with a revenue model. But their free version is ad free, has been around for nearly 8 years and since it's the centerpoint of their freemium sales model, the company says they have no plans to lay it to rest.
Netvibes is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dassault Systèmes.
Why am I so interested in Google Reader alternatives? Well my course online social media monitoring course based on Google Reader. And it needs to be updated.
So I’m intently studying the major Google Reader alternatives to determine which ones to include in my course revision.
Social Media Monitoring Topics Discussed:
Feedly vs. Netvibes, feature by featureNetvibes free vs. premium versionsNetvibes biggest advantage over FeedlyTwitter API, which impose limits on all free monitoring toolsNew users acquired since Google killed ReaderWhy it’s too soon to compare Netvibes to FeedlyWhy Netvibes covets analysis over engagementEvolution of Netvibes, from information overload to crowdsourcing to semanticsUsing monitoring analytics to trigger dark PPC campaignsOn Malik and finding the soul of big data In this episode, CEO Freddy Mini () shares why a social media monitoring tool without integrated social media analytics is a hammer without a nail. Most of the Google Reader alternatives out there are focused on giving users social filters to...In this episode, Netvibes CEO Freddy Mini (@freddymini) shares why a social media monitoring tool without integrated social media analytics is a hammer without a nail. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Most of the Google Reader alternatives out there are focused on giving users social filters to discover the best content. But Netvibes has been there and done that. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They’re more interested in helping users finding meaning through context. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Netvibes will give you their news reader for free. But if you want their analytics, you’ll have to pay. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They are a business, after all, with a revenue model. But their free version is ad free, has been around for nearly 8 years and since it's the centerpoint of their freemium sales model, the company says they have no plans to lay it to rest. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Netvibes is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dassault Systèmes. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why am I so interested in Google Reader alternatives? Well my course online social media monitoring course based on Google Reader. And it needs to be updated. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
So I’m intently studying the major Google Reader alternatives to determine which ones to include in my course revision. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Monitoring Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Feedly vs. Netvibes, feature by featureNetvibes free vs. premium versionsNetvibes biggest advantage over FeedlyTwitter API, which impose limits on all free monitoring toolsNew users acquired since Google killed ReaderWhy it’s too soon to compare Netvibes to FeedlyWhy Netvibes covets analysis over engagementEvolution of Netvibes, from information overload to crowdsourcing to semanticsUsing monitoring analytics to trigger dark PPC campaignsOn Malik and finding the soul of big dataEric SchwartzmancleanSEC Ruling on Social Media with Glen Gilmorehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/sec-ruling-on-social-media-with-glen-gilmore/
Mon, 15 Apr 2013 08:08:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/SEC-Ruling-Social-MediaOn April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
The new SEC ruling on social media stipulates that before companies use social media for material disclosures, they must alert investors where they’ll be doing so in advance.
In this interview, Glen Gilmore, author of Social Media Law for Business and principal at Gilmore Business Network talks about the impact and ramifications of the ruling for employers and employees.
The SEC Ruling on Social Media is particularly important to investor relations professionals, who are charged with distributing information that could impact their company's stock price.
The SEC released Regulation Fair Disclosure back in 2000 to prevent institutional investors from gaining an unfair trading advantage over individual investors by requiring publicly listed companies to nonselectively release material information.
Since then, companies have been complying with Reg FD by using paid newswire services like PR Newswire and BusinessWire to satisfy their nonselective disclosure requirements.
As would be expected, the SEC Ruling on Social Media prompted a defensive posture from the paid PR newswire services.
But if the SEC's 2008 Guidance on the Use of Company Websites for Corporate Disclosures is any indication, the new SEC Ruling on Social Media is unlikely to provoke a sea change in how listed companies disclose their news.
In this interview, Glen discusses these and other issues that the new ruling on social media have brought into the limelight for investor relations professionals.
SEC Ruling Topics Covered:
Caveats to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaIR industries response to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaPractical methods for giving investors advance notice to impending material disclosure via social mediaWill the new SEC guidance on social media spur more embedding of social activity on company websites?Implementation challenges of the new SEC social media rulingDoes the inclusion of tweets on Bloomberg terminals make Twitter a more or less risky venue?Navigating material disclosures between personal and branded social media accounts?Updates HR managers should consider making to their employee handbook as a result of this new social media ruling from the SEC.
Disclaimer: This interview is for general informational purposes only and should NOT be considered legal advice. Please refer any legal questions you may have to an attorney from your jurisdiction.
Photo by Bill Oxford on UnsplashOn April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The new stipulates that before companies use...On April 2, 2013 social media was officially deemed an acceptable venue for publicly traded companies to disclose material information to investors by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The new SEC ruling on social media stipulates that before companies use social media for material disclosures, they must alert investors where they’ll be doing so in advance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, Glen Gilmore, author of Social Media Law for Business and principal at Gilmore Business Network talks about the impact and ramifications of the ruling for employers and employees. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEC Ruling on Social Media is particularly important to investor relations professionals, who are charged with distributing information that could impact their company's stock price. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The SEC released Regulation Fair Disclosure back in 2000 to prevent institutional investors from gaining an unfair trading advantage over individual investors by requiring publicly listed companies to nonselectively release material information. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Since then, companies have been complying with Reg FD by using paid newswire services like PR Newswire and BusinessWire to satisfy their nonselective disclosure requirements. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As would be expected, the SEC Ruling on Social Media prompted a defensive posture from the paid PR newswire services. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But if the SEC's 2008 Guidance on the Use of Company Websites for Corporate Disclosures is any indication, the new SEC Ruling on Social Media is unlikely to provoke a sea change in how listed companies disclose their news. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, Glen discusses these and other issues that the new ruling on social media have brought into the limelight for investor relations professionals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEC Ruling Topics Covered: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Caveats to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaIR industries response to the SEC Ruling on Social MediaPractical methods for giving investors advance notice to impending material disclosure via social mediaWill the new SEC guidance on social media spur more embedding of social activity on company websites?Implementation challenges of the new SEC social media rulingDoes the inclusion of tweets on Bloomberg terminals make Twitter a more or less risky venue?Navigating material disclosures between personal and branded social media accounts?Updates HR managers should consider making to their employee handbook as a result of this new social media ruling from the SEC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Disclaimer: This interview is for general informational purposes only and should NOT be considered legal advice. Please refer any legal questions you may have to an attorney from your jurisdiction.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Bill Oxford on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Panel at Social Media Club L.A.https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-panel-at-social-media-club-l-a/
Fri, 22 Mar 2013 21:15:17 +0000https://blog.ericschwartzman.com/?p=2382How do businesses use social media differently than individuals, what’s the secret to leveraging social media to steer B2B purchasing decisions and how do you sell social media to disengaged bosses, coworkers and clients?
These are other B2B Social Media Topics are discussed on this expert panel produced by Social Media Club L.A. and moderated by Eric Schwartzman, founder and CEO of Comply Socially which helps employers manage the risk and capitalize on the opportunity of social media at work through self-paced, on-demand social media training.
Panelists:
Rachel Luxemburg, Principal Strategist at AdobeStephen Gundee, Enterprise Relationship Manager at LinkedInErick Brownstein, EVP for Marketing at YTMLauren Buchman, marketing consultant specializing in channel marketing
Topics:
What are the differences between B2C and B2B social media marketing?How should B2B determine their paid, earned and owned social media mix?How are B2Bs inspiring the Ultimate Moment of Truth that Brian Solis suggests in his new bookWhat are the essential ingredients of a vibrant B2B customer community?How do you build a B2B ambassador program that gets coworkers and SMEs using social media as well?Is there a relationship between trust and ease-of-use and do you trust the new Linkedin Skills & Expertise Endorsements?
Special thanks to Steven Swimmer of Swimmer Media.How do businesses use social media differently than individuals, what’s the secret to leveraging social media to steer B2B purchasing decisions and how do you sell social media to disengaged bosses, coworkers and clients? How do businesses use social media differently than individuals, what’s the secret to leveraging social media to steer B2B purchasing decisions and how do you sell social media to disengaged bosses, coworkers and clients?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These are other B2B Social Media Topics are discussed on this expert panel produced by Social Media Club L.A. and moderated by Eric Schwartzman, founder and CEO of Comply Socially which helps employers manage the risk and capitalize on the opportunity of social media at work through self-paced, on-demand social media training.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Panelists:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rachel Luxemburg, Principal Strategist at AdobeStephen Gundee, Enterprise Relationship Manager at LinkedInErick Brownstein, EVP for Marketing at YTMLauren Buchman, marketing consultant specializing in channel marketing<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What are the differences between B2C and B2B social media marketing?How should B2B determine their paid, earned and owned social media mix?How are B2Bs inspiring the Ultimate Moment of Truth that Brian Solis suggests in his new bookWhat are the essential ingredients of a vibrant B2B customer community?How do you build a B2B ambassador program that gets coworkers and SMEs using social media as well?Is there a relationship between trust and ease-of-use and do you trust the new Linkedin Skills & Expertise Endorsements?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special thanks to Steven Swimmer of Swimmer Media.Eric SchwartzmancleanHIPAA Social Media Guidelineshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/hipaa-social-media-guidelines/
Mon, 11 Mar 2013 18:21:06 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/hipaa-social-media-guidelinesDan Goldman (@danielg280), Mayo Clinic and Advisory Board member to the Mayo Clinic Center for Social Media, discusses the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which sets national standards for the security of electronic protected health information; and the confidentiality provisions of the Patient Safety Rule, which protect identifiable information being used to analyze patient safety events and improve patient safety.
Dan specializes in Internet law, HIPAA and Privacy law, telemedicine, trademark law, copyright law, and social media legal issues.
HIPPA Social Media Topics Covered:
Identifiable health informationThe HIPAA Security RuleConfidentiality provisions of the Patient Safety RulePatient rights over medical informationThe HIPAA Patient Privacy RuleHow advances in electronic technology can erode the privacy of health informationImpact of recently NLRB rulings on patient privacyHIPAA compliant social media policyImportance of social media compliance trainingDan Goldman (), legal counsel at Mayo Clinic and Advisory Board member to the Mayo Clinic Center for Social Media, discusses the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which sets national standards for the security of electronic...Dan Goldman (@danielg280), Mayo Clinic and Advisory Board member to the Mayo Clinic Center for Social Media, discusses the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which sets national standards for the security of electronic protected health information; and the confidentiality provisions of the Patient Safety Rule, which protect identifiable information being used to analyze patient safety events and improve patient safety. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Dan specializes in Internet law, HIPAA and Privacy law, telemedicine, trademark law, copyright law, and social media legal issues. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
HIPPA Social Media Topics Covered: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Identifiable health informationThe HIPAA Security RuleConfidentiality provisions of the Patient Safety RulePatient rights over medical informationThe HIPAA Patient Privacy RuleHow advances in electronic technology can erode the privacy of health informationImpact of recently NLRB rulings on patient privacyHIPAA compliant social media policyImportance of social media compliance trainingEric Schwartzmanclean1Le Web Wrap Up Reporthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/le-web-2012-report/
Sat, 08 Dec 2012 22:22:25 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/le-web-2012-report Guest host Andrea Vascellari and Eric Schwartzman discuss Le Web 2012 which ran from Dec. 4-6 in Paris. Guest host and Eric Schwartzman discuss which ran from Dec. 4-6 in Paris. Photo by Guest host Andrea Vascellari and Eric Schwartzman discuss Le Web 2012 which ran from Dec. 4-6 in Paris.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Pros Podcast with Jay Baerhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/online-social-media-training-podcast/
Fri, 24 Aug 2012 18:04:23 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/online-social-media-trainingThis is Episode 30 of the Social Pros Podcast : Real People Doing Real Work in Social Media.
This episode features Eric Schwartzman, best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor.
Transcript:
Jay: Hey, everybody, and we’re back with another episode of Social Pros, shining the light on real people doing real work in social media. I am Jay Baer, joined, as always, by social media marketing software company genius, Founder, President and man among boys, live from the woods of North Carolina, Mr. Eric Boggs.
Eric B.: These introductions keep getting better and better, Jay.
Jay: And longer. The next time I’m going to do a 20-minute introduction and a seven-minute show.
Eric B.: That sounds fantastic.
Jay: How are you my friend?
Eric B.: Doing just great. What’s new?
Jay: Oh, man, it’s been a crazy week in the interwebs. We’re going to talk about that in just a second. Let’s take a real quick minute to acknowledge our sponsors in addition to Eric’s company Argyle Social, who we use for all of our social media content missives.
Also our friends at Infusionsoft, fantastic e-mail CRM company, who we use for all of our emailings; our buddy Jim Kukral at digitalbooklaunch.com, who is our erstwhile guest host; and the good folks at Janrain, who do all kinds of amazing social sign-in and matching up your database to real people in social media. Solving common problems, those folks at Janrain.
We, today, have ourselves quite a show, quite a show, Eric Boggs. We have a professional on the show today.
We actually have somebody who actually knows something about podcasting and other stuff, but podcasting in particular.
I first met Eric Schwartzman when he was writing his fantastic book “Social Marketing to the Business Customer”, with Paul Gillin.
We’re going to talk to Eric specifically today about a really interesting series of web-based training programs he has now about social media, social media boot camp, if you will.
Eric B.: Yep.
Jay: So, we’ll do that in a second.
Eric B.: It’s bonus, extra Eric also in this podcast. Jay’s Thought of the Week
Jay: Two Erics, one Jay, it is a Jay sandwich. So crazy week in social media and a lot of things potentially to talk about, but the one I wanted to talk about, especially because you’re on the show is what is the deal with Twitter? This crazy API pronouncement and, “You must make everything look the way we make it look,” and, “If you don’t want to do it the way we want to do it, we’re going to revoke your access.” For somebody in your line of work, it feels to me like a shot across the bow. How did that go over in the halls of Argyle Social?
Eric B.: You actually reminded me that I was supposed to write a blog post about this earlier today. It’s on my to-do list and obviously…
Jay: Now you can just link to the podcast transcript.
Eric B.: Exactly, yeah. Now, I haven’t done it and thank you for reminding me. We actually saw it as a good thing, oddly enough. If you read through that whole massive post from the Twitter API guys, they had a quadrant at the bottom of the post that basically, I think they divided the world in engagement and analytics, and then business and consumer and they basically called out their four quadrants.
One of them is sort of consumer engagement apps. Another is sort of consumer-influenced analytics, obviously Klout being the only thing in that quadrant. Then there’s business engagement and management in business analytics and they basically said, “Look, if you’re in the consumer engagement quadrant, you might want to think about starting another company.”
That type of clarity from Twitter is welcome to us. One, because Argyle is not in that quadrant, we’re firmly nestled in the business analytics and business engagement side of the world along with quite a few competitors. Getting sort of clarity and a sense of roadmap from Twitter is actually good.
This is Episode 30 of the . This episode features , provider, entrepreneur and the best-selling co-author of . Read on for insights from Eric plus ‘s Social Media Stat of the Week (This week: Twitter gets 15% more...This is Episode 30 of the Social Pros Podcast : Real People Doing Real Work in Social Media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This episode features Eric Schwartzman, best selling author, speaker, blogger, trainer and advisor. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Transcript:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: Hey, everybody, and we’re back with another episode of Social Pros, shining the light on real people doing real work in social media. I am Jay Baer, joined, as always, by social media marketing software company genius, Founder, President and man among boys, live from the woods of North Carolina, Mr. Eric Boggs.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: These introductions keep getting better and better, Jay. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: And longer. The next time I’m going to do a 20-minute introduction and a seven-minute show. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: That sounds fantastic. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: How are you my friend? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: Doing just great. What’s new? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: Oh, man, it’s been a crazy week in the interwebs. We’re going to talk about that in just a second. Let’s take a real quick minute to acknowledge our sponsors in addition to Eric’s company Argyle Social, who we use for all of our social media content missives. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Also our friends at Infusionsoft, fantastic e-mail CRM company, who we use for all of our emailings; our buddy Jim Kukral at digitalbooklaunch.com, who is our erstwhile guest host; and the good folks at Janrain, who do all kinds of amazing social sign-in and matching up your database to real people in social media. Solving common problems, those folks at Janrain. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We, today, have ourselves quite a show, quite a show, Eric Boggs. We have a professional on the show today. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We actually have somebody who actually knows something about podcasting and other stuff, but podcasting in particular. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I first met Eric Schwartzman when he was writing his fantastic book “Social Marketing to the Business Customer”, with Paul Gillin. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We’re going to talk to Eric specifically today about a really interesting series of web-based training programs he has now about social media, social media boot camp, if you will. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: Yep. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: So, we’ll do that in a second. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: It’s bonus, extra Eric also in this podcast. Jay’s Thought of the Week <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: Two Erics, one Jay, it is a Jay sandwich. So crazy week in social media and a lot of things potentially to talk about, but the one I wanted to talk about, especially because you’re on the show is what is the deal with Twitter? This crazy API pronouncement and, “You must make everything look the way we make it look,” and, “If you don’t want to do it the way we want to do it, we’re going to revoke your access.” For somebody in your line of work, it feels to me like a shot across the bow. How did that go over in the halls of Argyle Social? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: You actually reminded me that I was supposed to write a blog post about this earlier today. It’s on my to-do list and obviously… <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jay: Now you can just link to the podcast transcript. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric B.: Exactly, yeah. Now, I haven’t done it and thank you for reminding me. We actually saw it as a good thing, oddly enough. If you read through that whole massive post from the Twitter API guys, they had a quadrant at the bottom of the post that basically, I think they divided the world in engagement and analytics, and then business and consumer and they basically called out their four quadrants. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
One of them is sort of consumer engagement apps. Another is sort of consumer-influenced analytics, obviously Klout being the only thing in that quadran...Eric SchwartzmancleanWhy Your Social Media Policy May Be Illegalhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/why-your-social-media-policy-may-be-illegal/
Thu, 08 Mar 2012 13:11:53 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/unlawful-social-media-policiesI've updated my sample social media policy as a result of this conversation with Lisa Milam-Perez, who edits a blog by CCH Wolters Kluwer about US law and business practices, and who recently published a post about the latest guidance from the National Labor Relations Board, which says organizations need to be more specific in the language they use to govern the use of social media policy for US-based employees.
Under the National Labor Relations Act, US-based employees have a legal right to organize to improve their working conditions, even if that effort includes publicly criticizing their employer or discussing confidential information, such as a salaries, on social networks.
That's right, restricting employees from discussing "confidential information" is too broad a requirement to pass muster. In this podcast, Lisa discusses two memoranda that were recently released by the NLRB Acting General Counsel Lafe Solomon.
The first one (OM 11-74) on August 18, 2011, profiles the NLRB’s resolution of 14 social media cases; a second memo (OM-12-31) on January 25, outlines more recent cases reviewed by his office.
As Lisa says in her blog post: "An employer’s policies “should not be so sweeping that they prohibit the kinds of activity protected by federal labor law, such as the discussion of wages or working conditions among employees,” according to Solomon.
Distilled to its essence: standard labor law principles apply here. That means that even if it does not expressly bar NLRA-protected activity, the NLRB would still find fault with a policy that:
“chills” employees from exercising their protected Section 7 rights;significantly burdens an employee’s exercise of those rights;was enacted in direct response to union activity; oris applied in such a manner that it restricts the exercise of protected rights."
If you haven't updated you social media policy in a while and you need enforceable employee guidelines, now is the time. As I mentioned earlier, I'm in the process of updating my social media policy template so sign up for my email newsletter (upper right-column of this page) if you'd like a notification when it's available.
Photo by Bill Oxford on UnsplashI've updated my as a result of this conversation with Lisa Milam-Perez, who edits a by CCH Wolters Kluwer about US law and business practices, and who recently published a about the latest guidance from the National Labor Relations Board, which...I've updated my sample social media policy as a result of this conversation with Lisa Milam-Perez, who edits a blog by CCH Wolters Kluwer about US law and business practices, and who recently published a post about the latest guidance from the National Labor Relations Board, which says organizations need to be more specific in the language they use to govern the use of social media policy for US-based employees. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Under the National Labor Relations Act, US-based employees have a legal right to organize to improve their working conditions, even if that effort includes publicly criticizing their employer or discussing confidential information, such as a salaries, on social networks. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That's right, restricting employees from discussing "confidential information" is too broad a requirement to pass muster. In this podcast, Lisa discusses two memoranda that were recently released by the NLRB Acting General Counsel Lafe Solomon. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The first one (OM 11-74) on August 18, 2011, profiles the NLRB’s resolution of 14 social media cases; a second memo (OM-12-31) on January 25, outlines more recent cases reviewed by his office. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As Lisa says in her blog post: "An employer’s policies “should not be so sweeping that they prohibit the kinds of activity protected by federal labor law, such as the discussion of wages or working conditions among employees,” according to Solomon. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Distilled to its essence: standard labor law principles apply here. That means that even if it does not expressly bar NLRA-protected activity, the NLRB would still find fault with a policy that: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
“chills” employees from exercising their protected Section 7 rights;significantly burdens an employee’s exercise of those rights;was enacted in direct response to union activity; oris applied in such a manner that it restricts the exercise of protected rights."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you haven't updated you social media policy in a while and you need enforceable employee guidelines, now is the time. As I mentioned earlier, I'm in the process of updating my social media policy template so sign up for my email newsletter (upper right-column of this page) if you'd like a notification when it's available.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Bill Oxford on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanAuto Industry Bailout PR at GMhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/auto-industry-bailout-pr-at-gm/
Tue, 07 Feb 2012 00:30:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/auto-industry-crisis-prHandling crisis PR at GM before, during and after US taxpayers rescued the automaker with Jennifer Ecclestone (@jenecclestone), Social Media and Executive Communications for the GM Product and Technology division.
Jennifer discusses the automotive industry crisis of 2008-2010, how the US automakers got caught without hybrids when gas prices increased, how US Dept. of Defense Secretary of Defense Robert Gates accelerated production of MRAPs, the politics of setting fuel efficiency standards and what crisis PR firms can learn from her handling of communications through the automotive industry bailout crisis.
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando. Chartered in 1947, the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) is the world’s largest and foremost organization of public relations professionals.
PRSA provides professional development, sets standards of excellence and upholds principles of ethics for its members and, more broadly, the multi-billion dollar global public relations profession.
We also advocate for greater understanding and adoption of public relations services, and act as one of the industry’s leading voices on the important business and professional issues of our time.
Image by Mike Licht Handling at GM before, during and after US taxpayers rescued the automaker with Jennifer Ecclestone (), Social Media and Executive Communications for the GM Product and Technology division. Jennifer and Eric discuss the , how the US...Handling crisis PR at GM before, during and after US taxpayers rescued the automaker with Jennifer Ecclestone (@jenecclestone), Social Media and Executive Communications for the GM Product and Technology division. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jennifer discusses the automotive industry crisis of 2008-2010, how the US automakers got caught without hybrids when gas prices increased, how US Dept. of Defense Secretary of Defense Robert Gates accelerated production of MRAPs, the politics of setting fuel efficiency standards and what crisis PR firms can learn from her handling of communications through the automotive industry bailout crisis. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando. Chartered in 1947, the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) is the world’s largest and foremost organization of public relations professionals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
PRSA provides professional development, sets standards of excellence and upholds principles of ethics for its members and, more broadly, the multi-billion dollar global public relations profession. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also advocate for greater understanding and adoption of public relations services, and act as one of the industry’s leading voices on the important business and professional issues of our time. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Image by Mike LichtEric SchwartzmancleanLinkedin Marketing Strategy Updatehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/linkedin-marketing-strategy-update/
Tue, 31 Jan 2012 02:03:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/linkedinIf you’re a B2B marketer looking to fine tune your Linkedin marketing strategy, this podcast is for you.
You’re going to get tangible, applied Linkedin marketing tips and learn Linkedin marketing strategy from the company’s own developer advocate Kirsten Jones (@synedra), API Evangelist at Akamai Technologies who blogs at Princess Polymath.
In this episode, she discusses the technology behind Linkedin’s marketing strategy for extending their services beyond their website and helping members take their credentials with them wherever they go online.
With more than 135 million members, and 4 million new members joining each month, Linkedin is the world’s third largest online network and in this podcast, she tells you everything you need to know to mastermind a smart Linkedin marketing startegy.
Linkedin’s goal is to connect to world’s professionals and make them more productive and successful and one way they do that is by making it easy for members to leverage their Linkedin professional profile and network of contacts on third-party websites and in mobile environments.
Kirsten speaks at conferences and meetups to educate and engage developers with the LinkedIn API.
She has given presentations at various events, including the Silicon Valley iOS Developer Meetup, the Semantic Web Meetup, the DataInsight Hackathon and Silicon Valley Code Camp.
Her talks range from overviews of our platform to hands-on workshops. She's comfortable speaking in front of small and large groups, and is an engaging and entertaining speaker, interacting with the audience during and after the presentation.
Linkeidn Marketing Topics Discussed:
Presdo Match Linkedin Integration for Connecting at Le WebDemographics of Linkedin’s user baseLinkedin’s competitive values: Identity, Insights and EverywhereLinkedin Homepage, Linkedin Today and Linkedin GroupsLinkedin’s Javascript APIs and REST backendLinkedin’s prebuilt, easy to integrate PluginsIntegrating Linkedin into trade show and conference websiteIntegrating Linkedin into recruiting websitesLinkedin Company Insider Plugin at CNNMoney.comLinkedin’s iPhone, Android and Blackberry mobile appsInformation Storing Kerfuffle between Monster and LinkedinLinkedin Plugin Builder
This presentation was recorded at Le Web 2011 in Paris.
Special thanks to Loic and Geraldine Le Meur for inviting me to attend as an official conference blogger.
Photo by Kon Karampelas on UnsplashIf you’re a B2B marketer looking to fine tune your , this podcast is for you. Your’re going to get tanglible, applicabler Linkedin marketing tips and learn Linkedin marketing strategy from the company’s own developer advocate Kirsten Jones...If you’re a B2B marketer looking to fine tune your Linkedin marketing strategy, this podcast is for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You’re going to get tangible, applied Linkedin marketing tips and learn Linkedin marketing strategy from the company’s own developer advocate Kirsten Jones (@synedra), API Evangelist at Akamai Technologies who blogs at Princess Polymath. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, she discusses the technology behind Linkedin’s marketing strategy for extending their services beyond their website and helping members take their credentials with them wherever they go online. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With more than 135 million members, and 4 million new members joining each month, Linkedin is the world’s third largest online network and in this podcast, she tells you everything you need to know to mastermind a smart Linkedin marketing startegy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Linkedin’s goal is to connect to world’s professionals and make them more productive and successful and one way they do that is by making it easy for members to leverage their Linkedin professional profile and network of contacts on third-party websites and in mobile environments. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Kirsten speaks at conferences and meetups to educate and engage developers with the LinkedIn API. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She has given presentations at various events, including the Silicon Valley iOS Developer Meetup, the Semantic Web Meetup, the DataInsight Hackathon and Silicon Valley Code Camp. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Her talks range from overviews of our platform to hands-on workshops. She's comfortable speaking in front of small and large groups, and is an engaging and entertaining speaker, interacting with the audience during and after the presentation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Linkeidn Marketing Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Presdo Match Linkedin Integration for Connecting at Le WebDemographics of Linkedin’s user baseLinkedin’s competitive values: Identity, Insights and EverywhereLinkedin Homepage, Linkedin Today and Linkedin GroupsLinkedin’s Javascript APIs and REST backendLinkedin’s prebuilt, easy to integrate PluginsIntegrating Linkedin into trade show and conference websiteIntegrating Linkedin into recruiting websitesLinkedin Company Insider Plugin at CNNMoney.comLinkedin’s iPhone, Android and Blackberry mobile appsInformation Storing Kerfuffle between Monster and LinkedinLinkedin Plugin Builder<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This presentation was recorded at Le Web 2011 in Paris. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special thanks to Loic and Geraldine Le Meur for inviting me to attend as an official conference blogger.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Kon Karampelas on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanWhy AirBNB is Too Riskyhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/why-airbnb-is-too-risky/
Mon, 23 Jan 2012 17:35:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/AirBNB-FAILIt sounds almost too good to be true: rent an apartment in any city for a fraction of what it costs to stay at a hotel.
You get a kitchen, more space and save a lot of money. And that much IS true. But with the savings comes the risk and stress of fending for yourself in the event of a mishap.
But you may wind up paying dearly in other ways. That's what my family and I learned the hard way when we rented a Paris apartment through AirBNB to attend Le Web 2011, where the company's founder Brian Chesky was keynoting.
And despite my repeated attempts to find out how AirBNB protects renters, I kept getting the run around.
So I joined FIR co-hosts Neville Hobson and Shel Holtz in a Google+ Hangout to recount my less-than-stellar experience with AirBNB, and what it all means for this and other start-ups selling the proposition of collaborative consumption without adequate customer service.
Connecting buyers and sellers without providing an intermediary, such as an agency, to resolve disputes and address issues that arise as a result of the transaction, is a recipe for disaster, particularly when the stakes are as high as they are when you travel.
In the end, I think my experience illustrates some serious flaws in AirBNB's business model.
The concept of a community marketplace for rentals seems like a good idea at first, but with no real protection for hosts or guests, and with both sides having such a low tolerance for pain, I'm not sure the business has long term viability.
Mishaps can happen to anyone and probably do, which I imagine is why AirBNB declined to speak with me on the record about my experience.
I learned a hard lesson by experiencing a big chink in AirBNB's armor firsthand. And after more people learn this same lesson the hard way, I wonder just how gung-ho VCs will be about backing travel-related collaborative consumption websites like AirBNB.
AirBNB's ultimate test will be based on just how price sensitive travelers are. Saving on a computer by purchasing from a big box retailer is not without risk, but the risk is manageable.
On the other hand, the risks of travel accommodations gone wrong are much higher. Holding for customer service in the comfort of your home is tolerable. Standing in the rain for an owner to get let you in when the lock breaks is something else.
Time will tell, but this traveler has learned a very important, hard lesson about the risks of renting through AirBNB and the risk of using a community marketplace for travel services. Uber take note.
Chris Elliot wrote about my incident on his blog, and is conducting a survey on whether or not he should help me get AirBNB to agree to talk to me for this podcast.
Photo by Alexa West on UnsplashIt sounds almost too good to be true: rent an apartment in any city for a fraction of what it costs to stay at a hotel. You get a kitchen, more space and save a lot of money. And that much IS true. But with the savings comes the risk and stress...It sounds almost too good to be true: rent an apartment in any city for a fraction of what it costs to stay at a hotel. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You get a kitchen, more space and save a lot of money. And that much IS true. But with the savings comes the risk and stress of fending for yourself in the event of a mishap. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But you may wind up paying dearly in other ways. That's what my family and I learned the hard way when we rented a Paris apartment through AirBNB to attend Le Web 2011, where the company's founder Brian Chesky was keynoting.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And despite my repeated attempts to find out how AirBNB protects renters, I kept getting the run around. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
So I joined FIR co-hosts Neville Hobson and Shel Holtz in a Google+ Hangout to recount my less-than-stellar experience with AirBNB, and what it all means for this and other start-ups selling the proposition of collaborative consumption without adequate customer service. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Connecting buyers and sellers without providing an intermediary, such as an agency, to resolve disputes and address issues that arise as a result of the transaction, is a recipe for disaster, particularly when the stakes are as high as they are when you travel. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In the end, I think my experience illustrates some serious flaws in AirBNB's business model. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The concept of a community marketplace for rentals seems like a good idea at first, but with no real protection for hosts or guests, and with both sides having such a low tolerance for pain, I'm not sure the business has long term viability. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mishaps can happen to anyone and probably do, which I imagine is why AirBNB declined to speak with me on the record about my experience. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I learned a hard lesson by experiencing a big chink in AirBNB's armor firsthand. And after more people learn this same lesson the hard way, I wonder just how gung-ho VCs will be about backing travel-related collaborative consumption websites like AirBNB. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
AirBNB's ultimate test will be based on just how price sensitive travelers are. Saving on a computer by purchasing from a big box retailer is not without risk, but the risk is manageable. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
On the other hand, the risks of travel accommodations gone wrong are much higher. Holding for customer service in the comfort of your home is tolerable. Standing in the rain for an owner to get let you in when the lock breaks is something else. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Time will tell, but this traveler has learned a very important, hard lesson about the risks of renting through AirBNB and the risk of using a community marketplace for travel services. Uber take note. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chris Elliot wrote about my incident on his blog, and is conducting a survey on whether or not he should help me get AirBNB to agree to talk to me for this podcast.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Alexa West on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanFacebook Marketing Updatehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/facebook-social-marketing-update/
Tue, 10 Jan 2012 22:50:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Facebook-Social-Marketing-TipsIn this podcast, recorded at Le Web 2011 in Paris, Christian Hernandez, Director of Platform Partnerships at Facebook discusses “The Power of the Graph" and explains why social design and engineering is the future of social marketing.
Social marketing campaigns -- where people-powered social media optimization and social networking activities comprise the bulk of the social marketing strategy -- are about to be replaced carte blanche by web developers as the age of social media automation comes into fruition.
The workshop also features presentations by Facebook partner Axel Dauchez, CEO and Beatrice Tourvieille, marketing director at Deezer, and Jens Begemann, Founder and CEO or Wooga Games.
After a thorough discussion about the rationale behind the introduction of Facebook Timeline and the business case for integrating Facebook into online services to promote viral distribution, the developer partners discuss the increase in users they’ve secured, and why Wooga is focused on HTML5 as the future of social mobile app design.
Facebook Marketing Topics Discussed:
Why Social Design is the Future of Social MarketingFacebook Social Graph, Object Graph and Interest GraphRedesign of Facebook with Messaging, Newsfeed, Ticker and ProfilesFrom Edge Rank to Graph Rank, and it Changes Social OptimizationBeyond the “Like” Button. The Lexicon of Expanded Social GesturesWhy Fiskers and Geno Church Should Think Long and Hard About Timeline
Photo by Alex Haney on UnsplashIn this podcast, recorded at in Paris, Christian Hernandez, Director of Platform Partnerships at Facebook discusses “The Power of the Graph" and explains why social design and engineering is the future of social marketing. ...In this podcast, recorded at Le Web 2011 in Paris, Christian Hernandez, Director of Platform Partnerships at Facebook discusses “The Power of the Graph" and explains why social design and engineering is the future of social marketing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social marketing campaigns -- where people-powered social media optimization and social networking activities comprise the bulk of the social marketing strategy -- are about to be replaced carte blanche by web developers as the age of social media automation comes into fruition. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The workshop also features presentations by Facebook partner Axel Dauchez, CEO and Beatrice Tourvieille, marketing director at Deezer, and Jens Begemann, Founder and CEO or Wooga Games. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
After a thorough discussion about the rationale behind the introduction of Facebook Timeline and the business case for integrating Facebook into online services to promote viral distribution, the developer partners discuss the increase in users they’ve secured, and why Wooga is focused on HTML5 as the future of social mobile app design. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Facebook Marketing Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why Social Design is the Future of Social MarketingFacebook Social Graph, Object Graph and Interest GraphRedesign of Facebook with Messaging, Newsfeed, Ticker and ProfilesFrom Edge Rank to Graph Rank, and it Changes Social OptimizationBeyond the “Like” Button. The Lexicon of Expanded Social GesturesWhy Fiskers and Geno Church Should Think Long and Hard About Timeline<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Alex Haney on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Marketing Insights from Parishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-marketing-insights-from-le-web/
Tue, 03 Jan 2012 13:55:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-marketing-insights-le-webMost Facebook and Linkedin members are outside of the US.
So when you market through social networks or through Google, you're marketing to a global audience.
To be successful, you need a global perspective. And that's what this episode is about.
In it, you will get the major take aways and social marketing insights that came out of what remains my favorite tech conference of the year.
It's called Le Web and it brings together a very influential audience of US and European executives from businesses within the Internet ecosystem.
Top industry entrepreneurs, executives, investors, senior press and bloggers gather for two days in Paris each December to focus on the key issues and opportunities in the web marketplace and this was my second year attending as an official conference blogger.
In this podcast panel discussion, moderated by For Immediate Release co-hosts Neville Hobson (@jangles) and Shel Holtz (@shelholtz), official Le Web conference bloggers Tac Anderson, Chris Heuer and Eric Schwartzman exhange riffs on the key takeaways on the keynotes, the newsbreaks and other happenings at this year’s confab.
Le Web offers attendees a European perspective of how technology is developing and its the most entertaining and best looking tech event. At LeWeb 2011, there were a total of over 3500 attendees in Paris from 69 countries, and more than 200,000 participants online.
Nearly 235,000 viewers watches sessions via Ustream, over 300,000 watched on-demand sessions via YouTube and more than 100,000 viewers watched Eric Schmidt's keynote.
Topics Discussed:
Eric Schmidt’s keynote address and his message to European GovernmentsThe benefits of understanding the French and the European perspectiveThe dirty little secrets about prepaid broadband in Paris Karl Lagerfeld’s keynote on the use of technology for fashion designSean Parker’s keynote on the rise of collaborative comsumptionSocial, local, mobile trends
About the Panelists
Tac Anderson (@TacAnderson) is vice president and head of digital strategies for Waggener Edstrom, based in London.Chris Heuer (@ChrisHeuer) is specialist leader for social media at Deloitte Consulting and one of the founders of the Social Media Club.Eric Schwartzman (@EricSchwartzman) runs Schwartzman & Associates and founded iPressroom.
This is a simulcast of a video conference organized by Neville Hobson and recorded with Camtasia by Shel Holtz, co-hosts of the For Immediate Release podcast.
Photo by Soroush Karimi on UnsplashMost Facebook and Linkedin members are outside of the US. So when you market through social networks or through Google, you're marketing to a global audience. To be successful, you need a global perspective. And that's what this episode is about. In...Most Facebook and Linkedin members are outside of the US. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
So when you market through social networks or through Google, you're marketing to a global audience. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To be successful, you need a global perspective. And that's what this episode is about. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In it, you will get the major take aways and social marketing insights that came out of what remains my favorite tech conference of the year. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It's called Le Web and it brings together a very influential audience of US and European executives from businesses within the Internet ecosystem. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Top industry entrepreneurs, executives, investors, senior press and bloggers gather for two days in Paris each December to focus on the key issues and opportunities in the web marketplace and this was my second year attending as an official conference blogger. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast panel discussion, moderated by For Immediate Release co-hosts Neville Hobson (@jangles) and Shel Holtz (@shelholtz), official Le Web conference bloggers Tac Anderson, Chris Heuer and Eric Schwartzman exhange riffs on the key takeaways on the keynotes, the newsbreaks and other happenings at this year’s confab. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Le Web offers attendees a European perspective of how technology is developing and its the most entertaining and best looking tech event. At LeWeb 2011, there were a total of over 3500 attendees in Paris from 69 countries, and more than 200,000 participants online. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Nearly 235,000 viewers watches sessions via Ustream, over 300,000 watched on-demand sessions via YouTube and more than 100,000 viewers watched Eric Schmidt's keynote. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric Schmidt’s keynote address and his message to European GovernmentsThe benefits of understanding the French and the European perspectiveThe dirty little secrets about prepaid broadband in Paris Karl Lagerfeld’s keynote on the use of technology for fashion designSean Parker’s keynote on the rise of collaborative comsumptionSocial, local, mobile trends<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
About the Panelists<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Tac Anderson (@TacAnderson) is vice president and head of digital strategies for Waggener Edstrom, based in London.Chris Heuer (@ChrisHeuer) is specialist leader for social media at Deloitte Consulting and one of the founders of the Social Media Club.Eric Schwartzman (@EricSchwartzman) runs Schwartzman & Associates and founded iPressroom.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is a simulcast of a video conference organized by Neville Hobson and recorded with Camtasia by Shel Holtz, co-hosts of the For Immediate Release podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Soroush Karimi on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanPRSA CEO and Chair-Elect Gerard Corbetthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/prsa-ceo-and-chair-elect-gerard-corbett/
Wed, 21 Dec 2011 19:14:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/gerald-corbett-APRMr. Gerard Corbett, Incoming Chairman and CEO of the Public Relations Society of America and CEO of Redphlag discusses the benefits of membership in a tough economy, mentoring public relations professionals, the three-legged stool of the job hunt, combating negative stereotype of PR, PRSA’s international ambitions, the Global Alliance for public relations and communications management, the 2011 PRSA $30 dues increase, Ketchum’s blogger relations campaign for Con Agra and the fallout from the Motrin Mom’s incident.
Corbett is an experienced and versatile branding, marketing, public relations and communications executive and coach having served four decades in senior marketing and communications roles at Global Fortune 100 firms and earlier in his career in aerospace engineering and information technology with Silicon Valley firms and NASA. He has effectively and deftly managed a range of communications, marketing and customer service functions in order to advance corporate culture, enhance brand understanding and trust, and enable organization harmony and effectiveness.
His background spans High Tech Companies – Aerospace, Consumer Electronics, Computers, Storage, and Semiconductors – to Industrial Conglomerates, Natural Resources, Transportation and Heavy Equipment.
Gerry Corbett is an experienced and versatile branding, marketing, public relations and communications executive and coach having served four decades in senior marketing and communications roles at Global Fortune 100 firms and earlier in his career in aerospace engineering and information technology with Silicon Valley firms and NASA.
He has effectively and deftly managed a range of communications, marketing and customer service functions in order to advance corporate culture, enhance brand understanding and trust, and enable organization harmony and effectiveness.
Gerry's background spans High Tech Companies – Aerospace, Consumer Electronics, Computers, Storage, and Semiconductors – to Industrial Conglomerates, Natural Resources, Transportation and Heavy Equipment.
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando.Mr. , Incoming Chairman and CEO of the and CEO of discusses the benefits of membership in a tough economy, mentoring public relations professionals, the three-legged stool of the job hunt, combating negative stereotype of PR, PRSA’s international...Mr. Gerard Corbett, Incoming Chairman and CEO of the Public Relations Society of America and CEO of Redphlag discusses the benefits of membership in a tough economy, mentoring public relations professionals, the three-legged stool of the job hunt, combating negative stereotype of PR, PRSA’s international ambitions, the Global Alliance for public relations and communications management, the 2011 PRSA $30 dues increase, Ketchum’s blogger relations campaign for Con Agra and the fallout from the Motrin Mom’s incident. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Corbett is an experienced and versatile branding, marketing, public relations and communications executive and coach having served four decades in senior marketing and communications roles at Global Fortune 100 firms and earlier in his career in aerospace engineering and information technology with Silicon Valley firms and NASA. He has effectively and deftly managed a range of communications, marketing and customer service functions in order to advance corporate culture, enhance brand understanding and trust, and enable organization harmony and effectiveness. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
His background spans High Tech Companies – Aerospace, Consumer Electronics, Computers, Storage, and Semiconductors – to Industrial Conglomerates, Natural Resources, Transportation and Heavy Equipment. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gerry Corbett is an experienced and versatile branding, marketing, public relations and communications executive and coach having served four decades in senior marketing and communications roles at Global Fortune 100 firms and earlier in his career in aerospace engineering and information technology with Silicon Valley firms and NASA. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He has effectively and deftly managed a range of communications, marketing and customer service functions in order to advance corporate culture, enhance brand understanding and trust, and enable organization harmony and effectiveness. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gerry's background spans High Tech Companies – Aerospace, Consumer Electronics, Computers, Storage, and Semiconductors – to Industrial Conglomerates, Natural Resources, Transportation and Heavy Equipment. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando.Eric SchwartzmancleanBlocking Access to Social Mediahttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/blocking-access-to-social-media/
Fri, 16 Dec 2011 23:39:26 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/blocking-access-to-social-media“Most users are only two clicks away from malicious content,” says Patricia Hogan (@patriciahogan), senior public relations specialist at WebSense, who discusses web security, email security and data loss prevention through content security and why some companies chose to implement technology to safeguard their data and users by blocking access to social media.
Eric and Patricia discuss the decision some companies make to filter access to social networks versus just training employees to use it responsibly, Jeremiah Owyang’s report on Social Business, Websense’s policy for acceptable use of social media policy, enabling businesses to safely leverage the social web, blocking access with demotivating your employees, securing content with classified and non-classified networks, restricting access through technology versus improving security through social media training and working with your IT team to safely embrace the social web.
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando.
Photo by Scott Stephens on Unsplash “Most users are only two clicks away from malicious content,” says Patricia Hogan (), senior public relations specialist at , who discusses web security, email security and data loss prevention through content security and why some...“Most users are only two clicks away from malicious content,” says Patricia Hogan (@patriciahogan), senior public relations specialist at WebSense, who discusses web security, email security and data loss prevention through content security and why some companies chose to implement technology to safeguard their data and users by blocking access to social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric and Patricia discuss the decision some companies make to filter access to social networks versus just training employees to use it responsibly, Jeremiah Owyang’s report on Social Business, Websense’s policy for acceptable use of social media policy, enabling businesses to safely leverage the social web, blocking access with demotivating your employees, securing content with classified and non-classified networks, restricting access through technology versus improving security through social media training and working with your IT team to safely embrace the social web. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded the 2011 PRSA International Conference in Orlando. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Scott Stephens on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Find Online Influencershttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-find-influencers-online/
Mon, 28 Nov 2011 13:38:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/find-influencers-onlineOne of the most interesting alternatives to measuring online influencers to surface yet is Traackr, a premium service that reveals reach, resonance and rank in online social spheres.
In this exclusive interview, Traackr Founder and CEO Pierre-Loic Assayag, talks about how his service differs from Klout and other online influence scoring services.
This interview was recorded at the 2011 Public Relations Society of America International Conference in Orlando, Florida.
Photo by Chase Clark on Unsplash One of the most interesting alternatives to measuring online influence to surface yet is Traackr, a premium service that reveals reach, resonance and rank in online social spheres. In this exclusive interview, Founder and...One of the most interesting alternatives to measuring online influencers to surface yet is Traackr, a premium service that reveals reach, resonance and rank in online social spheres.<br />
<br />
In this exclusive interview, Traackr Founder and CEO Pierre-Loic Assayag, talks about how his service differs from Klout and other online influence scoring services.<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded at the 2011 Public Relations Society of America International Conference in Orlando, Florida.<br />
<br />
Photo by Chase Clark on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Week Closing Keynotehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-week-closing-keynote-social-media-for-social-business/
Tue, 15 Nov 2011 05:15:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-week-LA-keynote-eric-schwartzmanThis is a recording of the closing keynote I delivered at Social Media Week Los Angeles.
I spoke about social business, how social is changing the way organizations communicate, and the way business customers procure and make purchasing decisions.
Social Media Week Keynote Topics:
How are B2Bs using social media differently from B2Cs?What are the biggest challenges to successful B2B social media outreach?Content marketing, community management and social automation: What works best in B2B?How are organizations calculating a return on investment for B2B social media initiatives?What is the role of mobile in B2B social business and how might GPS technology change the way products and services are made?What new opportunities does the prevailing social infrastructure make possible? This is a recording of the closing keynote address at Los Angeles delivered on Sept. 23, 2011 by Eric Schwartzman (), coauthor of with an introduction by , CEO of . Eric discusses social business, how social is changing the way...This is a recording of the closing keynote I delivered at Social Media Week Los Angeles.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I spoke about social business, how social is changing the way organizations communicate, and the way business customers procure and make purchasing decisions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Media Week Keynote Topics:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How are B2Bs using social media differently from B2Cs?What are the biggest challenges to successful B2B social media outreach?Content marketing, community management and social automation: What works best in B2B?How are organizations calculating a return on investment for B2B social media initiatives?What is the role of mobile in B2B social business and how might GPS technology change the way products and services are made?What new opportunities does the prevailing social infrastructure make possible?Eric SchwartzmancleanLe Web Conference Previewhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/le-web-2011-preview/
Tue, 08 Nov 2011 01:19:45 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Le-Web-2011-PreviewOfficial Le Web 2011 conference bloggers Luca Sartoni (@lucasartoni), Karin Hoegh (@karinhoegh) and Nebojsa Radovic (@eniac) discuss the tech scene in Paris, this year’s scheduled keynotes from Eric Schmidt of Google, Sean Parker, Daniel Ek of Spotify, Brian Chesky of AirBNB and Kevin Systrom of Instagram as well as what type of coverage to expect from the blogger panel.
Europeans are less aggressive networkers than Americans which makes it easier to meet the big name attendees. Networking opportunities last year with Robert Scoble, Matthais Lufkens and conference speakers.
LeWeb brings together the most influential audience in the Internet ecosystem. Top industry entrepreneurs, executives, investors, senior press & bloggers gather to focus on the key issues and opportunities in the web marketplace.
Sean Parker (pictured left) is an entrepreneur with a record of launching genre-defining companies that reinvent ways to spread information online. In 1999, at the age of 19, Sean co-founded Napster and changed how people think about and share music.
Two years later, Sean co-founded Plaxo, pioneering viral engineering technology for updating contact information. Sean served as Plaxo’s president until 2004, when he joined with Mark Zuckerberg to develop the online social network Facebook.
Sean was Facebook’s founding president, helping transform that small start-up into an industry giant.
In 2007, Sean co-founded Causes, which promotes on-line philanthropy; in 2010, he joined Airtime as a co-founder, reuniting with Napster co-founder Shawn Fanning at a social video company backed by Founders Fund.
Photo by Glenn Carstens-Peters on UnsplashOfficial conference bloggers (), () and () discuss the tech scene in Paris, this year’s scheduled keynotes from Eric Schmidt of Google, Sean Parker, Daniel Ek of Spotify, Brian Chesky of AirBNB and Kevin Systrom of Instagram as well as what type...Official Le Web 2011 conference bloggers Luca Sartoni (@lucasartoni), Karin Hoegh (@karinhoegh) and Nebojsa Radovic (@eniac) discuss the tech scene in Paris, this year’s scheduled keynotes from Eric Schmidt of Google, Sean Parker, Daniel Ek of Spotify, Brian Chesky of AirBNB and Kevin Systrom of Instagram as well as what type of coverage to expect from the blogger panel. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Europeans are less aggressive networkers than Americans which makes it easier to meet the big name attendees. Networking opportunities last year with Robert Scoble, Matthais Lufkens and conference speakers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
LeWeb brings together the most influential audience in the Internet ecosystem. Top industry entrepreneurs, executives, investors, senior press & bloggers gather to focus on the key issues and opportunities in the web marketplace. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sean Parker (pictured left) is an entrepreneur with a record of launching genre-defining companies that reinvent ways to spread information online. In 1999, at the age of 19, Sean co-founded Napster and changed how people think about and share music. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Two years later, Sean co-founded Plaxo, pioneering viral engineering technology for updating contact information. Sean served as Plaxo’s president until 2004, when he joined with Mark Zuckerberg to develop the online social network Facebook. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sean was Facebook’s founding president, helping transform that small start-up into an industry giant. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In 2007, Sean co-founded Causes, which promotes on-line philanthropy; in 2010, he joined Airtime as a co-founder, reuniting with Napster co-founder Shawn Fanning at a social video company backed by Founders Fund.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Glenn Carstens-Peters on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanShira Lazar’s Online Media Empirehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/shira-lazars-online-media-empire/
Tue, 08 Nov 2011 00:50:26 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/shira-lazar-podcastShira Lazar, Host and Executive Producer of the weekly live interactive show and 24/7 news hub, “What’s Trending” discusses:
Hosting live streaming programming for mainstream audiencesSelling online content to advertisersWorking with online influencersPremium appsLeo LaPorteEmotional ties to social mediaThe future of web search And the mistake which ended her distribution deal with CBS News
Named one of Fast Company’s 2011 Most Influential Women in Technology and Huffington Post’s “Women in Tech to follow on Twitter”, Shira has been the talent on many live-streams on the web including, The Oscars and The Grammys among many others., Host and Executive Producer of the weekly live interactive show and 24/7 news hub, “” discusses hosting live streaming programming for mainstream audiences, selling online content to advertisers, online influence, premium apps, , Google Plus...Shira Lazar, Host and Executive Producer of the weekly live interactive show and 24/7 news hub, “What’s Trending” discusses: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Hosting live streaming programming for mainstream audiencesSelling online content to advertisersWorking with online influencersPremium appsLeo LaPorteEmotional ties to social mediaThe future of web search And the mistake which ended her distribution deal with CBS News <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Named one of Fast Company’s 2011 Most Influential Women in Technology and Huffington Post’s “Women in Tech to follow on Twitter”, Shira has been the talent on many live-streams on the web including, The Oscars and The Grammys among many others.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Tips and Netiquette Rules with Philip Galaneshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-tips-and-netiquette-rules-with-philip-galanes/
Mon, 17 Oct 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/digimannersIf you were denied a proper Cotillion or never had a chance to be presented at the debutante ball, it’s not too late for you.
You can still learn how to act and behave politely from Philip Galanes (@SocialQPhilip) who writes the Social Q’s column in the New York Times every Sunday in Style Section.
Social Q’s offers lighthearted advice about awkward social situations and is sure to prepare you to present yourself appropriately in social circles.
Philip's new book "Social Q's: How to Survive the Quirks, Quandaries and Quagmires of Today," which comes out November 1, 2011. How Philip's book is different from Dale Carnegie’s “Win Friends and Influence People” and Emily Post’s “Ettiquette” which were both recently revised for the digital age.
Are companies like Facebook and Netfilx being rude when they change their services? Snooping on your friend’s Facebook feed without leaving likes or comments, showing your humanity, chiming into the newsfeeds of younger Facebook friends
Appropriateness of married men friending married women without friending their husband first.
Mattheis Lufkens's Twitter Diplomacy at Le Web last year showing that not all heads of state follow their own ministers. Is that rude?
Geno Church who's daughter used Facebook and her cell phone to plan and actually run way from home. When it comes to monitoring how your children use social media, is it rude to set up software to monitor your child’s online behavior without disclosing it to them?
Using smart phones in social situations. In the world of search marketing, the term “black hat” refers to a search marketer who uses unethical practices to try and game search algorithms to come up first.
But what if those marketers come from other countries and cultures where unabashed capitalism is NOT necessarily frowned upon? Are they still unethical, or do we need to adjust our expectations of fairness? If you were denied a proper Cotillion or never had a chance to be presented at the debutante ball, it’s not too late for you. You can still learn how to act and behave politely from Philip Galanes () who writes the column in the New York...If you were denied a proper Cotillion or never had a chance to be presented at the debutante ball, it’s not too late for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You can still learn how to act and behave politely from Philip Galanes (@SocialQPhilip) who writes the Social Q’s column in the New York Times every Sunday in Style Section. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Q’s offers lighthearted advice about awkward social situations and is sure to prepare you to present yourself appropriately in social circles. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Philip's new book "Social Q's: How to Survive the Quirks, Quandaries and Quagmires of Today," which comes out November 1, 2011. How Philip's book is different from Dale Carnegie’s “Win Friends and Influence People” and Emily Post’s “Ettiquette” which were both recently revised for the digital age. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Are companies like Facebook and Netfilx being rude when they change their services? Snooping on your friend’s Facebook feed without leaving likes or comments, showing your humanity, chiming into the newsfeeds of younger Facebook friends <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Appropriateness of married men friending married women without friending their husband first. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mattheis Lufkens's Twitter Diplomacy at Le Web last year showing that not all heads of state follow their own ministers. Is that rude? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Geno Church who's daughter used Facebook and her cell phone to plan and actually run way from home. When it comes to monitoring how your children use social media, is it rude to set up software to monitor your child’s online behavior without disclosing it to them? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Using smart phones in social situations. In the world of search marketing, the term “black hat” refers to a search marketer who uses unethical practices to try and game search algorithms to come up first. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But what if those marketers come from other countries and cultures where unabashed capitalism is NOT necessarily frowned upon? Are they still unethical, or do we need to adjust our expectations of fairness? Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media in Berlinhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-in-germany/
Mon, 26 Sep 2011 03:46:48 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-germanyIn preparation for my second German-American Social Media Boot Camp in Berlin, I assembled an expert panel of digital communications professionals to discuss the state of social media in Germany, and the start-up scene in Berlin.
Germany has come a long way since Fredric Lardinois wrote on ReadWriteWeb that the country is still 5 years behind with lots to learn. But that may not be true for all companies.
Big organizations are hiring big agencies and jumping in feet first. But privacy concerns among small and medium sized businesses have stymied adoption.
In fact, Xing’s compliance with local privacy laws has allowed the service to lure more users in Germany, despite a veritable lack of features and some municipal officials are still scared to launch Facebook Pages.
Berlin’s start-up scene, including SoundCloud and Etsy, is creating jobs for the digitally literate, but the post industrial generation is still left out, because they lack the skills to compete in the digital communications marketplace and almost now formal trainings opportunities exist for them to learn these important new job skills.
Our Panelists:
Thomas Praus (@stylewalker), managing director of Panorama 3000, a member of Box Network Europe and an advisory board member for Social Media Week Berlin 2011 Oliver Gassner, (@oliverg) conversation evangelist and Blog Coach at carpe.com communicate GbR. Sebastian Vasta (@sebastianvasta), Australian expat, former digital strategist and community manager, most recently for @Optus.
This episode also includes a tribute to the great Liza Minnelli and her inimitable performance in the Oscar winning film Cabaret.
Photo by Stefan Widua on Unsplash In preparation for my second , which is scheduled for Oct. 10-11, 2011 in Berlin, I assembled an expert panel of digital communications professionals to discuss the state of social media in Germany, and the start-up scene in Berlin. ...In preparation for my second German-American Social Media Boot Camp in Berlin, I assembled an expert panel of digital communications professionals to discuss the state of social media in Germany, and the start-up scene in Berlin. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Germany has come a long way since Fredric Lardinois wrote on ReadWriteWeb that the country is still 5 years behind with lots to learn. But that may not be true for all companies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Big organizations are hiring big agencies and jumping in feet first. But privacy concerns among small and medium sized businesses have stymied adoption. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In fact, Xing’s compliance with local privacy laws has allowed the service to lure more users in Germany, despite a veritable lack of features and some municipal officials are still scared to launch Facebook Pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Berlin’s start-up scene, including SoundCloud and Etsy, is creating jobs for the digitally literate, but the post industrial generation is still left out, because they lack the skills to compete in the digital communications marketplace and almost now formal trainings opportunities exist for them to learn these important new job skills. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Our Panelists: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Thomas Praus (@stylewalker), managing director of Panorama 3000, a member of Box Network Europe and an advisory board member for Social Media Week Berlin 2011 Oliver Gassner, (@oliverg) conversation evangelist and Blog Coach at carpe.com communicate GbR. Sebastian Vasta (@sebastianvasta), Australian expat, former digital strategist and community manager, most recently for @Optus. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This episode also includes a tribute to the great Liza Minnelli and her inimitable performance in the Oscar winning film Cabaret. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Stefan Widua on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Pick the Best WordPress Designerhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-pick-the-best-wordpress-designer/
Mon, 19 Sep 2011 11:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/best-wordpress-designersHow do you find and retain the best WordPress Designers? WordPress, web software built by hundreds of community volunteers, to create websites and blogs, currently powers 14.7% of the top million websites in the world, up from just 8.5% last year, and the latest data shows that 22 out of every 100 new active domains in the US are running WordPress.
WordPress has over 15,000 plug-ins and has seen 200 million plug-in downloads. In the fastest upgrade in the platform’s history, WordPress 3.2, the latest version, had 500,000 downloads in the first two days according to a talk Matt Mullenweg, the original developer of WordPress, gave in August.
WordPress is easy to learn and easy to use, and has given rise to an exploding community of website designers and website developers who use the platform to build new sites for themselves and for their clients. But because this community of specialists is still so new, and because, at least based on my own analysis, demand for competency, professionalism and quality appears to outstrip supply, finding the best WordPress designers requires a working knowledge of the platform, the people and its pieces to hire to identify and retain the right specialists to get you up and running.
Voce Communications, which was purchased by Porter Novelli earlier this year, and which counts Matthew Podboy and Mike Manuel as key team members, has grown it’s business over the last few years and expanded its operation with the inclusion of web development as part of its portfolio of services, and most of the sites the build run on WordPress.
Voce Communications employs a full time team of WordPress experts and with us today to talk about hiring the best WordPress designer from Voce Communications WordPress Designer Jeremy Harrington (pictured right) and WordPress Developer Chris Scott, who have built dozens of high-profile WordPress sites for the agency’s clients, and they’re going to tell us everything we need to know to find and retain the best WordPress website designers.
Wordpress Topics Discussed:
Advantages of WordPress over Joomla and Drupal and the extensive documentation on the framework that exists.Wordpress.org versus Wordpress.com hosted sites: What are the advantages and drawbacks of either option, and how do you decide which one is right for you?The difference between Wordpress designers and Wordpress developers, who does what and who do you need first?How to hire the best WordPress Designers and the right questions to ask to identify the best WordPress Designers. One place to look for good WordPress Designers is https://codepoet.com/How to you hire the best WordPress Developers and the right questions to ask to identify the best WordPress Developers.Have they contributed any patches to the WordPress core code?Have the built and released any Themes?Have they developed any Plug-Ins?What’s their WordPress.org user name and what does their profile look like?Have they answered any support questions in the forums on WordPress.orgDo they have any code samples they can share?Ask specifics about what their hand was in the sites in their portfolio.WordPress Themes, Premium WordPress Themes and WordPress Frameworks.Finding the best WordPress themes by using the theme directory at: https://wordpress.org/extend/themes/ Pay special attention to the featured themes on the main page, and the themes by popularity in the right-hand column.How to upgrade a WordPress website and how to safely back-up a WordPress site prior to updating a site with https://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/backwpup/The advantages of premium themes like Genesis and Thesis.WordPress Designers who focus on specific WordPress theme: Is it a better idea to go with a designer who works with a bunch of different themes, or are there advantages to hiring someone who specializes in one WordPress Theme?The best WordPress Plug-Ins, how to pick them, where to find them (https://wordpress.How do you find and retain the ? WordPress, web software built by hundreds of community volunteers, to create websites and blogs, currently powers 14.7% of the top million websites in the world, up from just 8.5% last year, and the latest...How do you find and retain the best WordPress Designers? WordPress, web software built by hundreds of community volunteers, to create websites and blogs, currently powers 14.7% of the top million websites in the world, up from just 8.5% last year, and the latest data shows that 22 out of every 100 new active domains in the US are running WordPress. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
WordPress has over 15,000 plug-ins and has seen 200 million plug-in downloads. In the fastest upgrade in the platform’s history, WordPress 3.2, the latest version, had 500,000 downloads in the first two days according to a talk Matt Mullenweg, the original developer of WordPress, gave in August. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
WordPress is easy to learn and easy to use, and has given rise to an exploding community of website designers and website developers who use the platform to build new sites for themselves and for their clients. But because this community of specialists is still so new, and because, at least based on my own analysis, demand for competency, professionalism and quality appears to outstrip supply, finding the best WordPress designers requires a working knowledge of the platform, the people and its pieces to hire to identify and retain the right specialists to get you up and running. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Voce Communications, which was purchased by Porter Novelli earlier this year, and which counts Matthew Podboy and Mike Manuel as key team members, has grown it’s business over the last few years and expanded its operation with the inclusion of web development as part of its portfolio of services, and most of the sites the build run on WordPress. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Voce Communications employs a full time team of WordPress experts and with us today to talk about hiring the best WordPress designer from Voce Communications WordPress Designer Jeremy Harrington (pictured right) and WordPress Developer Chris Scott, who have built dozens of high-profile WordPress sites for the agency’s clients, and they’re going to tell us everything we need to know to find and retain the best WordPress website designers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Wordpress Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Advantages of WordPress over Joomla and Drupal and the extensive documentation on the framework that exists.Wordpress.org versus Wordpress.com hosted sites: What are the advantages and drawbacks of either option, and how do you decide which one is right for you?The difference between Wordpress designers and Wordpress developers, who does what and who do you need first?How to hire the best WordPress Designers and the right questions to ask to identify the best WordPress Designers. One place to look for good WordPress Designers is https://codepoet.com/How to you hire the best WordPress Developers and the right questions to ask to identify the best WordPress Developers.Have they contributed any patches to the WordPress core code?Have the built and released any Themes?Have they developed any Plug-Ins?What’s their WordPress.org user name and what does their profile look like?Have they answered any support questions in the forums on WordPress.orgDo they have any code samples they can share?Ask specifics about what their hand was in the sites in their portfolio.WordPress Themes, Premium WordPress Themes and WordPress Frameworks.Finding the best WordPress themes by using the theme directory at: https://wordpress.org/extend/themes/ Pay special attention to the featured themes on the main page, and the themes by popularity in the right-hand column.How to upgrade a WordPress website and how to safely back-up a WordPress site prior to updating a site with https://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/backwpup/The advantages of premium themes like Genesis and Thesis.WordPress Designers who focus on specific WordPress theme: Is it a better idea to go with a designer who works with a bunch of different themes, or are there advantages to hiring someone who specialize...Eric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Create Online Training Courseshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-create-online-training-courses/
Mon, 12 Sep 2011 11:40:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/design-online-training-coursesWhat is the future of elearning? How do you design online training courses? How do you keep people interested? And how, if at all, will gamification and the social web change the way we learn?
Keeping up to date with the latest changes to software and web services we use for work has become a huge challenge. And learning to use new software and online services requires a significant investment of time and energy.
Sure, there are plenty of options for coming up to speed. You can search Google for example, but you’re on your own to vet the results. Or you can attend a workshop or seminar, but it’s expensive, you usually have to travel, and they teach to center of the class, which is either too slow or too fast for beginners or advanced users.
Online training provider Lynda.com had a library of 53,000 on-demand, online video tutorials which it makes available on a subscription basis. And 95% percent of those videos are produced in house.
In this episode, Michael Ninness, Vice President of Content at lynda.com provides an overview of how to design an online training course and the state and future of online training. Topics Discussed:
How lynda.com grew based on customer demand.What makes a great online learning course.Formal versus informal presentation styles.What type of Internet training do tomorrow’s professionals want?Lynda.com’s online social media training courses on Facebook, Twitter and Linkedin.The episode of the Xyleme podcast, in which George Siemens argued that the future of online learning is not necessarily instructor led, on demand training, but rather, a more chaotic, participant organized environments. Delivering compelling elearning to mobile devices.Globalization and technology have increased productivity, largely at the expense of workers. How can online training improve efficiencies.Are activity streams and social networks a better way to locate information than directories and catalogs?Is gamification the key to keeping people interested? What is the future of elearning? How do you ? How do you keep people interested? And how, if at all, will gamification and the social web change the way we learn? Keeping up to date with the latest changes to software and web...What is the future of elearning? How do you design online training courses? How do you keep people interested? And how, if at all, will gamification and the social web change the way we learn? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Keeping up to date with the latest changes to software and web services we use for work has become a huge challenge. And learning to use new software and online services requires a significant investment of time and energy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sure, there are plenty of options for coming up to speed. You can search Google for example, but you’re on your own to vet the results. Or you can attend a workshop or seminar, but it’s expensive, you usually have to travel, and they teach to center of the class, which is either too slow or too fast for beginners or advanced users. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Online training provider Lynda.com had a library of 53,000 on-demand, online video tutorials which it makes available on a subscription basis. And 95% percent of those videos are produced in house. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Michael Ninness, Vice President of Content at lynda.com provides an overview of how to design an online training course and the state and future of online training. Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How lynda.com grew based on customer demand.What makes a great online learning course.Formal versus informal presentation styles.What type of Internet training do tomorrow’s professionals want?Lynda.com’s online social media training courses on Facebook, Twitter and Linkedin.The episode of the Xyleme podcast, in which George Siemens argued that the future of online learning is not necessarily instructor led, on demand training, but rather, a more chaotic, participant organized environments. Delivering compelling elearning to mobile devices.Globalization and technology have increased productivity, largely at the expense of workers. How can online training improve efficiencies.Are activity streams and social networks a better way to locate information than directories and catalogs?Is gamification the key to keeping people interested?Eric SchwartzmancleanBlogging Statistics Research from Technoratihttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/2011-blogging-stats-preview-from-technorati/
Mon, 29 Aug 2011 10:16:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/blogging-statsBlogging statistics, including counts on blog readership and blog traffic, were presented by Technorati CEO Shani Higgins at the PR Summit in San Francisco.
Much of the data she shared was a preview of the blogging stats to be included this fall in the Technorati State of the Blogosphere Report.
These blogger statistics revealed provide critical insight into best practices for pitching stories ideas to blogs.
Business Blogging Statistics
71% of bloggers only write about brands they think are reputableMommy bloggers get 500 pitches a dayOnly 20% of bloggers like the pitches they get
Blog accuracy perception continues to rise, the credibility of mainstream news outlines continues to erode, mommy bloggers are the toughest to pitch, more brands are compensating bloggers and brands like Vogue, Samsung and Ebay are all more invested in blogger outreach programs than they were a year ago.
Professional bloggers are broken down into three groups:
Corporate BloggersPart-Timer BloggersSelf-Employed Professional Bloggers
For brand marketers, the most important earned media mentions come from Self-Employed Professional Bloggers, since they have more at stake.
Blog Usage Statistics
33% have worked within traditional media27% are still employed by traditional media3% blog for their traditional media employer65% say blogs are being taken more seriously
Â 8:16 Bloggers are heavy users of social media.
Statistics on How Blogger's use Social Media
87% of all bloggers use Facebook81% use Facebook to promote their blog64% use Facebook to interact with readers45% say Facebook drives more traffic to their blog than it did a year ago73% of hobbyists and 88% of professional bloggers still use TwitterMore than half of all bloggers link Twitter to their blog34% of bloggers say Twitter is a more effective traffic source than it was a year ago
10:19 Bloggers are Talking about Brands - Nearly half of non-corporate bloggers write about brands. One fourth of bloggers overall post products or brand reviews monthly and one fifth post weekly. 20% of corporate bloggers post daily about products and services. Â Brand Reputation Matters to Bloggers - Bloggers care deeply about brand reputation so brand acceptance is required if companies want bloggers to write about them.
Statistics on Brands that Blog
42% of bloggers say they blog about brands they love (or hate)34% say they never talk about products or brands on their blogsAmong respondents who say they do blog about brands, 51% they said they rarely review brands, services or products among companiesAmong respondents who say they do blog about brands, 48% say they post reviews weekly33% of hobbyist and more than 50% of the professional bloggers look at reputation when determining what to write about64% of bloggers say brand representatives treat them less professionally than they'd like
13:16 Mommy Bloggers talk about Brands More - Even though women only represent 5% of bloggers, they are the most coveted blogging segment by brands because they blog more about brands.
Mommy Bloggers Statistics
92% use Facebook to promote their blog75% use Twitter to promote their blog55% follow brands on social media sites like Facebook54% have been approached by a brandHalf say a brand's reputation influences their decision to write about it72% of mom bloggers are being taken more seriously than they were a year ago
15:44 Blog reliability and blog accuracy, as perceived by readers is on the rise.
Statistics on Blog Trustworthiness
46% trust traditional media less than they did 5 years ago35% believe blogs are taken more seriously19% believe blogs are written better than traditional media sources
17:35 Blog pitching success increases dramatically when you know how to identify the most influential bloggers who cover your topic. Understanding how to research and select bloggers, though is not discussed in this podcast,Â The latest , including counts on blog readership and blog traffic, were presented by Technorati CEO at the earlier this month.Â This podcast is an exclusive recording of her talk. Â Much of the data she shared was a preview of...Blogging statistics, including counts on blog readership and blog traffic, were presented by Technorati CEO Shani Higgins at the PR Summit in San Francisco.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Much of the data she shared was a preview of the blogging stats to be included this fall in the Technorati State of the Blogosphere Report. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These blogger statistics revealed provide critical insight into best practices for pitching stories ideas to blogs. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Business Blogging Statistics <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
71% of bloggers only write about brands they think are reputableMommy bloggers get 500 pitches a dayOnly 20% of bloggers like the pitches they get<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Blog accuracy perception continues to rise, the credibility of mainstream news outlines continues to erode, mommy bloggers are the toughest to pitch, more brands are compensating bloggers and brands like Vogue, Samsung and Ebay are all more invested in blogger outreach programs than they were a year ago. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Professional bloggers are broken down into three groups:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Corporate BloggersPart-Timer BloggersSelf-Employed Professional Bloggers<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
For brand marketers, the most important earned media mentions come from Self-Employed Professional Bloggers, since they have more at stake. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Blog Usage Statistics<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
33% have worked within traditional media27% are still employed by traditional media3% blog for their traditional media employer65% say blogs are being taken more seriously<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Â 8:16 Bloggers are heavy users of social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Statistics on How Blogger's use Social Media <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
87% of all bloggers use Facebook81% use Facebook to promote their blog64% use Facebook to interact with readers45% say Facebook drives more traffic to their blog than it did a year ago73% of hobbyists and 88% of professional bloggers still use TwitterMore than half of all bloggers link Twitter to their blog34% of bloggers say Twitter is a more effective traffic source than it was a year ago<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:19 Bloggers are Talking about Brands - Nearly half of non-corporate bloggers write about brands. One fourth of bloggers overall post products or brand reviews monthly and one fifth post weekly. 20% of corporate bloggers post daily about products and services. Â Brand Reputation Matters to Bloggers - Bloggers care deeply about brand reputation so brand acceptance is required if companies want bloggers to write about them. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Statistics on Brands that Blog<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
42% of bloggers say they blog about brands they love (or hate)34% say they never talk about products or brands on their blogsAmong respondents who say they do blog about brands, 51% they said they rarely review brands, services or products among companiesAmong respondents who say they do blog about brands, 48% say they post reviews weekly33% of hobbyist and more than 50% of the professional bloggers look at reputation when determining what to write about64% of bloggers say brand representatives treat them less professionally than they'd like<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:16 Mommy Bloggers talk about Brands More - Even though women only represent 5% of bloggers, they are the most coveted blogging segment by brands because they blog more about brands. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mommy Bloggers Statistics<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
92% use Facebook to promote their blog75% use Twitter to promote their blog55% follow brands on social media sites like Facebook54% have been approached by a brandHalf say a brand's reputation influences their decision to write about it72% of mom bloggers are being taken more seriously than they were a year ago<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:44 Blog reliability and blog accuracy,Eric Schwartzman42:19Inside the Personal Spaceflight Industry with Peter Diamandishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/life-on-mars/
Mon, 22 Aug 2011 20:31:38 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/life-on-marsLife on Mars, space colonies and inspiring innovation with Peter H. Diamandis (@peterdiamandis) Chairman and CEO, X PRIZE Foundation, a key figure in the development of the personal spaceflight industry.
Peter has created many space-related businesses and organizations, including the X PRIZE Foundation, an educational nonprofit prize institute whose mission is “to create radical breakthroughs for the benefit of humanity.”
The foundation, which presents a $10 million award to the first team to achieve its current goal, is best known for the Ansari X Prize, a competition to launch a reusable, manned spacecraft into space twice within two weeks. This was the first private-sector manned spaceflight.
Citing anecdotes from X PRIZE competitions in exploration, life sciences, energy, environment, education, and global development, Diamandis shares stories of innovations that are changing the way we think, work, and educate future generations.
He promotes intelligent risk-taking, maverick thinking, and environments where failure is allowed and celebrated. Diamandis reveals how organizations can incentivize breakthroughs for new products and strategies and reinvent their industries.
His presentations address technology and how to spur innovation. A Passion and Business Savvy for Spaceflight. Diamandis is an international leader in the commercial space arena, having founded and run many of its leading entrepreneurial companies.
Among many other ventures, he is the co-founder and managing director of Space Adventures, a space-tourism company, the co-founder and CEO of Zero Gravity Corporation, a commercial space company which offers weightless flights to the public, and the chairman & co-founder of the Rocket Racing League.
Diamandis co-founded the Singularity University, an academic institution who aims to foster thoughts leaders who will work on humanity’s largest challenges.
Diamandis also co-founded the International Space University (ISU) where he served as the University’s first managing director. Prior to ISU, Diamandis served as chairman of Students for the Exploration and Development of Space (SEDS), an organization he founded at MIT in 1980.
SEDS is currently the world’s largest college and high school-based student pro-space organization He is the winner of the 2007 Arthur C. Clarke Award for Innovation, the 2006 (inaugural) Heinlein Award, the 2006 Lindbergh Award, the 2006 Wired RAVE Award, the 2006 Neil Armstrong Award for Aerospace Achievement and Leadership, the Konstantine Tsiolkovsky Award, twice the winner of the Aviation & Space Technology Laurel, and the 2003 World Technology Award for Space.
Peter Diamandis attended the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) where he received his undergraduate degree in molecular genetics and graduate degree in aerospace engineering. Life on Mars, space colonies and inspiring innovation with Peter H. Diamandis () Chairman and CEO, , a key figure in the development of the personal spaceflight industry. Peter has created many space-related businesses and organizations,...Life on Mars, space colonies and inspiring innovation with Peter H. Diamandis (@peterdiamandis) Chairman and CEO, X PRIZE Foundation, a key figure in the development of the personal spaceflight industry.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Peter has created many space-related businesses and organizations, including the X PRIZE Foundation, an educational nonprofit prize institute whose mission is “to create radical breakthroughs for the benefit of humanity.”<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The foundation, which presents a $10 million award to the first team to achieve its current goal, is best known for the Ansari X Prize, a competition to launch a reusable, manned spacecraft into space twice within two weeks. This was the first private-sector manned spaceflight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Citing anecdotes from X PRIZE competitions in exploration, life sciences, energy, environment, education, and global development, Diamandis shares stories of innovations that are changing the way we think, work, and educate future generations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He promotes intelligent risk-taking, maverick thinking, and environments where failure is allowed and celebrated. Diamandis reveals how organizations can incentivize breakthroughs for new products and strategies and reinvent their industries.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
His presentations address technology and how to spur innovation. A Passion and Business Savvy for Spaceflight. Diamandis is an international leader in the commercial space arena, having founded and run many of its leading entrepreneurial companies.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Among many other ventures, he is the co-founder and managing director of Space Adventures, a space-tourism company, the co-founder and CEO of Zero Gravity Corporation, a commercial space company which offers weightless flights to the public, and the chairman & co-founder of the Rocket Racing League.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Diamandis co-founded the Singularity University, an academic institution who aims to foster thoughts leaders who will work on humanity’s largest challenges.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Diamandis also co-founded the International Space University (ISU) where he served as the University’s first managing director. Prior to ISU, Diamandis served as chairman of Students for the Exploration and Development of Space (SEDS), an organization he founded at MIT in 1980.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SEDS is currently the world’s largest college and high school-based student pro-space organization He is the winner of the 2007 Arthur C. Clarke Award for Innovation, the 2006 (inaugural) Heinlein Award, the 2006 Lindbergh Award, the 2006 Wired RAVE Award, the 2006 Neil Armstrong Award for Aerospace Achievement and Leadership, the Konstantine Tsiolkovsky Award, twice the winner of the Aviation & Space Technology Laurel, and the 2003 World Technology Award for Space. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Peter Diamandis attended the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) where he received his undergraduate degree in molecular genetics and graduate degree in aerospace engineering.Eric SchwartzmancleanThe Science of Increasing Your Online Influencer Scorehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-increase-your-klout-score/
Mon, 15 Aug 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/klout-scoreWhat’s your online influencer score?
In this episode, you’ll find out why your influencer score matters and what you can do to increase it.
Klout was one of the first company's to use social signals to improve upon Google’s Page Rank algorithm as a way of measuring influence.
Klout’s API had 2 billion calls last month and is working with over 3,000 partners and brands.
The service began by attempting to measure the influence of users on Twitter, and has evolved to include activity on Foursquare, and last week added Blogger, Tumblr, Flickr, Instagram and Last.fm.
Our guest Megan Berry (@meganberry), marketing manager at Klout, Blogger, social media junkie and Stanford grad, talks about how your online influencer score is surmised.
She also shares tips on how to increase your online influencer score and why it’s in your best interest to have the highest Klout score you can.
Megan had a Klout score of 71, which put her ahead of previous guests of this podcast.
Kara Swisher, the co-editor of All Things D (https://klout.com/karaswisher) at 70, Natalie Petuhoff (https://klout.com/drnatalie) had a 54 and yours truly hasd a 56.
Online Influencer Scoring Topics Discussed:
How Klout establishes online influenceThe Klout Perks programOvercoming the shortcomings of semantic analysisMeasuring popularity vs. influenceKlout’s value proposition to marketers and individualsMeasuring individuals vs. measuring mediaEthics of establishing influence based on ReTweets+K feature which allows you to give influence to others
Photo by Athena Kavis on UnsplashWhat’s your Klout score? How do you ? And who has the highest Klout score for the topics you’re interested in? In this episode, you’ll find out why your Klout score matters and what you can do to increase your Klout score. Klout is the company...What’s your online influencer score?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, you’ll find out why your influencer score matters and what you can do to increase it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Klout was one of the first company's to use social signals to improve upon Google’s Page Rank algorithm as a way of measuring influence. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Klout’s API had 2 billion calls last month and is working with over 3,000 partners and brands. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The service began by attempting to measure the influence of users on Twitter, and has evolved to include activity on Foursquare, and last week added Blogger, Tumblr, Flickr, Instagram and Last.fm. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Our guest Megan Berry (@meganberry), marketing manager at Klout, Blogger, social media junkie and Stanford grad, talks about how your online influencer score is surmised. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She also shares tips on how to increase your online influencer score and why it’s in your best interest to have the highest Klout score you can. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Megan had a Klout score of 71, which put her ahead of previous guests of this podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Kara Swisher, the co-editor of All Things D (https://klout.com/karaswisher) at 70, Natalie Petuhoff (https://klout.com/drnatalie) had a 54 and yours truly hasd a 56. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Online Influencer Scoring Topics Discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How Klout establishes online influenceThe Klout Perks programOvercoming the shortcomings of semantic analysisMeasuring popularity vs. influenceKlout’s value proposition to marketers and individualsMeasuring individuals vs. measuring mediaEthics of establishing influence based on ReTweets+K feature which allows you to give influence to others<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Athena Kavis on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanKara Swisher on Murdoch, Huffington and Poguehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/kara-swisher-on-murdoch-huffington-and-pogue/
Mon, 08 Aug 2011 16:28:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/cathy-brooks-kara-swisherIf you’re interested in tech news, you’re going to find this very interesting.
If you’re a media relations professional who works in tech, you’ve just hit the mother lode.
In this podcast, Cathy Brooks (@cathybrooks), who currently handles marketing for Draper Fisher Jurvetson backed Israeli mobile search app provider DoAT interviews All Things D co-editor Kara Swisher (@karaswisher) about her tech blog’s personality, the hamsterization of journalism, balancing accuracy against speed in the quest to be first and what makes All Things D different from other tech news outlets.
Kara splits her responsibilities overseeing the coverage of All Things D with Walt Mossberg.
Kara also discusses:
The scandal at News Corp’s recently shuttered News of the WorldRupert Murdoch’s depth of knowledge over his business units and All Things D,Her plans to expand their coverage to include gadget, game and app news and reviews and add another industry conferenceArianna Huffington’s shill for higher standards in journalism while excluding AOL employee Michael Arrington from their corporate policy that bloggers not invest in companies they cover New York Times consumer technology reporter David Pogue getting reprimanded for speaking at a PR conference, which I personally think was a hypocritical comment to make while discussing how to pitch All Things D at a PR conference. Pogue never “advised” PR professionals. Reporters speak at PR conferences all the time. I’ve moderated panels of reporters for the Public Relations Society of America and can’t see how any of those sessions compromised anyone’s journalistic integrity.
By enlightening PR people about how to pitch, journalists are improving the quality of the information that flows their way, and that’s a good thing. It means they’ll get better, more impartial content from companies.
Whether they’re compensated or not, reporters are under no obligation to provide coverage. Is an expert witness less credible because they’re compensated? What’s wrong with being paid to provide expert testimony?
This interview was recorded at the PR Summit in San Francisco on Wednesday, July 28, 2011.
I keynoted the conference later in the day, after this interview concluded.
The PR Summit Conference SF was produced by Shaun Sanders of Berkeley-based Grafitti PR.
While this interview was in no way offensive, lewd or obscene, there was some profanity used so please be advised.If you’re interested in the ins and outs of the media business, you’re going to find this very interesting. And if you’re a media relations professional, you’ve just hit the mother lode. In this podcast, (), who currently handles...If you’re interested in tech news, you’re going to find this very interesting. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you’re a media relations professional who works in tech, you’ve just hit the mother lode.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast, Cathy Brooks (@cathybrooks), who currently handles marketing for Draper Fisher Jurvetson backed Israeli mobile search app provider DoAT interviews All Things D co-editor Kara Swisher (@karaswisher) about her tech blog’s personality, the hamsterization of journalism, balancing accuracy against speed in the quest to be first and what makes All Things D different from other tech news outlets. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Kara splits her responsibilities overseeing the coverage of All Things D with Walt Mossberg. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Kara also discusses: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The scandal at News Corp’s recently shuttered News of the WorldRupert Murdoch’s depth of knowledge over his business units and All Things D,Her plans to expand their coverage to include gadget, game and app news and reviews and add another industry conferenceArianna Huffington’s shill for higher standards in journalism while excluding AOL employee Michael Arrington from their corporate policy that bloggers not invest in companies they cover New York Times consumer technology reporter David Pogue getting reprimanded for speaking at a PR conference, which I personally think was a hypocritical comment to make while discussing how to pitch All Things D at a PR conference. Pogue never “advised” PR professionals. Reporters speak at PR conferences all the time. I’ve moderated panels of reporters for the Public Relations Society of America and can’t see how any of those sessions compromised anyone’s journalistic integrity. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
By enlightening PR people about how to pitch, journalists are improving the quality of the information that flows their way, and that’s a good thing. It means they’ll get better, more impartial content from companies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Whether they’re compensated or not, reporters are under no obligation to provide coverage. Is an expert witness less credible because they’re compensated? What’s wrong with being paid to provide expert testimony? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This interview was recorded at the PR Summit in San Francisco on Wednesday, July 28, 2011. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I keynoted the conference later in the day, after this interview concluded. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The PR Summit Conference SF was produced by Shaun Sanders of Berkeley-based Grafitti PR. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
While this interview was in no way offensive, lewd or obscene, there was some profanity used so please be advised.Eric SchwartzmancleanHands On Social Media Training in Londonhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/hands-on-social-media-training-in-london/
Fri, 05 Aug 2011 00:24:01 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1437
I spoke with Neville Hobson about the specifics of my upcoming Hands-On Social Media Training in London on Sept. 8-9, 2011 presented by Social Media Today. You can have a listen at:
If you're interested in attending, you can sign up here. Reduced pricing ends Tuesday, August 9, 2011. Hope to meet you there!
You should follow me on Twitter and send a question if you've got one by clicking here. - I spoke with Neville Hobson about the specifics of my upcoming Hands-On Social Media Training in London on Sept. 8-9, 2011 presented by Social Media Today. You can have a listen at: - If you're interested in attending, you can sign up here. <br />
<br />
I spoke with Neville Hobson about the specifics of my upcoming Hands-On Social Media Training in London on Sept. 8-9, 2011 presented by Social Media Today. You can have a listen at:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you're interested in attending, you can sign up here. Reduced pricing ends Tuesday, August 9, 2011. Hope to meet you there!<br />
<br />
You should follow me on Twitter and send a question if you've got one by clicking here.Eric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Master Social Media Engagement with Chris Broganhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-share-social-media-with-chris-brogan/
Mon, 01 Aug 2011 12:42:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/how-to-share-social-mediaHow to master social media engagement is a question asked widely by businesses and consumers.
Does your corporation or business know how market on Facebook or how to tweet and how to retweet compelling shares?
Are you writing the best Facebook wall posts?
Do you know how to use Twitter for business?
Do you find yourself asking the question why use new tools when you’re still getting the hang of Facebook and Twitter? And how on earth do you please managers and clients who want to control the message and earn the trust of the online community at the same time?
Chris Brogan (@chrisbrogan), best-selling author and renowned blogger, discusses how to share new media content from a business perspective, the benefits of Google+, and his experience as a thought leader in the rapidly changing world of social media.
With social media on the top of business minds everywhere, many are confused by how to share engagingly.
Chris discusses why public relations professionals need to show their bosses that it’s better to be authentic and why the best Facebook wall posts could be those that reference your competitor instead of yourself.
How to share social media is becoming even more prominent in our lives and it’s time for people and businesses to start embracing and engaging with others, says Chris.
With new social networking channels arising, people find themselves asking questions like, why use Google+ when I already have Twitter and Facebook accounts? This podcast skims the surface of that question, and goes deeper into the concept of how to share social media content.
Chris Brogan is President of Human Business Works; Co-Founder of PodCamp; New York Time’s Best-Selling author of Trust Agents and is this year’s keynote presenter at the PRSA 2011 International Conference in Orlando this October.
Mastering Social Media Engagement:
2:11 Trust agents are the voices or faces of businesses, but they aren’t at the CEO level, Brogan explains and shares an example of how this is happening at Google. The trust agent knows how to share twitter messages and posts and stays engaged on social networking sites. A lot of companies are using the social networking websites for business networking and to help humanize their brands.
4:21 We have to learn we’re never right all of the time online and must show our managers and clients that one of the parts of how to share social media content correctly is using the Three A’s: Acknowledge, Apologize and Act. In PR, professionals are sometimes compelled by managers to try and spin a silver lining around even the worst news, but that isn’t working anymore. On online social networks like Linkedin, Facebook, Twiiter and now G+, people talk whether you like it or not, says Brogan.
6:04 How to share social media as an organization authentically, understanding what legally what you can and cannot be said, acknowledging without endorsing negative status updates, wall posts, tweets, RTs, comments, likes and shares.
7:02 When sharing via social media, is there a danger of being too available? It is important for PR professionals to social media train their clients to tweet and share on Facebook effectively? Some people are avoiding their “handlers” and taking care of it themselves, like Kanye West who demonstrated how to share Twitter posts that reflect you in a better light.
8:00 The role of a PR professional is to educate clients or managers on how to handle things themselves by giving them social media training. There is a risk of people or companies being overexposed and it’s important to be able to explain the pluses and minuses to the client or manager and be able to handle the situation if that does happen.
8:50 What makes the best Facebook wall post? Joe Ciarallo (@joeciarallo) of Buddy Media discussed a study his company did on what makes an effective wall post and found that promotional language is usually the kiss of death. How to share social media is a question asked widely by businesses and consumers. Does your corporation or business know how market on Facebook or how to tweet and how to retweet compelling shares? Are you writing the ? Do you know how...How to master social media engagement is a question asked widely by businesses and consumers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Does your corporation or business know how market on Facebook or how to tweet and how to retweet compelling shares? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Are you writing the best Facebook wall posts? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Do you know how to use Twitter for business? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Do you find yourself asking the question why use new tools when you’re still getting the hang of Facebook and Twitter? And how on earth do you please managers and clients who want to control the message and earn the trust of the online community at the same time? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chris Brogan (@chrisbrogan), best-selling author and renowned blogger, discusses how to share new media content from a business perspective, the benefits of Google+, and his experience as a thought leader in the rapidly changing world of social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With social media on the top of business minds everywhere, many are confused by how to share engagingly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chris discusses why public relations professionals need to show their bosses that it’s better to be authentic and why the best Facebook wall posts could be those that reference your competitor instead of yourself. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How to share social media is becoming even more prominent in our lives and it’s time for people and businesses to start embracing and engaging with others, says Chris. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With new social networking channels arising, people find themselves asking questions like, why use Google+ when I already have Twitter and Facebook accounts? This podcast skims the surface of that question, and goes deeper into the concept of how to share social media content. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chris Brogan is President of Human Business Works; Co-Founder of PodCamp; New York Time’s Best-Selling author of Trust Agents and is this year’s keynote presenter at the PRSA 2011 International Conference in Orlando this October. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mastering Social Media Engagement: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:11 Trust agents are the voices or faces of businesses, but they aren’t at the CEO level, Brogan explains and shares an example of how this is happening at Google. The trust agent knows how to share twitter messages and posts and stays engaged on social networking sites. A lot of companies are using the social networking websites for business networking and to help humanize their brands. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:21 We have to learn we’re never right all of the time online and must show our managers and clients that one of the parts of how to share social media content correctly is using the Three A’s: Acknowledge, Apologize and Act. In PR, professionals are sometimes compelled by managers to try and spin a silver lining around even the worst news, but that isn’t working anymore. On online social networks like Linkedin, Facebook, Twiiter and now G+, people talk whether you like it or not, says Brogan. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:04 How to share social media as an organization authentically, understanding what legally what you can and cannot be said, acknowledging without endorsing negative status updates, wall posts, tweets, RTs, comments, likes and shares. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
7:02 When sharing via social media, is there a danger of being too available? It is important for PR professionals to social media train their clients to tweet and share on Facebook effectively? Some people are avoiding their “handlers” and taking care of it themselves, like Kanye West who demonstrated how to share Twitter posts that reflect you in a better light. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
8:00 The role of a PR professional is to educate clients or managers on how to handle things themselves by giving them social media training. There is a risk of people or companies being overexposed and it...Eric SchwartzmancleanHow Black Hat SEOs Game Google Searchhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/is-google-broken/
Mon, 25 Jul 2011 12:58:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/local-searchAre black hat SEO specialists getting better at outsmarting Google? And is Google Local Search particularly susceptible to gaming?
Earlier this year, JC Penny and Overstock.com had to be manually demoted by Google because they were paying for inbound links to artificially inflate their rankings.
Last month a Chinese start-up that uses illicit SEO tactics to outrank a number of major consumer brands for keywords like “summer dresses” secured a $15 million dollar investment from Sequoia Capital.
And credit card provider Capital One piggy backs off an online car dealership’s display ad widget to rank number one for the phrase “auto loans.” Most recently, lead gen companies have gotten so good at gaming local search, it’s become exceedingly difficult, if not impossible for local locksmiths to get found by customers.
Instead, the lead gen companies, or affiliate marketers, intercept the leads and sell them to the highest bidder, driving up the cost of service. Online search expert Doug Pierce, available via LinkedIn, Twitter or email, who is the co-founder of Digital Due Diligence, which helps investors evaluate online business models, talks about the shady schemes of black hat SEOs, and whether or not they’ll ever gut Google search of its usefulness. Topics Discussed:
How national lead gen companies outranking local companies in Google Local Search.How lead gen sites use NAPs -- name, address and phone number -- to curry favor.Was including Local Search in its current state in Universal Search Results a bad idea?Inside the unseemly Chinese Internet web of inbound link purchasing networks.How to use ALT tags to give inbound links from JPEGs SEO relevancy.Did JC Penny know what it was doing, or was management digitally illiterate?What https://www.opensiteexplorer.org/ does that Yahoo! Site Explorer doesn’t.
Since this podcast was recorded, Google made significant changes to the Goolge Local search algorithm.
Photo by Julius Drost on Unsplash Are black hat SEO specialists getting better at outsmarting Google? And is Google Local Search particularly susceptible to gaming? Earlier this year, JC Penny and Overstock.com had to be because they were paying for inbound links to...Are black hat SEO specialists getting better at outsmarting Google? And is Google Local Search particularly susceptible to gaming? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Earlier this year, JC Penny and Overstock.com had to be manually demoted by Google because they were paying for inbound links to artificially inflate their rankings. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Last month a Chinese start-up that uses illicit SEO tactics to outrank a number of major consumer brands for keywords like “summer dresses” secured a $15 million dollar investment from Sequoia Capital. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And credit card provider Capital One piggy backs off an online car dealership’s display ad widget to rank number one for the phrase “auto loans.” Most recently, lead gen companies have gotten so good at gaming local search, it’s become exceedingly difficult, if not impossible for local locksmiths to get found by customers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Instead, the lead gen companies, or affiliate marketers, intercept the leads and sell them to the highest bidder, driving up the cost of service. Online search expert Doug Pierce, available via LinkedIn, Twitter or email, who is the co-founder of Digital Due Diligence, which helps investors evaluate online business models, talks about the shady schemes of black hat SEOs, and whether or not they’ll ever gut Google search of its usefulness. Topics Discussed: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How national lead gen companies outranking local companies in Google Local Search.How lead gen sites use NAPs -- name, address and phone number -- to curry favor.Was including Local Search in its current state in Universal Search Results a bad idea?Inside the unseemly Chinese Internet web of inbound link purchasing networks.How to use ALT tags to give inbound links from JPEGs SEO relevancy.Did JC Penny know what it was doing, or was management digitally illiterate?What https://www.opensiteexplorer.org/ does that Yahoo! Site Explorer doesn’t.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Since this podcast was recorded, Google made significant changes to the Goolge Local search algorithm. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Julius Drost on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanWhat Makes Facebook Posts Go Viralhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/best-facebook-wall-posts/
Mon, 11 Jul 2011 21:46:45 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/best-facebook-wall-postsWhy is it some Facebook wall posts get likes and comments, while others get none? When is the best time to post, how often should you post, are there certain words that generate a higher response rate?
What’s the science of procuring engagement on the world’s largest social network? In this episode, we explore what makes a great Facebook wall post?
The best shares aren’t random. There is a method behind the madness.
Listen to this podcast with Buddy Media director of communications Joe Ciarallo (@joeciarallo) and find out how to create effective Facebook wall posts based on a research study his company did on the shares of 200 name brands over a 2-week period.
Joe also talks about how to optimize your status updates for Facebook’s Edgerank so fans see it their newsfeed. Topics discussed:
Optimum Facebook post character lengthBenefits and drawbacks of URL shorteners and the problem with long URLsWords that appeared most in top “liked” and “commented” sharesWhich words appeared most frequently in ineffective engagement in FacebookThe impact of “likes”, “comments”, affinity and time on Facebook EdgerankingsWhy NOT to ask “why” in your Facebook wall postsPurchase intent and recommendation likelihood of Facebook Fans vs. Twitter FollowersWhat’s the ROI of a Facebook fan?Niche marketing, B2B marketing and brand building on FacebookShel Holtz’s recent interview of Brian Solis
Photo by Austin Distel on Unsplash Why is it some Facebook wall posts get likes and comments, while others get none? When is the best time to post, how often should you post, are there certain words that generate a higher response rate? What’s the science of...Why is it some Facebook wall posts get likes and comments, while others get none? When is the best time to post, how often should you post, are there certain words that generate a higher response rate? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What’s the science of procuring engagement on the world’s largest social network? In this episode, we explore what makes a great Facebook wall post? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The best shares aren’t random. There is a method behind the madness. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Listen to this podcast with Buddy Media director of communications Joe Ciarallo (@joeciarallo) and find out how to create effective Facebook wall posts based on a research study his company did on the shares of 200 name brands over a 2-week period. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Joe also talks about how to optimize your status updates for Facebook’s Edgerank so fans see it their newsfeed. Topics discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Optimum Facebook post character lengthBenefits and drawbacks of URL shorteners and the problem with long URLsWords that appeared most in top “liked” and “commented” sharesWhich words appeared most frequently in ineffective engagement in FacebookThe impact of “likes”, “comments”, affinity and time on Facebook EdgerankingsWhy NOT to ask “why” in your Facebook wall postsPurchase intent and recommendation likelihood of Facebook Fans vs. Twitter FollowersWhat’s the ROI of a Facebook fan?Niche marketing, B2B marketing and brand building on FacebookShel Holtz’s recent interview of Brian Solis<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Austin Distel on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Sell the ROI of Social Customer Servicehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-sell-the-roi-of-social-customer-service/
Sun, 10 Jul 2011 17:37:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-customer-serviceIs there a way to reduce call center costs while improving the quality of customer experience?
n this episode, former Forrester Analyst Natalie Petouhoff (@DrNatalie) discusses her ROI model for social customer service and the recent videos she produced for Salesforce.com on building the business case for integrating social into customer service.
Can social customer service protect brands against perceived and systemic product failures?
In markets dominated by companies that are too big to fail, do customer opinions matter?
Dr. Nat also discusses he method of calculating the ROI of social customer service interactions, the value of direct and indirect call deflection and why companies should align with their super users to lower their call center costs while improving customer experience quality.Â Is there a way to reduce call center costs while improving the quality of customer experience? Â In this episode, former Forrester Analyst () discusses her ROI model for social customer service and the recent videos she produced for...Is there a way to reduce call center costs while improving the quality of customer experience? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
n this episode, former Forrester Analyst Natalie Petouhoff (@DrNatalie) discusses her ROI model for social customer service and the recent videos she produced for Salesforce.com on building the business case for integrating social into customer service. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Can social customer service protect brands against perceived and systemic product failures? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In markets dominated by companies that are too big to fail, do customer opinions matter? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Dr. Nat also discusses he method of calculating the ROI of social customer service interactions, the value of direct and indirect call deflection and why companies should align with their super users to lower their call center costs while improving customer experience quality.Eric SchwartzmancleanGoogle Analytics Deep Dive with Justin Cutroni – Part 2https://www.ericschwartzman.com/google-analytics-deep-dive-with-justin-cutroni-part-2/
Mon, 20 Jun 2011 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/justin-cutroni-google-analytics2Google Analytics can show your ROI of your online and offline marketing efforts, as long as you know how to use it.
Welcome to the second half part of our two part series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni, Director, Education at Google
From paid search, to display advertising, to social media, to email, marketers are working in a variety of different channels.
In this episode, we discuss how to use your web analytics to get actionable business intelligence beyond just the last page visited before the conversion.
We also discuss segmenting direct traffic by geographic region to correlate offline marketing with web traffic.Analyzing conversions based on referring domains, filtering reports in real time using Advanced Segmentation to identify which segments are performing best.Using the “Visits with Conversions” and “Visits with Transactions” default Advanced Segments to see the effectiveness of your web content.Looking beyond last click attribution modeling with the Google Analytics v5 multi channel funnels, now in limited beta release, to see what combination of channels work best together and understand every touch point on the path to conversionCampaign tracking or link tracking to identify traffic from individual tweets and Facebook status updates.Justin’s appearance on “Beyond Web Analytics 44” podcast hosted by Adam Greco and Rudi Shumpert, the significance of the release of Google Analytics v5, custom dashboards and custom reports, event tracking on page interactions and advanced visualizations with word clouds.
That’s the direction he says web analytics is moving. Justin has written two books on web analytics:
Google Analytics published by O’Reilly, June 2010. This book is for the advanced GA user. It dives into many advanced topics, like custom variables, that Performance Marketing does not cover. This book is all about GA. Performance Marketing with Google Analytics, Wiley 2010. This book was written for those just getting started with web analytics and Google analytics. It’s for the beginner that needs to understand how to do a basic setup of GA and how to do basic analysis.And his firm Cardinal Path is certified by Google to teach a series of workshop in using Google Analytics called Seminars for Success.Google Analytics can show your ROI of your online and offline marketing efforts, as long as you know how to use it. Welcome to the second half part of our two part series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni. Don't miss of this series...Google Analytics can show your ROI of your online and offline marketing efforts, as long as you know how to use it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Welcome to the second half part of our two part series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni, Director, Education at Google <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
From paid search, to display advertising, to social media, to email, marketers are working in a variety of different channels. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, we discuss how to use your web analytics to get actionable business intelligence beyond just the last page visited before the conversion. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also discuss segmenting direct traffic by geographic region to correlate offline marketing with web traffic.Analyzing conversions based on referring domains, filtering reports in real time using Advanced Segmentation to identify which segments are performing best.Using the “Visits with Conversions” and “Visits with Transactions” default Advanced Segments to see the effectiveness of your web content.Looking beyond last click attribution modeling with the Google Analytics v5 multi channel funnels, now in limited beta release, to see what combination of channels work best together and understand every touch point on the path to conversionCampaign tracking or link tracking to identify traffic from individual tweets and Facebook status updates.Justin’s appearance on “Beyond Web Analytics 44” podcast hosted by Adam Greco and Rudi Shumpert, the significance of the release of Google Analytics v5, custom dashboards and custom reports, event tracking on page interactions and advanced visualizations with word clouds. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That’s the direction he says web analytics is moving. Justin has written two books on web analytics: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Google Analytics published by O’Reilly, June 2010. This book is for the advanced GA user. It dives into many advanced topics, like custom variables, that Performance Marketing does not cover. This book is all about GA. Performance Marketing with Google Analytics, Wiley 2010. This book was written for those just getting started with web analytics and Google analytics. It’s for the beginner that needs to understand how to do a basic setup of GA and how to do basic analysis.And his firm Cardinal Path is certified by Google to teach a series of workshop in using Google Analytics called Seminars for Success.Eric SchwartzmancleanHOW TO: Build a Mobile Apphttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-build-a-mobile-app/
Mon, 13 Jun 2011 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/mobile-apps-live-eventsWant to launch a custom mobile app to build excitement before and accelerate connections at your next event? Nervous about having to develop it from scratch?
If you've already read my blog post on HOW TO: Social Media Market B2B Events -- which gives a punch list of things you can do to promote real world B2B events in online social spheres -- this podcast is a deep-dive on designing and deploying mobile apps for use at live events.
In this podcast, new biz dev guy Pankaj Prasad (@therealpankaj) from DoubleDutch, which has built mobile apps for TED, Cisco Events and HP Events, shares best practices for creating branded mobile apps for live events. DoubleDutch has skinnable geolocation apps for mobile devices that bring the functionality of Facebook, Twitter and FourSquare in a closed community, to the mobile device.
The Double Dutch mobile app (pictured left) includes a portfolio of micro apps that can be branded and combined on the mobile desktop.
It can be used to provide event attendees with the ability to social network with other event attendees in an exclusive environment without spamming or alienating their Facebook friends or Twitter followers.
Mobile apps give event organizers a way to port their paper schedule or conference program to a mobile device so that attendees can search it by time of day, proximity, keyword or track and automatically add sessions to their iCal or Google Calendar.
The activity feed in the Double Dutch mobile app can segmented to meet the needs of a particular event, so people can network around different topics, and this is important because the company believes that people are more responsive to focused feeds than broad ones, which is why they typically check email, Facebook and Twitter in that order from their mobile devices.
The better an activity stream can give you social information from people from your community that are around you at that time, the more useful it is, which is why they built feed segmentation into their app.
The Double Dutch app provides event organizers will a web dashboard that they can use to publish and edit the information in the app on the fly.
Cisco uses DoubleDutch to power their Cisco Events app, which iPhone users can download and play with.
Photo by Neil Soni on UnsplashWant to launch a custom mobile app to build excitement before and accelerate connections at your next event? Nervous about having to develop it from scratch? If you've already read my blog post on -- which gives a punch list of...Want to launch a custom mobile app to build excitement before and accelerate connections at your next event? Nervous about having to develop it from scratch? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you've already read my blog post on HOW TO: Social Media Market B2B Events -- which gives a punch list of things you can do to promote real world B2B events in online social spheres -- this podcast is a deep-dive on designing and deploying mobile apps for use at live events. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast, new biz dev guy Pankaj Prasad (@therealpankaj) from DoubleDutch, which has built mobile apps for TED, Cisco Events and HP Events, shares best practices for creating branded mobile apps for live events. DoubleDutch has skinnable geolocation apps for mobile devices that bring the functionality of Facebook, Twitter and FourSquare in a closed community, to the mobile device. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Double Dutch mobile app (pictured left) includes a portfolio of micro apps that can be branded and combined on the mobile desktop. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It can be used to provide event attendees with the ability to social network with other event attendees in an exclusive environment without spamming or alienating their Facebook friends or Twitter followers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mobile apps give event organizers a way to port their paper schedule or conference program to a mobile device so that attendees can search it by time of day, proximity, keyword or track and automatically add sessions to their iCal or Google Calendar. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The activity feed in the Double Dutch mobile app can segmented to meet the needs of a particular event, so people can network around different topics, and this is important because the company believes that people are more responsive to focused feeds than broad ones, which is why they typically check email, Facebook and Twitter in that order from their mobile devices. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The better an activity stream can give you social information from people from your community that are around you at that time, the more useful it is, which is why they built feed segmentation into their app. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Double Dutch app provides event organizers will a web dashboard that they can use to publish and edit the information in the app on the fly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Cisco uses DoubleDutch to power their Cisco Events app, which iPhone users can download and play with. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Neil Soni on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanGoogle Analytics Deep Dive with Justin Cutroni – Part 1https://www.ericschwartzman.com/google-analytics-deep-dive-with-justin-cutroni-part-1/
Sun, 05 Jun 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/justin-cutroni-google-analyticsGoogle Analytics can give you real business insight into the effectiveness of marketing efforts, if you know what you’re looking for.
Welcome to our podcast series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni (@JustinCutroni), Director of Education at Google.
In part one of our two part series, Justin talks about his favorite reports for measuring business outcomes (All Traffic Sources).AdWords Campaigns and (Funnel Visualization reports)Digging deeper with Advanced SegmentationDrawing strategic and tactical business insights from web analyticsUsing page views per visit, session length and return visits to measure the effectiveness on content marketing campaigns that are designed to inform rather than convert Frequency & Recency and Engagement reports under the “Behavior” tab
Justin prefers the term Digital Intelligence to web analytics, because he believes we need to focus on drawing actionable business intelligence from web data.
That’s the direction he says web analytics is moving. Justin has written two books on web analytics:
Google Analytics published by O’Rielly, June 2010. This book is for the advanced GA user. It dives into many advanced topics, like custom variables, that Performance Marketing does not cover. This book is all about GA. Performance Marketing with Google Analytics, Wiley 2010. This book was written for those just getting started with web analytics and Google analytics. It’s for the beginner that needs to understand how to do a basic setup of GA and how to do basic analysis.
Part Two of our series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni is now available too. Subscribe now and don’t miss it. Google Analytics can give you real business insight into the effectiveness of marketing efforts, if you know what you’re looking for. Welcome to our podcast series on Google Analytics with (). In part one of our two part...Google Analytics can give you real business insight into the effectiveness of marketing efforts, if you know what you’re looking for. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Welcome to our podcast series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni (@JustinCutroni), Director of Education at Google. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In part one of our two part series, Justin talks about his favorite reports for measuring business outcomes (All Traffic Sources).AdWords Campaigns and (Funnel Visualization reports)Digging deeper with Advanced SegmentationDrawing strategic and tactical business insights from web analyticsUsing page views per visit, session length and return visits to measure the effectiveness on content marketing campaigns that are designed to inform rather than convert Frequency & Recency and Engagement reports under the “Behavior” tab<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Justin prefers the term Digital Intelligence to web analytics, because he believes we need to focus on drawing actionable business intelligence from web data. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That’s the direction he says web analytics is moving. Justin has written two books on web analytics: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Google Analytics published by O’Rielly, June 2010. This book is for the advanced GA user. It dives into many advanced topics, like custom variables, that Performance Marketing does not cover. This book is all about GA. Performance Marketing with Google Analytics, Wiley 2010. This book was written for those just getting started with web analytics and Google analytics. It’s for the beginner that needs to understand how to do a basic setup of GA and how to do basic analysis.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Part Two of our series on Google Analytics with Justin Cutroni is now available too. Subscribe now and don’t miss it.Eric SchwartzmancleanOvercoming Digital Illiteracy at Workhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/overcoming-digital-illiteracy-at-work/
Wed, 01 Jun 2011 23:51:57 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/digital-illiteracyDespite the wide spread adoption of social media on a global basis, most companies today remain clueless about how digital technology is changing the way people communicate and share information.
How else do explain Burson-Marsteller's email smear campaign against Google for Facebook, a famous British soccer player's lawsuit against Twitter to unmask his anonymous critics, or JC Penny and Overstock.com's decision to employ black hat SEO tactics, resulting in their websites being manually demoted in the search rankings.
Chalk it up to digital illiteracy.
In this episode, PR professionals from Martin Waymire Advocacy Communications in Central Michigan discuss overcoming digital illiteracy in the workplace:
Roger Martin, APR, Partner (@advocateman)Andrea Ness, Director of graphic and new media services (@andrea_ness)Rose Tantraphol (“PH” is silent – TAN-tra-pole), Senior account executive (@rose101)
Most people go to a few social media conferences and learn just enough to be dangerous. But the fight against digital illiteracy will not be won through keynotes or panel sessions.
What's required is practical training and applied knowledge. This episode is about what it takes to build digital illiteracy in your company, with your managers and your clients as well.
Andrea and Rose are both alumni of my Social Media Boot Camp, a workshop that provides hands-on training to transfer applied knowledge for social marketing.
Photo by Carlos Deleon on Unsplash Despite the wide spread adoption of social media on a global basis, most companies today remain clueless about how digital technology is changing the way people communicate and share information. How else do explain Burson-Marsteller's...Despite the wide spread adoption of social media on a global basis, most companies today remain clueless about how digital technology is changing the way people communicate and share information. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How else do explain Burson-Marsteller's email smear campaign against Google for Facebook, a famous British soccer player's lawsuit against Twitter to unmask his anonymous critics, or JC Penny and Overstock.com's decision to employ black hat SEO tactics, resulting in their websites being manually demoted in the search rankings. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chalk it up to digital illiteracy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, PR professionals from Martin Waymire Advocacy Communications in Central Michigan discuss overcoming digital illiteracy in the workplace:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Roger Martin, APR, Partner (@advocateman)Andrea Ness, Director of graphic and new media services (@andrea_ness)Rose Tantraphol (“PH” is silent – TAN-tra-pole), Senior account executive (@rose101)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Most people go to a few social media conferences and learn just enough to be dangerous. But the fight against digital illiteracy will not be won through keynotes or panel sessions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What's required is practical training and applied knowledge. This episode is about what it takes to build digital illiteracy in your company, with your managers and your clients as well. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Andrea and Rose are both alumni of my Social Media Boot Camp, a workshop that provides hands-on training to transfer applied knowledge for social marketing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Carlos Deleon on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanWhen to Facebook, When to Tweethttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/when-to-facebook-when-to-tweet/
Tue, 24 May 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/when-to-facebook-when-to-tweetWhen’s the best time to Facebook? When’s the best time to tweet? If you're a marketer, it's something you've probably wondered more than once. Until now, there has been very little research conducted to answer that question.
In this podcast on the Science of Timing Facebook status updates tweets, social media scientist Dan Zarrella (@danzarrella) talks about his research on the best times to Facebook and tweet, using two-years of quantitative research as a guide.
Dan, author of The Social Media Marketing Book, studies social media behavior from a data-backed position enabling him to teach marketers scientifically grounded best practices. Dan's research covers when to tweet, when to Facebook, when to email and when to blog.
This podcast just covers when to Tweet and when to blog.
Originally, we had planned a second episode on when to email and when to blog, but the quality of the interview was unaudible and unfortunately, despite a few too many attempts, we were unable to get Dan to agree to rerecord part two.
I believe the audio problem stemmed from the fact that the recording was conducted via Skype Out to a VoIP landline in a room was extensive background noise.
The resulting audio was thin, with the level going in and out, so if you're a podcaster, one more thing to think about when you record interviews over the phone.
Avoid VoIP landlines. Cell phones are better.
Even after significant filtering attempts, part two of this podcast was unusable.
In fact, this episode was recorded under the same circumstances and the audio -- which was filtered as well -- is less than stellar as a result. Still, the information is valuable, and I hope you enjoy it.
Discussion Topics:
The Unicorns and Rainbow’s Myth.Best time of day and day of the week to tweet for retweet and click-throughsWhether or users with @replies get more retweets and click-throughsOptimal number of tweets per dayHow many self-promotional vs. selfless tweets per day is the right mixDan’s tool for when you get the most retweets: https://tweetwhen.comHow many Facebook status updates per day is too manyWhen Facebook status updates are most likely to get “liked”What days of the week, and what time of day are the best times to FacebookDo Facebook status updates with links, photos and videos attract more engagement
Photo by Malvestida Magazine on UnsplashWhen’s the best time to Facebook? When’s the best time to tweet? If you're a marketer, it's something you've probably wondered more than once. Until now, there has been very little research conducted to answer that question. In...When’s the best time to Facebook? When’s the best time to tweet? If you're a marketer, it's something you've probably wondered more than once. Until now, there has been very little research conducted to answer that question. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast on the Science of Timing Facebook status updates tweets, social media scientist Dan Zarrella (@danzarrella) talks about his research on the best times to Facebook and tweet, using two-years of quantitative research as a guide. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Dan, author of The Social Media Marketing Book, studies social media behavior from a data-backed position enabling him to teach marketers scientifically grounded best practices. Dan's research covers when to tweet, when to Facebook, when to email and when to blog. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This podcast just covers when to Tweet and when to blog. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Originally, we had planned a second episode on when to email and when to blog, but the quality of the interview was unaudible and unfortunately, despite a few too many attempts, we were unable to get Dan to agree to rerecord part two. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I believe the audio problem stemmed from the fact that the recording was conducted via Skype Out to a VoIP landline in a room was extensive background noise. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The resulting audio was thin, with the level going in and out, so if you're a podcaster, one more thing to think about when you record interviews over the phone. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Avoid VoIP landlines. Cell phones are better. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Even after significant filtering attempts, part two of this podcast was unusable. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In fact, this episode was recorded under the same circumstances and the audio -- which was filtered as well -- is less than stellar as a result. Still, the information is valuable, and I hope you enjoy it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Discussion Topics:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Unicorns and Rainbow’s Myth.Best time of day and day of the week to tweet for retweet and click-throughsWhether or users with @replies get more retweets and click-throughsOptimal number of tweets per dayHow many self-promotional vs. selfless tweets per day is the right mixDan’s tool for when you get the most retweets: https://tweetwhen.comHow many Facebook status updates per day is too manyWhen Facebook status updates are most likely to get “liked”What days of the week, and what time of day are the best times to FacebookDo Facebook status updates with links, photos and videos attract more engagement<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Malvestida Magazine on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanDigital Impact Conference Keynotehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-keynote/
Thu, 19 May 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/B2B-social-media-keynoteThis keynote featuring Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman was presented by the Society for New Communications Research at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York City.
With spending projected to grow at 21% a year through 2013, business-to-business social media communications is the place to be.
In this keynote, you'll hear how to model winning B2B social campaigns, convince skeptics of social marketing's value, map out a well-defined business strategy, choose metrics that matter, optimize your visibility to search engines and take advantage of the latest social search category.
Speakers: Paul Gillin, senior fellow, SNCR, and Eric Schwartzman, fellow, SNCR, are co-authors of the first book devoted exclusively to B2B social media, " Social Marketing to the Business Customer."
Gillin is author of "The New Influencers and Secrets of Social Media Marketing."This keynote featuring Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman was presented by the Society for New Communications Research at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York City. With spending projected to grow at 21% a year through 2013 is the place...This keynote featuring Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman was presented by the Society for New Communications Research at the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York City. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With spending projected to grow at 21% a year through 2013, business-to-business social media communications is the place to be. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this keynote, you'll hear how to model winning B2B social campaigns, convince skeptics of social marketing's value, map out a well-defined business strategy, choose metrics that matter, optimize your visibility to search engines and take advantage of the latest social search category.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Speakers: Paul Gillin, senior fellow, SNCR, and Eric Schwartzman, fellow, SNCR, are co-authors of the first book devoted exclusively to B2B social media, " Social Marketing to the Business Customer."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gillin is author of "The New Influencers and Secrets of Social Media Marketing."Eric SchwartzmancleanManaging Online Communities with Rachel Happehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/managing-online-communities-with-rachel-happe/
Tue, 17 May 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/managing-online-communitiesManaging online communities isn't always all it's cracked up to be. Sometimes, things go a little sideways.
That's just what happened to me. I have always been impressed with Rachel Happe's deep subject-matter expertise in the area of online community management.
She has invested a great deal of time and energy thinking about and helping others figure out how to actively manage online communities, even in some of the toughest, most delicate situations.
Having recently had some challenges of my own participating in a Linkedin Group set up by Kim Albee of Genoo and managed by her intern, I decided to share my situation with Rachel, get some guidance and see what I could learn. And learn I did. So will you, if you listen to this episode.
Not many organizations are brave enough to leverage communities to market themselves. Content marketing is still a safer, and easier to grasp approach.
But for the organizations that can pull it off, generating leads, building awareness and making a market -- particularly for considered purchases with longer sales cycles -- via social networks makes a lot of sense, because it’s a way for the market to come up to speed and self-educate, which is less expensive then direct sales and has the added credibility of learning through a peer, rather than through a sales person, where it typically takes longer to establish trust. In this episode Rachel Happe (@rhappe), principal and co-founder of the Community Roundtable, an online resource for community practitioners, discusses:
Why B2B communities are more sustainable.Peers are more trusted than authority figures.Strategy for participating in someone else’s community versus your own.Value of differentiating service offerings through social networks.Using online social communities to prequalify prospects.B2B Online Marketing Linkedin Group managed by Kim Albee, president of GenooWhat makes a good community manager.Community for information sharing versus engagement.Eric’s guest post on Scott Monty’s blog.Linkedin, Twitter and Facebook are important for awareness and consideration, but late stage buying decisions are more likely occur on niche networks.Should community managers be held to the same standards as community members?Is posting relevant links to a community a good way to stimulate conversation, or is requiring members to post only questions a better way to germinate discussion?Do communities with user ratings make it easier to assess the community without having to invest the time and learn first hand?
Photo by William White on UnsplashManaging online communities isn't always all it's cracked up to be. Sometimes, things go a little sideways. That's just what happened to me. I have always been impressed with Rachel Happe's deep subject-matter expertise in the area of...Managing online communities isn't always all it's cracked up to be. Sometimes, things go a little sideways. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
That's just what happened to me. I have always been impressed with Rachel Happe's deep subject-matter expertise in the area of online community management. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She has invested a great deal of time and energy thinking about and helping others figure out how to actively manage online communities, even in some of the toughest, most delicate situations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Having recently had some challenges of my own participating in a Linkedin Group set up by Kim Albee of Genoo and managed by her intern, I decided to share my situation with Rachel, get some guidance and see what I could learn. And learn I did. So will you, if you listen to this episode. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Not many organizations are brave enough to leverage communities to market themselves. Content marketing is still a safer, and easier to grasp approach. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But for the organizations that can pull it off, generating leads, building awareness and making a market -- particularly for considered purchases with longer sales cycles -- via social networks makes a lot of sense, because it’s a way for the market to come up to speed and self-educate, which is less expensive then direct sales and has the added credibility of learning through a peer, rather than through a sales person, where it typically takes longer to establish trust. In this episode Rachel Happe (@rhappe), principal and co-founder of the Community Roundtable, an online resource for community practitioners, discusses:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why B2B communities are more sustainable.Peers are more trusted than authority figures.Strategy for participating in someone else’s community versus your own.Value of differentiating service offerings through social networks.Using online social communities to prequalify prospects.B2B Online Marketing Linkedin Group managed by Kim Albee, president of GenooWhat makes a good community manager.Community for information sharing versus engagement.Eric’s guest post on Scott Monty’s blog.Linkedin, Twitter and Facebook are important for awareness and consideration, but late stage buying decisions are more likely occur on niche networks.Should community managers be held to the same standards as community members?Is posting relevant links to a community a good way to stimulate conversation, or is requiring members to post only questions a better way to germinate discussion?Do communities with user ratings make it easier to assess the community without having to invest the time and learn first hand?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by William White on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 9https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-9/
Tue, 10 May 2011 17:33:05 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1295Our guest panelist is Allan Schoenberg (@allanschoenberg), director of corporate communications at CME Group (@cmegroup).
We welcome your comments, criticism and feedback. Please send email with attachments of 5MB or less to comments@b2bsocialmediapodcast.com Post a comment to our show page at iTunes.
LISTEN
In this episode:
1. Match.com Lawsuit Raises Key Issue: Who's Responsible for Truth? - Is it your responsibility to share relevant information with your customers, even if you're not sure it's accurate?
2. Is Facebook ready for B2B? CME group is about to implement the new Facebook comment API into sections of its site. Traffic to our site from Twitter/FB has been going through the roof, Allan says. CME was initially skeptical about Facebook's B2B potential, but Allan is impressed with recent Is this a big new opportunity for B2B?
3. Google releases Analytics 5 and tests Multi Channel Funnel reporting Amy Chang, Director of Product Management, Google Analytics announced the new feature at AdTech SF last week. Justin Cutroni has a blog post on it, and we have a two part series with Justin coming up on this podcast.
4. B2B Daily Deals Site Launches with Business Publisher - Daily deals sites such as Groupon and LivingSocial already have significant scale in the consumer arena, and the former has already begun experimenting with B2B offers. Business-to-business daily deals platform RapidBuyr launched yesterday, aided by a close partnership with Advance Publications-owned regional business publisher American City Business Journals.
5. Upcoming
a. Allan talks about how CME is integrating the Facebook API into its site and its potential to leverage events promotion.
b. Paul will emcee the B2B magazine Social Media Awards breakfast in New York on May 24† present and present a pre-conference educational seminar at the BMA Annual Conference in Chicago on June 1. The topic: Unleash Your Inner Publisher
c. Eric ís teaching the Social Media Marketing Workshop in Los Angeles, June 30-July 1. There are still seats left.
Previous B2B Social Media Podcast Episodes:
B2B Social Media Podcast #8
B2B Social Media Podcast #7
B2B Social Media Podcast #6
B2B Social Media Podcast #5
About the Podcast You've been listening to the B2B Social Media Podcast by Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer-- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Post a comment to our show page at iTunes.
Join our community at www.b2bsocialmediabook.com and send comments to comments @b2bsocialmediapodcast.com.
About our Guest Allan Schoenberg is director of corporate communications at CME Group, the world's leading and most diverse financial marketplace. His team oversees media relations, social media, crisis management, message development, international initiatives, and broadcast/digital communications. CME† is one of the financial industry's most active social media participants, with a Twitter following of more than 750,000 (@CMEgroup) and active presences on Facebook, Linkedin and a variety of other channels. He also has worked for Accenture, Edelman Worldwide, and Fleishman-Hillard. He is currently stationed in London.
About the Podcasters Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman are coauthors of the book "Social Marketing to the Business Customer" about B2B social media marketing. It's available at Amazon, Barnes & Noble or Borders.
Eric Schwartzman @EricSchwartzman provides online social media training, social media strategy and social media policy governance to public relations, public affairs, corporate communications and marketing specialists. He has extensive experience integrating emerging information technologies into organizational communications programs through public speaking, hands-on training seminars, consulting and the development of corporate policies o...Our guest panelist is Allan Schoenberg (@allanschoenberg), director of corporate communications at CME Group (@cmegroup). We welcome your comments, criticism and feedback. Please send email with attachments of 5MB or less to comments@b2bsocialmediapod...Our guest panelist is Allan Schoenberg (@allanschoenberg), director of corporate communications at CME Group (@cmegroup).<br />
We welcome your comments, criticism and feedback. Please send email with attachments of 5MB or less to comments@b2bsocialmediapodcast.com Post a comment to our show page at iTunes.<br />
<br />
LISTEN <br />
<br />
In this episode: <br />
<br />
1. Match.com Lawsuit Raises Key Issue: Who's Responsible for Truth? - Is it your responsibility to share relevant information with your customers, even if you're not sure it's accurate?<br />
2. Is Facebook ready for B2B? CME group is about to implement the new Facebook comment API into sections of its site. Traffic to our site from Twitter/FB has been going through the roof, Allan says. CME was initially skeptical about Facebook's B2B potential, but Allan is impressed with recent Is this a big new opportunity for B2B?<br />
3. Google releases Analytics 5 and tests Multi Channel Funnel reporting Amy Chang, Director of Product Management, Google Analytics announced the new feature at AdTech SF last week. Justin Cutroni has a blog post on it, and we have a two part series with Justin coming up on this podcast.<br />
4. B2B Daily Deals Site Launches with Business Publisher - Daily deals sites such as Groupon and LivingSocial already have significant scale in the consumer arena, and the former has already begun experimenting with B2B offers. Business-to-business daily deals platform RapidBuyr launched yesterday, aided by a close partnership with Advance Publications-owned regional business publisher American City Business Journals.<br />
5. Upcoming<br />
a. Allan talks about how CME is integrating the Facebook API into its site and its potential to leverage events promotion.<br />
b. Paul will emcee the B2B magazine Social Media Awards breakfast in New York on May 24† present and present a pre-conference educational seminar at the BMA Annual Conference in Chicago on June 1. The topic: Unleash Your Inner Publisher<br />
c. Eric ís teaching the Social Media Marketing Workshop in Los Angeles, June 30-July 1. There are still seats left.<br />
Previous B2B Social Media Podcast Episodes: <br />
<br />
B2B Social Media Podcast #8<br />
B2B Social Media Podcast #7<br />
B2B Social Media Podcast #6<br />
B2B Social Media Podcast #5<br />
<br />
About the Podcast You've been listening to the B2B Social Media Podcast by Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer-- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Post a comment to our show page at iTunes.<br />
Join our community at www.b2bsocialmediabook.com and send comments to comments @b2bsocialmediapodcast.com. <br />
About our Guest Allan Schoenberg is director of corporate communications at CME Group, the world's leading and most diverse financial marketplace. His team oversees media relations, social media, crisis management, message development, international initiatives, and broadcast/digital communications. CME† is one of the financial industry's most active social media participants, with a Twitter following of more than 750,000 (@CMEgroup) and active presences on Facebook, Linkedin and a variety of other channels. He also has worked for Accenture, Edelman Worldwide, and Fleishman-Hillard. He is currently stationed in London. <br />
About the Podcasters Paul Gillin and Eric Schwartzman are coauthors of the book "Social Marketing to the Business Customer" about B2B social media marketing. It's available at Amazon, Barnes & Noble or Borders.<br />
Eric Schwartzman @EricSchwartzman provides online social media training, social media strategy and social media policy governance to public relations, public affairs, corporate communications and marketing specialists. He has extensive experience integrating emerging information technolo...Eric SchwartzmancleanHow Bing is Chipping Away at Google’s Marketsharehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-bing-is-chipping-away-at-googles-marketshare/
Fri, 06 May 2011 18:27:22 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1288Search engine marketing remains a tough slog for Google competitors like Microsoft’s Bing, which, despite six straight quarters of market share gains, was still at just 13.9 percent as of March. Still, the only company in the space to achieve such a six-quarter streak before then had been Google.
Social search, geolocation and digital video are among the hot frontiers at companies seeking to improve our search experience. Adam Sohn (@adamsohn), senior director of public and influencer relations for Microsoft Corporation, believes Bing can gain ground on Google in these areas of search, with his proof coming in the form of a growing list of partnerships between Bing and companies like Facebook, Yahoo and Research in Motion. Adam sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York to discuss his keynote at the conference , which was titled: "Bing: Does the World Need another Search Engine?"
LISTEN
Show Notes: 1:50 Search industry changes reflect profound shifts in how people are using the web, with the usage pattern shifting from searches for websites using keywords to attempts to complete complex and personal tasks and projects, Sohn argues. More than typing in a single term to find a web site, searchers are looking to book travel, make purchases or research health conditions, for example, and in a more relevant way.
2:30 Search engine industry analysis reveals that one in four searches fails, in that the user is not able to easily accomplish what they set out to do. Search engines, to reach the next level, will need to successfully analyze the intent of the searcher to make the search meaningful.
2:50 Search sessions are now lasting longer than ever, with more than half running 30 minutes or more. That suggests two things to Bing: people are seeking to complete more complex tasks online and may be having a harder time doing so.
3:35 Google search continues to dominant the search industry, with the competition composed of would-be challengers like Bing seeking to steel market share.
4:10 Search industry evolution is proceeding apace as new forces like social networking and mobile input have an ever greater impact on search. Once upon a time, search consisted only of a bunch of web sites and algorithms to find them. Now vast amounts of information are flowing into the web each second from Twitter, Facebook, Foursquare … user- generated video via YouTube, Quora’s conversations among experts, and mobile aps where location matters.
5:00 Geolocation search is an important aspect for the future of search engines because, with your permission, search engine companies will soon be able to use where you are to empower your searches. Mobile phones generate sensor data that can make search algorithms smarter in their offerings. In a future scenario, search engines may see that you are searching for driving directions, combine that GPS data from your phone indicating that you are moving 65 miles per hour, and then surmise that you need driving directions and freeway routing. If you were at moving 2 miles per hour, the same search would ideally yield walking directions.
5:55 Social search and mapping represent other near-future advances in search, Sohn says. Say you are using a search engine to find a place with good pizza. The search engine would then layer social networking on top of mobile searching, giving you note only the closest restaurant as you move, but an idea of which of your friends have already checked in there. Sohn believes people will interact with search on a digital map canvas in many cases, as well through voice-activated search. Mobile and mapping will remain areas of focus for search design because of their explosive growth.
8:50 Search continues to grow, and Bing sees it accelerating further still as generations of young people continue to graduate from high school and college who have never searched for anyt...Search engine marketing remains a tough slog for Google competitors like Microsoft’s Bing, which, despite six straight quarters of market share gains, was still at just 13.9 percent as of March. Still, the only company in the space to achieve such a si...Search engine marketing remains a tough slog for Google competitors like Microsoft’s Bing, which, despite six straight quarters of market share gains, was still at just 13.9 percent as of March. Still, the only company in the space to achieve such a six-quarter streak before then had been Google.<br />
<br />
Social search, geolocation and digital video are among the hot frontiers at companies seeking to improve our search experience. Adam Sohn (@adamsohn), senior director of public and influencer relations for Microsoft Corporation, believes Bing can gain ground on Google in these areas of search, with his proof coming in the form of a growing list of partnerships between Bing and companies like Facebook, Yahoo and Research in Motion. Adam sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA Digital Impact Conference in New York to discuss his keynote at the conference , which was titled: "Bing: Does the World Need another Search Engine?"<br />
LISTEN <br />
<br />
Show Notes: 1:50 Search industry changes reflect profound shifts in how people are using the web, with the usage pattern shifting from searches for websites using keywords to attempts to complete complex and personal tasks and projects, Sohn argues. More than typing in a single term to find a web site, searchers are looking to book travel, make purchases or research health conditions, for example, and in a more relevant way.<br />
<br />
2:30 Search engine industry analysis reveals that one in four searches fails, in that the user is not able to easily accomplish what they set out to do. Search engines, to reach the next level, will need to successfully analyze the intent of the searcher to make the search meaningful.<br />
<br />
2:50 Search sessions are now lasting longer than ever, with more than half running 30 minutes or more. That suggests two things to Bing: people are seeking to complete more complex tasks online and may be having a harder time doing so.<br />
<br />
3:35 Google search continues to dominant the search industry, with the competition composed of would-be challengers like Bing seeking to steel market share. <br />
<br />
4:10 Search industry evolution is proceeding apace as new forces like social networking and mobile input have an ever greater impact on search. Once upon a time, search consisted only of a bunch of web sites and algorithms to find them. Now vast amounts of information are flowing into the web each second from Twitter, Facebook, Foursquare … user- generated video via YouTube, Quora’s conversations among experts, and mobile aps where location matters.<br />
<br />
5:00 Geolocation search is an important aspect for the future of search engines because, with your permission, search engine companies will soon be able to use where you are to empower your searches. Mobile phones generate sensor data that can make search algorithms smarter in their offerings. In a future scenario, search engines may see that you are searching for driving directions, combine that GPS data from your phone indicating that you are moving 65 miles per hour, and then surmise that you need driving directions and freeway routing. If you were at moving 2 miles per hour, the same search would ideally yield walking directions.<br />
<br />
5:55 Social search and mapping represent other near-future advances in search, Sohn says. Say you are using a search engine to find a place with good pizza. The search engine would then layer social networking on top of mobile searching, giving you note only the closest restaurant as you move, but an idea of which of your friends have already checked in there. Sohn believes people will interact with search on a digital map canvas in many cases, as well through voice-activated search. Mobile and mapping will remain areas of focus for search design because of their explosive growth. <br />
<br />
8:50 Search continues to grow,Eric SchwartzmancleanHow Avery Dennison and Johns Hopkins are Social Networking for Internal Communicationshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-avery-dennison-and-johns-hopkins-are-social-networking-for-internal-communications/
Mon, 02 May 2011 23:32:02 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1267Marcie Steerman from the technical communications group at Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Lab and Heather Marks, Director, Interactive Communications at Avery Dennison talk about how their organizations are using private online social networking platforms behind the firewall as part of their internal communications strategy.
Johns Hopkins is redefining internal communications practices with a social network that facilitates dialog among more than 4,500 staff members spread across a 300 acre campus. Their most dynamic platform is called the Cooler (as in water cooler) and it’s powered by Elgg, an open source social networking engine. Because it's internal, staff members can discuss proprietary ideas without making inadvertent intellectual property disclosures.
Avery Dennison is using Lotus Connections to power their social networking internal communications plan. It’s a global company with more than 32,000 employees at 240+ facilities in 60 countries, and they’re using their private social network to time-shift and place shift conversations.
Neither Elgg or Lotus Connections appear to have the types of activity streams that has made Facebook and Twitter so popular. Elgg looks more like an online forum with user profiles and IBM doesn’t make it easy to find screenshots or samples of Lotus Connections online. Avery uses primarily the wikis, forums and blog modules to foster internal collaboration, rather than what Facebook or Linkedin users would recognize as a familiar social networking platform.
But both organizations are realizing significant gains from their internal online collaboration initiatives, and in this episode they talk about:
1. How they’re using internal social networks at their organizations.2. The benefits of social networking in a private environment.3. How they achieved widespread adoption.4. The importance of:a. Securing strong, executive sponsorship.b. Social media literacy among management.c. Comfort with social networking websites for external communications.5. The benefits and drawbacks of open source vs. proprietary social networking software.
it will come as no surprise to listeners of this podcast that social networks have value to internal communicators. We may see social media literacy become an integral part on most internal communications jobs in the future.
This episode is a follow up to a previous show on Private Social Networks with Robin Daniels of Salesforce.com Chatter.
Photo by Pavan Trikutam on UnsplashMarcie Steerman from the technical communications group at Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Lab and Heather Marks, Director, Interactive Communications at Avery Dennison talk about how their organizations are using private online social networking platfor...Marcie Steerman from the technical communications group at Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Lab and Heather Marks, Director, Interactive Communications at Avery Dennison talk about how their organizations are using private online social networking platforms behind the firewall as part of their internal communications strategy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Johns Hopkins is redefining internal communications practices with a social network that facilitates dialog among more than 4,500 staff members spread across a 300 acre campus. Their most dynamic platform is called the Cooler (as in water cooler) and it’s powered by Elgg, an open source social networking engine. Because it's internal, staff members can discuss proprietary ideas without making inadvertent intellectual property disclosures.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Avery Dennison is using Lotus Connections to power their social networking internal communications plan. It’s a global company with more than 32,000 employees at 240+ facilities in 60 countries, and they’re using their private social network to time-shift and place shift conversations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Neither Elgg or Lotus Connections appear to have the types of activity streams that has made Facebook and Twitter so popular. Elgg looks more like an online forum with user profiles and IBM doesn’t make it easy to find screenshots or samples of Lotus Connections online. Avery uses primarily the wikis, forums and blog modules to foster internal collaboration, rather than what Facebook or Linkedin users would recognize as a familiar social networking platform.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But both organizations are realizing significant gains from their internal online collaboration initiatives, and in this episode they talk about:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
1. How they’re using internal social networks at their organizations.2. The benefits of social networking in a private environment.3. How they achieved widespread adoption.4. The importance of:a. Securing strong, executive sponsorship.b. Social media literacy among management.c. Comfort with social networking websites for external communications.5. The benefits and drawbacks of open source vs. proprietary social networking software.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
it will come as no surprise to listeners of this podcast that social networks have value to internal communicators. We may see social media literacy become an integral part on most internal communications jobs in the future.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This episode is a follow up to a previous show on Private Social Networks with Robin Daniels of Salesforce.com Chatter.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Pavan Trikutam on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 8https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-8/
Wed, 27 Apr 2011 20:20:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-8B2B Social Media Podcast - Episode 8 Should organizations discipline employees over their comments in social media?
We discuss an incident reported by the New York Times involving Reuters reprimanding an employee for criticizing the newswire's management style via Twitter.
But accordingly to the National Labor Relations Board, a federal government agency, that may be unconstitutional. Should you update your corporate social media policy as a result. Listen to find out.
Social networking isn't just for internal communications anymore. Next up, we discuss the pros and cons of private social networks behind the firewall to increase productivity inside the work place, Salesforce.com's Chatter customer survey and other internal social networking platforms.
Is it time for B2B marketers to put a mobile marketing strategy in place? You’ve heard that the marketing wars of tomorrow will be fought on the small screen.
Smart phone usage and mobile search continue to grow, with analysts predicting nearly 3.5 billion mobile searches per month by next year.
And already, 80% of smart phone users research purchasing decisions within a 10 to 20 mile radius of their location, which certainly makes sense if you’re shopping for pizza or tires.
But what if you’re a B2B buyer of highly specialized products and services? What role does or will mobile play in B2B sales cycles?
Our guest panelist is Chris Boudreaux (@cboudreaux), founder of Social Media Governance and Senior VP at Converseon.
This is the B2B Social Media Podcast by Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing.
Thanks to Erica Klein, Vice President/Digital Sales at TargetSpot for the heads up.Reuters reprimanding of employee for Tweet may be unconstitutional (Apr. 6, 2011) Erin Kurtz (@eekurtz), Reuters Head of Publicity. Deborah Zabarenko (@dzabarenko). Steve Greenhouse (@greenhousenyt) of the New York Times.Company Settles Case in Firing Tied to Facebook (Feb. 7, 2011) Should your employer have access to your Facebook account? (Feb. 21, 2011)
Social Networking Sprawl - is our network of connections getting too big and are internal or special-purpose social networks the answer?
Salesforce.com Customer Survey: Productivity Gains of using Chatter for Internal Comms was the result of the best pitch Eric's ever recieved for this podcast, and it was by Angela D'Arcy (@angelaDRC) of The OutCast Agency.Steve Rubel's column on "Validation Era" of online marketingRise of Services like Path, Instagram, Beluga and GroupMe. Uniqueness of these services.Eric's guest post on Scott Monty's blog on B2B Social Network for Internal Comms
Should B2B marketers have a mobile strategy?
About our Guest Chris Boudreaux (@cboudreaux) is SVP of Business Integration at Converseon, where he helps the world‚Äôs largest brands to achieve business objectives through social media by transforming business processes, data integration, and governance.
Prior to Converseon, Chris created and led the Social Media Management offering at Accenture, where he also advised clients in digital marketing and online product development.
His work has been featured by industry researchers and journalists including Forrester and Gartner, and he founded SocialMediaGovernance.com, the foremost resource on governance in social media.
Chris is co-author of The Social Media Management Handbook, and he has helped leading global corporations including Bank of America, Boeing, eBay, IBM, Kodak, Kohler, Novo Nordisk and Microsoft. B2B Social Media Podcast - Episode 8 Should organizations discipline employees over their comments in social media? We discuss an incident reported by the New York Times involving Reuters reprimanding an employee for criticizing the newswire's...B2B Social Media Podcast - Episode 8 Should organizations discipline employees over their comments in social media? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We discuss an incident reported by the New York Times involving Reuters reprimanding an employee for criticizing the newswire's management style via Twitter. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But accordingly to the National Labor Relations Board, a federal government agency, that may be unconstitutional. Should you update your corporate social media policy as a result. Listen to find out. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social networking isn't just for internal communications anymore. Next up, we discuss the pros and cons of private social networks behind the firewall to increase productivity inside the work place, Salesforce.com's Chatter customer survey and other internal social networking platforms. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Is it time for B2B marketers to put a mobile marketing strategy in place? You’ve heard that the marketing wars of tomorrow will be fought on the small screen. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Smart phone usage and mobile search continue to grow, with analysts predicting nearly 3.5 billion mobile searches per month by next year. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And already, 80% of smart phone users research purchasing decisions within a 10 to 20 mile radius of their location, which certainly makes sense if you’re shopping for pizza or tires. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But what if you’re a B2B buyer of highly specialized products and services? What role does or will mobile play in B2B sales cycles? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Our guest panelist is Chris Boudreaux (@cboudreaux), founder of Social Media Governance and Senior VP at Converseon. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is the B2B Social Media Podcast by Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Thanks to Erica Klein, Vice President/Digital Sales at TargetSpot for the heads up.Reuters reprimanding of employee for Tweet may be unconstitutional (Apr. 6, 2011) Erin Kurtz (@eekurtz), Reuters Head of Publicity. Deborah Zabarenko (@dzabarenko). Steve Greenhouse (@greenhousenyt) of the New York Times.Company Settles Case in Firing Tied to Facebook (Feb. 7, 2011) Should your employer have access to your Facebook account? (Feb. 21, 2011)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Networking Sprawl - is our network of connections getting too big and are internal or special-purpose social networks the answer?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Salesforce.com Customer Survey: Productivity Gains of using Chatter for Internal Comms was the result of the best pitch Eric's ever recieved for this podcast, and it was by Angela D'Arcy (@angelaDRC) of The OutCast Agency.Steve Rubel's column on "Validation Era" of online marketingRise of Services like Path, Instagram, Beluga and GroupMe. Uniqueness of these services.Eric's guest post on Scott Monty's blog on B2B Social Network for Internal Comms<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Should B2B marketers have a mobile strategy?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
About our Guest Chris Boudreaux (@cboudreaux) is SVP of Business Integration at Converseon, where he helps the world‚Äôs largest brands to achieve business objectives through social media by transforming business processes, data integration, and governance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to Converseon, Chris created and led the Social Media Management offering at Accenture, where he also advised clients in digital marketing and online product development. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
His work has been featured by industry researchers and journalists including Forrester and Gartner, and he founded SocialMediaGovernance.com, the foremost resource on governance in social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Chris is co-author of The Social Media Management Handbook, and he has helped leading global corporations includi...Eric SchwartzmancleanMobile Marketing Strategy – Part Twohttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/mobile-marketing-strategy-part-two/
Thu, 21 Apr 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/mobile-marketing-strategyMobile marketing is all about social, and all about local. But what about businesses with multiple locations?
Or brands sold by resellers at locations that aren’t their own? How should marketers approach this type of scenario?
And what mobile marketing trends should advertisers be paying attention to? And what about the user interface?
It’s one thing to lead a horse to water. It’s another thing to get them to actually drink.
We know, by now, that the user experience on a mobile device is very different than it is on the desktop.
What’s the best way for mobile marketers to ensure a positive small screen experience, so that once customers find them, they stick around and convert.
Rich Devine of ZAAZ, a design, optimization and analytics agency specializing in mobile advertising, and one of the mobile marketing companies, discusses:
Mobile marketing campaigns for impulse purchases vs. considered purchases.Using Google Webmaster Tools to localizes sections and pages on your site.Designing websites for the mobile user.How to convert websites designed for stationary computers to work for mobile browsers.Mobile browsers vs, mobile apps. How to decide which one is right for you?User agent detection and mobile agent detection.WordPress themes like Themedy and Thesis to convert your website to mobile.Microformats and hCards for geosegmenting different pages on the same site.How to generate Geocode https://www.geo-tag.de/generator/en.htmlMonetizing microconversions.
This is the second part of a two-part series on Mobile Marketing with Rich Devine. Here's part one. Mobile marketing is all about social, and all about local. But what about businesses with multiple locations? Or brands sold by resellers at locations that aren’t their own? How should marketers approach this type of scenario? And...Mobile marketing is all about social, and all about local. But what about businesses with multiple locations? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Or brands sold by resellers at locations that aren’t their own? How should marketers approach this type of scenario? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And what mobile marketing trends should advertisers be paying attention to? And what about the user interface? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It’s one thing to lead a horse to water. It’s another thing to get them to actually drink. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We know, by now, that the user experience on a mobile device is very different than it is on the desktop. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What’s the best way for mobile marketers to ensure a positive small screen experience, so that once customers find them, they stick around and convert. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rich Devine of ZAAZ, a design, optimization and analytics agency specializing in mobile advertising, and one of the mobile marketing companies, discusses: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mobile marketing campaigns for impulse purchases vs. considered purchases.Using Google Webmaster Tools to localizes sections and pages on your site.Designing websites for the mobile user.How to convert websites designed for stationary computers to work for mobile browsers.Mobile browsers vs, mobile apps. How to decide which one is right for you?User agent detection and mobile agent detection.WordPress themes like Themedy and Thesis to convert your website to mobile.Microformats and hCards for geosegmenting different pages on the same site.How to generate Geocode https://www.geo-tag.de/generator/en.htmlMonetizing microconversions.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is the second part of a two-part series on Mobile Marketing with Rich Devine. Here's part one.Eric SchwartzmancleanMobile Search Strategy – Part Onehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/mobile-search-strategy-part-one/
Mon, 18 Apr 2011 12:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/mobile-search-strategyMobile search volume is growing exponentially. In 2009, there were around a billion monthly searches being made from mobile devices.
Today, that number has more than doubled to 2.3 billion, and analysts predict there will nearly 3.5 billion mobile searches per month by 2012.
Already, 80% of mobile searchers research their purchasing decisions within a 10 to 20 mile radius of their location.
And if you think the future of the mobile web is going to be all about apps, think again.
The #1 access method for local information is the mobile web browser, with nearly 21 million users per month. But with the use of maps and apps on rise for mobile search, and growing importance of mobile as a channel, where will tomorrow’s mobile search war be fought, who will be the winners and where are the opportunities for disruption?
In this episode, Rich Devine (@richdevine) of ZAAZ, a design, optimization and analytics agency discusses:
How is mobile search different from web search.Mobile site search and social optimizationThe difference between mobile local and hyperlocal searchHow universal search impacts SEO strategyOptimizing for Yelp filtering criteriaFord’s mobile search strategy
In the second part in our two part series on Mobile Search, we’ll talk about how to optimize different pages on the same site for different locations, the benefits and drawbacks of mobile sites vs. custom apps and how to monetize more than just e-commerce transactions. Mobile search volume is growing exponentially. In 2009, there were around a billion monthly searches being made from mobile devices. Today, that number has more than doubled to 2.3 billion, and analysts predict there will nearly 3.5...Mobile search volume is growing exponentially. In 2009, there were around a billion monthly searches being made from mobile devices. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Today, that number has more than doubled to 2.3 billion, and analysts predict there will nearly 3.5 billion mobile searches per month by 2012. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Already, 80% of mobile searchers research their purchasing decisions within a 10 to 20 mile radius of their location. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
And if you think the future of the mobile web is going to be all about apps, think again. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The #1 access method for local information is the mobile web browser, with nearly 21 million users per month. But with the use of maps and apps on rise for mobile search, and growing importance of mobile as a channel, where will tomorrow’s mobile search war be fought, who will be the winners and where are the opportunities for disruption? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Rich Devine (@richdevine) of ZAAZ, a design, optimization and analytics agency discusses:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How is mobile search different from web search.Mobile site search and social optimizationThe difference between mobile local and hyperlocal searchHow universal search impacts SEO strategyOptimizing for Yelp filtering criteriaFord’s mobile search strategy<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In the second part in our two part series on Mobile Search, we’ll talk about how to optimize different pages on the same site for different locations, the benefits and drawbacks of mobile sites vs. custom apps and how to monetize more than just e-commerce transactions.Eric SchwartzmancleanAmway Leverages Social Marketing Research for Reputation Managementhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/amway-social-marketing-research/
Fri, 15 Apr 2011 00:03:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-marketing-researchSocial marketing research and social media analytics have become essential tools for companies seeking to identify issues and correct misperceptions in real time and globally.
Reputation management on global scale requires a combination of social media monitoring software (complex Boolean search strings) and well-trained humans to catch nuances in each local community.
Online issues management and sentiment analysis may depend on instant analysis of Twitter conversations around keywords, but human common sense is needed to gauge gradations of, for example, sarcasm as companies fashion their responses and engagements.
Social networking research tools represent the latest evolution in the offering of Dow Jones Enterprise Media Group (@DowJonesInsight), a descendant of Factiva media monitoring service, according to Martin Murtland, vice president and managing director of Solutions for Communications Professionals at Dow Jones Enterprise Media.
Dow Jones today offers a suite of high-tech, customizable analysis function, including social media monitoring Issues management is also nothing new for Cindy Droog (@cindydroog), APR, senior public relations specialist in Corporate Communications at Amway (@Amway) a Dow Jones client using its services to field an ongoing reputation study in 19 markets per quarter. Amway, along with other direct sales giants like Avon and Mary Kay, have long battled against misperceptions, including that they are akin to illegal pyramid schemes.
What has changed is that Amway now instantly learns of negative conversations in the fifty countries it does business in, and engages with factual arguments in hopes of changing minds in a public forum. They also have learned the value of going beyond reaching out to “influencers” with 1,000 followers in Twitter to engaging those with ten followers, if they think they can win that person over. Cindy and Martin sat down with us in DC at the PRSA International Conference.
Show Notes:
2:41 Media monitoring is just the first of four product elements built by Dow Jones for marketing and PR customers that fall under the acronym MADE (for communications success). M is for media monitoring (Factiva tradition), A for analysis (Dow Jones Insight, listening platform covers social media research and analysis), d for discover (research-on-demand services for issue discovery) and E for engagement via internal communications (a newsletter publishing platform called Editorial Workbench) and external communications (Dow Jones Media Relations Manager, a news-enabled media contact database).
4:39 Reputation management forms the core of Dow Jones’ value to its client Amway, which uses the Dow Jones product suite to run a reputation study based on real-time conversations in Russia, China, Japan and Germany. Social media strategy for the company is then shaped by observation of the human-technology mix and culture in each market.
5:54 Web 2.0 research now represents a main method by which Amway achieves opinion mining in the search for brand misperceptions. As the “grandfather” of direct selling, Amway and its PR function are continually grappling with the traditional misperception that the company represents a “pyramid scheme.” The later phrase continues to represent a central keyword in Amway/Dow Jones complex searches along with strategic qualifiers.
7:23 Sentiment analysis efforts must be efficient to be valuable, a fact that has required Dow Jones technologies to become ever better judges of relevancy. Without combining the technology with real people in each country, especially as a company seeks to listen to conversations in several languages, true relevancy cannot be measured. Google Translate and Tweetdeck’s translation tools have value for a topline read, but nuances will be caught by native speakers, Droog says. Social media engagement at Amway is shaped by its decision to empower affiliate PR staff within each ...and social media analytics have become essential tools for companies seeking to identify issues and correct misperceptions in real time and globally. Reputation management on global scale requires a combination of social media monitoring...Social marketing research and social media analytics have become essential tools for companies seeking to identify issues and correct misperceptions in real time and globally. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Reputation management on global scale requires a combination of social media monitoring software (complex Boolean search strings) and well-trained humans to catch nuances in each local community. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Online issues management and sentiment analysis may depend on instant analysis of Twitter conversations around keywords, but human common sense is needed to gauge gradations of, for example, sarcasm as companies fashion their responses and engagements. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social networking research tools represent the latest evolution in the offering of Dow Jones Enterprise Media Group (@DowJonesInsight), a descendant of Factiva media monitoring service, according to Martin Murtland, vice president and managing director of Solutions for Communications Professionals at Dow Jones Enterprise Media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Dow Jones today offers a suite of high-tech, customizable analysis function, including social media monitoring Issues management is also nothing new for Cindy Droog (@cindydroog), APR, senior public relations specialist in Corporate Communications at Amway (@Amway) a Dow Jones client using its services to field an ongoing reputation study in 19 markets per quarter. Amway, along with other direct sales giants like Avon and Mary Kay, have long battled against misperceptions, including that they are akin to illegal pyramid schemes. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What has changed is that Amway now instantly learns of negative conversations in the fifty countries it does business in, and engages with factual arguments in hopes of changing minds in a public forum. They also have learned the value of going beyond reaching out to “influencers” with 1,000 followers in Twitter to engaging those with ten followers, if they think they can win that person over. Cindy and Martin sat down with us in DC at the PRSA International Conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Show Notes: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:41 Media monitoring is just the first of four product elements built by Dow Jones for marketing and PR customers that fall under the acronym MADE (for communications success). M is for media monitoring (Factiva tradition), A for analysis (Dow Jones Insight, listening platform covers social media research and analysis), d for discover (research-on-demand services for issue discovery) and E for engagement via internal communications (a newsletter publishing platform called Editorial Workbench) and external communications (Dow Jones Media Relations Manager, a news-enabled media contact database). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:39 Reputation management forms the core of Dow Jones’ value to its client Amway, which uses the Dow Jones product suite to run a reputation study based on real-time conversations in Russia, China, Japan and Germany. Social media strategy for the company is then shaped by observation of the human-technology mix and culture in each market. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:54 Web 2.0 research now represents a main method by which Amway achieves opinion mining in the search for brand misperceptions. As the “grandfather” of direct selling, Amway and its PR function are continually grappling with the traditional misperception that the company represents a “pyramid scheme.” The later phrase continues to represent a central keyword in Amway/Dow Jones complex searches along with strategic qualifiers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
7:23 Sentiment analysis efforts must be efficient to be valuable, a fact that has required Dow Jones technologies to become ever better judges of relevancy. Without combining the technology with real people in each country, especially as a company seeks to listen to conversations in several languages, true relevancy cannot be measured.Eric Schwartzman30:33Benefits of Private Social Networkshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/who-needs-a-private-social-network/
Mon, 11 Apr 2011 21:05:50 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/private-social-networkI know what you’re thinking. Private social networking is stupid.
Be open. Right?
But there are plenty of situations where private social networking actually makes a heck of a lot of sense.
Think about it.
Today, we use activity streams on social networks for marketing, sales and customer service. But there’s nothing private about Facebook, and if you could social network with your coworkers and business partners privately, you could do more with less.
But how do businesses social network privately?
How do you get your own private Facebook?
In his keynote at Dell’s B2B Social Media Huddle in London last month, Brian Solis said that he never shares information that gives him a competitive edge.
So what do you do if you want to use activity streams for collaborating with your coworkers and share proprietary information? Email is great for person to person communications, but it’s a lousy collaboration tool.
Is there a safe way to build your own, private social network?
Google Wave was an early attempt at private social networking, but it was before its time.
Salesforce.com introduced Chatter, its exclusive social networking service as an extension of its SaaS CRM platform. It made its private social networking service free.
To listeners of this podcast, it will come as no surprise that access to a safe activity stream in a private social network behind a firewall can bring new efficiencies and added productivity to the workplace.
In this epsiode Robin Daniels, (@robin_daniels) VP of Product Marketing, Chatter talks about...
The results of their latest customer survey
28% fewer meetings
32% less email
50% said they could find information faster
Why Google aborted WaveThe Salesforce Chatter Community Etiquette GuideOvercoming internal adoption challengesHow Chatter protects customers against hackersHow Chatter compares to SharePointSeesmic integration for easier engagement and an open question to Loic LeMeurChatter’s biggest weakness
This episode on private social networking advances a previous conversation we had with Chris Messina of Google on activity streams. If you’re interested in this topic, the episode with Chris is a must listen.
Photo by Dayne Topkin on UnsplashI know what you’re thinking. Private social networking is stupid. Be open. Right? But there are plenty of situations where private social networking actually makes a heck of a lot of sense. Think about it. Today, we...I know what you’re thinking. Private social networking is stupid. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Be open. Right? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But there are plenty of situations where private social networking actually makes a heck of a lot of sense. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Think about it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Today, we use activity streams on social networks for marketing, sales and customer service. But there’s nothing private about Facebook, and if you could social network with your coworkers and business partners privately, you could do more with less. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But how do businesses social network privately? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How do you get your own private Facebook? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In his keynote at Dell’s B2B Social Media Huddle in London last month, Brian Solis said that he never shares information that gives him a competitive edge. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
So what do you do if you want to use activity streams for collaborating with your coworkers and share proprietary information? Email is great for person to person communications, but it’s a lousy collaboration tool. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Is there a safe way to build your own, private social network? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Google Wave was an early attempt at private social networking, but it was before its time. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Salesforce.com introduced Chatter, its exclusive social networking service as an extension of its SaaS CRM platform. It made its private social networking service free. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To listeners of this podcast, it will come as no surprise that access to a safe activity stream in a private social network behind a firewall can bring new efficiencies and added productivity to the workplace. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this epsiode Robin Daniels, (@robin_daniels) VP of Product Marketing, Chatter talks about... <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The results of their latest customer survey<br />
<br />
28% fewer meetings<br />
32% less email<br />
50% said they could find information faster<br />
<br />
Why Google aborted WaveThe Salesforce Chatter Community Etiquette GuideOvercoming internal adoption challengesHow Chatter protects customers against hackersHow Chatter compares to SharePointSeesmic integration for easier engagement and an open question to Loic LeMeurChatter’s biggest weakness<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This episode on private social networking advances a previous conversation we had with Chris Messina of Google on activity streams. If you’re interested in this topic, the episode with Chris is a must listen. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Dayne Topkin on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 7https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-7/
Tue, 05 Apr 2011 20:51:56 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-7B2B social media items discussed: Are social Q&A services worth your time, searching tweets by Linkedin profile data and how SXSW used social sync to make registration data useful.
Our guest panelists are Jim Cahill (@JimCahill), Chief Blogger and Head of Social Media for the Process Group of Emerson (@EmersonProcess) and Vidya Shivkumar (@thelenticular) Director, Product Management @Janrain, a user management platform for the social web. We welcome your comments, criticism and feedback. Please send email with attachments of 5MB or less to comments@b2bsocialmediapodcast.com Post a comment to our show page at iTunes.
In this Episode:
Facebook Questions relaunched in limited public beta Will this service be LinkedIn or Yahoo Answers? Is it a threat/alternative to LinkedIn, which as made Q&A a strong point?Blog Post by Monique Neely (@inspiredmomma) on using Linkedin Signals for finding and analyzing tweets by industry, company and time frame.The Future of the Web is Data by Ben Parr: https://mashable.com/2011/03/30/reid-hoffman-data/ B2B Social Media Lead Generation ExplainedWhat’s new at Emerson? What’s new at Janrain? B2B Social Media Keynote at the Digital Impact, May 5-6 in NYCUpcoming B2B Social Media Boot Camp on May 16th in Chicagoitems discussed: Are social Q&A services worth your time, searching tweets by Linkedin profile data and how SXSW used social sync to make registration data useful. Our guest panelists are Jim Cahill (), Chief Blogger and Head of...B2B social media items discussed: Are social Q&A services worth your time, searching tweets by Linkedin profile data and how SXSW used social sync to make registration data useful. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Our guest panelists are Jim Cahill (@JimCahill), Chief Blogger and Head of Social Media for the Process Group of Emerson (@EmersonProcess) and Vidya Shivkumar (@thelenticular) Director, Product Management @Janrain, a user management platform for the social web. We welcome your comments, criticism and feedback. Please send email with attachments of 5MB or less to comments@b2bsocialmediapodcast.com Post a comment to our show page at iTunes. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this Episode: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Facebook Questions relaunched in limited public beta Will this service be LinkedIn or Yahoo Answers? Is it a threat/alternative to LinkedIn, which as made Q&A a strong point?Blog Post by Monique Neely (@inspiredmomma) on using Linkedin Signals for finding and analyzing tweets by industry, company and time frame.The Future of the Web is Data by Ben Parr: https://mashable.com/2011/03/30/reid-hoffman-data/ B2B Social Media Lead Generation ExplainedWhat’s new at Emerson? What’s new at Janrain? B2B Social Media Keynote at the Digital Impact, May 5-6 in NYCUpcoming B2B Social Media Boot Camp on May 16th in ChicagoEric SchwartzmancleanIf You Know the Value of Social, Don’t Read Thishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/if-you-know-the-value-of-social-dont-read-this/
Tue, 29 Mar 2011 12:56:56 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1193Keynoting the Dell B2B Social Media Huddle last week, Brian Solis shared with laser precision the reason you're reading this blog post, why I wrote it and what social means for the future business.
And here's a little hint.
It's not about PR. And it's not about marketing. It's about something much, much bigger. If you read this excerpt from his talk, which I've listened to several times already, you're taking the first step toward reinventing your future and your role as an agent of change at your organization.
Here it is...
"It's up to you to figure out the value you're going to produce and then just do it. Invest in your community through intelligence, help, insight and guidance. It's about becoming that expert that you once relied upon to get your story out there. You're job moving forward is to find the social consumer, engage with the social consumer. Build authority for yourself and he organization you work with and then design the entire ecosystem around experiences that can be shared and should be shared."
"This a real powerful time in the history of business. Where people want to engage directly you and you want to engage directly with them. This isn't just about social media. It's also about business reinvention. It's about revisiting your mission, purpose, story and culture. Because in order to have a front facing engagement strategy, a lot of those things are going to have to change."
"It's not just about social media. It's bigger than that. What you're looking at right now, why we're here together right now, is actually one of the first steps in transforming business, putting customers right back into the front and center of everything you do, which goes against decades of companies moving away from that. As a consumer, we all know that pain. When's the last time you tried to get someone on the phone at a business because you had a problem help with their product or service. The process is automated know."
"And know, suddenly Twitter, Facebook, blogs, everything that gives customers a voice, gives them power. So now businesses have to do an about face. And this is part of the job that we each have. We have to show why, we have to show how, we have to show to what extent, we have to show the business value and the business outcomes of all of this. But more importantly, you're change agents. And you jobs overall, is to make your companies more relevant, not just to the social consumer, but to everyone in general."
I interviewed Brian Solis for a chapter on building the business case for social marketing in my book Social Marketing to the Business Customer. This was before he joined Altimeter, and he outlined the social media research methodology he was using at the time to collect, classify and analyze evidence of purchasing decisions being influenced and made through social channels.
One of the things he mentioned, which he repeated in the Dell B2B Social Media Huddle Keynote, was the amount of time and energy that goes into collecting the necessary research that goes into building a smart social media strategy. This makes his move to Altimeter a wise one, because now, he no longer has to give that research away to make a market for his services. Now, social media research IS his service. Kudos Brian! Very well done.
And thanks to Neville Hobson for recording the presentation and making it available as a podcast.Keynoting the Dell B2B Social Media Huddle last week, Brian Solis shared with laser precision the reason you're reading this blog post, why I wrote it and what social means for the future business. - And here's a little hint. - It's not about PR.Keynoting the Dell B2B Social Media Huddle last week, Brian Solis shared with laser precision the reason you're reading this blog post, why I wrote it and what social means for the future business.<br />
<br />
And here's a little hint.<br />
<br />
It's not about PR. And it's not about marketing. It's about something much, much bigger. If you read this excerpt from his talk, which I've listened to several times already, you're taking the first step toward reinventing your future and your role as an agent of change at your organization.<br />
<br />
Here it is...<br />
<br />
"It's up to you to figure out the value you're going to produce and then just do it. Invest in your community through intelligence, help, insight and guidance. It's about becoming that expert that you once relied upon to get your story out there. You're job moving forward is to find the social consumer, engage with the social consumer. Build authority for yourself and he organization you work with and then design the entire ecosystem around experiences that can be shared and should be shared."<br />
<br />
"This a real powerful time in the history of business. Where people want to engage directly you and you want to engage directly with them. This isn't just about social media. It's also about business reinvention. It's about revisiting your mission, purpose, story and culture. Because in order to have a front facing engagement strategy, a lot of those things are going to have to change."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
"It's not just about social media. It's bigger than that. What you're looking at right now, why we're here together right now, is actually one of the first steps in transforming business, putting customers right back into the front and center of everything you do, which goes against decades of companies moving away from that. As a consumer, we all know that pain. When's the last time you tried to get someone on the phone at a business because you had a problem help with their product or service. The process is automated know."<br />
<br />
"And know, suddenly Twitter, Facebook, blogs, everything that gives customers a voice, gives them power. So now businesses have to do an about face. And this is part of the job that we each have. We have to show why, we have to show how, we have to show to what extent, we have to show the business value and the business outcomes of all of this. But more importantly, you're change agents. And you jobs overall, is to make your companies more relevant, not just to the social consumer, but to everyone in general."<br />
<br />
I interviewed Brian Solis for a chapter on building the business case for social marketing in my book Social Marketing to the Business Customer. This was before he joined Altimeter, and he outlined the social media research methodology he was using at the time to collect, classify and analyze evidence of purchasing decisions being influenced and made through social channels.<br />
<br />
One of the things he mentioned, which he repeated in the Dell B2B Social Media Huddle Keynote, was the amount of time and energy that goes into collecting the necessary research that goes into building a smart social media strategy. This makes his move to Altimeter a wise one, because now, he no longer has to give that research away to make a market for his services. Now, social media research IS his service. Kudos Brian! Very well done.<br />
<br />
And thanks to Neville Hobson for recording the presentation and making it available as a podcast.Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 6https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-6/
Mon, 28 Mar 2011 13:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-6Linkedin launches crowdsourced news aggregation service, Forrester predicts B2B spending to rise 6.7% in 2011 and Chrysler’s reaction to a mistaken tweet with guest panelists Jeff Cohen (@jeffreylcohen) of SocialMediaB2B.com and Rick Short (@rickshort21) of Indium Corp. and its constellation of bloggers.
B2B Discussion Items:
Linkedin Launches a Social Aggregated News Service using its strength in professional profiling of its members. Are the opinions of other professionals more valuable than those of your immediate social circle? We don’t think so, but we’re nevertheless impressed with the longtail targeting of LinkedIn Today’s subtopics. B2B Marketing Budgets will Increase 6.7% in 2011 according to research by Forrester principal analyst Jeff Ernst (@jeffernst). Really? No one on the panel can quite believe this number based on their experience. Rick notes that industry averages are almost meaningless these days, since marketing budgets are so focused on micro-categories. Chrysler fired its social media agency over a misdirected, tweet with the “f” word in it by an employee at the carmaker’s agency New Media Strategies. Our panel discusses the company’s reaction and New Media Strategies public affairs person Lyndsey Medsker’s (@lmedsker) response Linkedin launches crowdsourced news aggregation service, Forrester predicts B2B spending to rise 6.7% in 2011 and Chrysler’s reaction to a mistaken tweet with guest panelists Jeff Cohen () of and Rick Short () of Indium Corp. and its...Linkedin launches crowdsourced news aggregation service, Forrester predicts B2B spending to rise 6.7% in 2011 and Chrysler’s reaction to a mistaken tweet with guest panelists Jeff Cohen (@jeffreylcohen) of SocialMediaB2B.com and Rick Short (@rickshort21) of Indium Corp. and its constellation of bloggers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
B2B Discussion Items: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Linkedin Launches a Social Aggregated News Service using its strength in professional profiling of its members. Are the opinions of other professionals more valuable than those of your immediate social circle? We don’t think so, but we’re nevertheless impressed with the longtail targeting of LinkedIn Today’s subtopics. B2B Marketing Budgets will Increase 6.7% in 2011 according to research by Forrester principal analyst Jeff Ernst (@jeffernst). Really? No one on the panel can quite believe this number based on their experience. Rick notes that industry averages are almost meaningless these days, since marketing budgets are so focused on micro-categories. Chrysler fired its social media agency over a misdirected, tweet with the “f” word in it by an employee at the carmaker’s agency New Media Strategies. Our panel discusses the company’s reaction and New Media Strategies public affairs person Lyndsey Medsker’s (@lmedsker) responseEric SchwartzmancleanHaiti Emergency Communications: 3 Lessons from the Epicenterhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/haiti-emergency-communications-3-critical-crisis-communications-lessons-cant-afford-to-ignore/
Wed, 23 Mar 2011 12:32:45 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=1148When every cell tower in a nation is down, channels soon become overloaded and communicators must depend on disaster communications systems.When every cell tower in a nation is down, channels soon become overloaded and communicators must depend on disaster communications systems.When every cell tower in a nation is down, channels soon become overloaded and communicators must depend on disaster communications systems.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Marketing Travel in Recessionhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-marketing-travel-in-recession/
Tue, 22 Mar 2011 13:17:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-marketing-travel-in-recessionSocial media travel marketing has become more important to the hospitality industry, and the public relations firms serving it, since the economic downturn hit the travel industry in 2008.
Social media PR in particular is also becoming more vital with consumers demanding incentives, requiring more online touch points to make decisions and deals in real time via social networking, says Karen Gee McAuley (@gemtweet), executive vice president of Blaze PR and a 25-veteran of the travel and tourism industry.
Online travel agents like Priceline, Orbitz and Travelocity have grown dramatically through the recession, forcing consultants to promote discounts offered by these services on their client’s properties with Twitter-like speed.
Karen sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA International Conference to discuss social media marketing for the travel and hospitality in hard economic times.
This episode is guest hosted by Joann Killeen-Furtney of Killeen Furtney Group.
Show Notes:
1:11 Travel marketing has been shaped in recent by the recession that hit in 2008 and by the mistakes of insurance giant AIG, which achieved notoriety by holding a luxury event at a hotel just after it had received federal bailout funds. Hospitality public relations pros were left grapple with the “AIG effect,” with companies becoming wary of travel spending, just as leisure travelers were scared into staying home by the residential real estate crash.
5:10 Hotel marketing strategies to emerge during the recession included “keeping the guest dollar on property” with stronger promotion of in-house spas, restaurants and golf courses.
5:37 Recession marketing plans began to reflect a change of focus in the hospitality industry with marketers switching to a regional “drive-in” strategy to attract the “staycation” customers in their backyard who were now less willing to fly.
6:34 Recession marketing PR programs shifted as “the deal” became all important to consumers. Customers wanted a reduced rate, and at the luxury level, demanded extras be thrown in with the price of the room (a spa treatment or a round of golf).
8:02 Social media travel PR, more than ever, had to advance client priority metrics, whether it be message delivery, preserving the rate charged, driving click throughs to a website or capturing data to guide distribution of an e-newsletter.
9:06 Online travel marketing gained added credibility when a survey by the Hospitality Sales and Marketing Association International found travel consumers need seven online touch points to influence their travel decisions. If travel companies are not working online, they are failing to influence half of a given consumer’s buying decision.
9:45 Online travel marketing has grown dramatically on the backs of the online travel agents like Priceline, Expedia, Orbitz and Travelocity, but travel agents still play a key role for people who want more than just a room (packages, advice, personal service).
10:33 Social media travel marketing in the last three years has come to play a central role in outreach by public relations firms to media that customers consume, along with an upswing in direct communication to customers.
10:47 Social media travel PR includes the pushing out of promotions via Facebook and Twitter pages that the travel customer communities have learned to pay attention to, including online venues of major traditional media outlets. Every major daily newspaper now has an online operation that often offers content not available in that newspaper’s Sunday travel section. The Los Angeles Times, for instance, has the Daily Dish and the Daily Deal blog. Perishable product does well online, and this impacts media targeting.
13:09 Travel industry prospects should begin to recover shortly, but marketers need to focus on population segments that have continued to spend money on travel de...Social media travel marketing has become more important to the hospitality industry, and the public relations firms serving it, since the economic downturn hit the travel industry in 2008. Social media PR in particular is also becoming more...Social media travel marketing has become more important to the hospitality industry, and the public relations firms serving it, since the economic downturn hit the travel industry in 2008. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social media PR in particular is also becoming more vital with consumers demanding incentives, requiring more online touch points to make decisions and deals in real time via social networking, says Karen Gee McAuley (@gemtweet), executive vice president of Blaze PR and a 25-veteran of the travel and tourism industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Online travel agents like Priceline, Orbitz and Travelocity have grown dramatically through the recession, forcing consultants to promote discounts offered by these services on their client’s properties with Twitter-like speed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Karen sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA International Conference to discuss social media marketing for the travel and hospitality in hard economic times. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This episode is guest hosted by Joann Killeen-Furtney of Killeen Furtney Group. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Show Notes: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
1:11 Travel marketing has been shaped in recent by the recession that hit in 2008 and by the mistakes of insurance giant AIG, which achieved notoriety by holding a luxury event at a hotel just after it had received federal bailout funds. Hospitality public relations pros were left grapple with the “AIG effect,” with companies becoming wary of travel spending, just as leisure travelers were scared into staying home by the residential real estate crash. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:10 Hotel marketing strategies to emerge during the recession included “keeping the guest dollar on property” with stronger promotion of in-house spas, restaurants and golf courses. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:37 Recession marketing plans began to reflect a change of focus in the hospitality industry with marketers switching to a regional “drive-in” strategy to attract the “staycation” customers in their backyard who were now less willing to fly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:34 Recession marketing PR programs shifted as “the deal” became all important to consumers. Customers wanted a reduced rate, and at the luxury level, demanded extras be thrown in with the price of the room (a spa treatment or a round of golf). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
8:02 Social media travel PR, more than ever, had to advance client priority metrics, whether it be message delivery, preserving the rate charged, driving click throughs to a website or capturing data to guide distribution of an e-newsletter. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:06 Online travel marketing gained added credibility when a survey by the Hospitality Sales and Marketing Association International found travel consumers need seven online touch points to influence their travel decisions. If travel companies are not working online, they are failing to influence half of a given consumer’s buying decision. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:45 Online travel marketing has grown dramatically on the backs of the online travel agents like Priceline, Expedia, Orbitz and Travelocity, but travel agents still play a key role for people who want more than just a room (packages, advice, personal service). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:33 Social media travel marketing in the last three years has come to play a central role in outreach by public relations firms to media that customers consume, along with an upswing in direct communication to customers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:47 Social media travel PR includes the pushing out of promotions via Facebook and Twitter pages that the travel customer communities have learned to pay attention to, including online venues of major traditional media outlets. Every major daily newspaper now has an online operation that often offers content not available in that newspaper’s Sunday tra...Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 5https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-5/
Wed, 16 Mar 2011 12:54:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-5In this Episode:
Twitter encourages the developer community to find new, useful ways to use their platform to do more than just share tweetsTwitter platform lead Evan Sanger says 90 percent of active Twitter users now use official Twitter apps on a monthly basis to access the service, but Marketwire’s Sysmos says 58 percent is a more accurate numberSpiceworks launches Vendor PagesAjilitee tries B2B marketing on GrouponPaul is looking for B2B case studies to feature in BtoB Magazine and Eric’s controversial SXSW panel on outsourcing social media without selling your soul. In this Episode: Twitter encourages the developer community to find new, useful ways to use their platform to do more than just share tweets; Twitter platform lead Evan Sanger says 90 percent of active Twitter users now use official Twitter...In this Episode: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Twitter encourages the developer community to find new, useful ways to use their platform to do more than just share tweetsTwitter platform lead Evan Sanger says 90 percent of active Twitter users now use official Twitter apps on a monthly basis to access the service, but Marketwire’s Sysmos says 58 percent is a more accurate numberSpiceworks launches Vendor PagesAjilitee tries B2B marketing on GrouponPaul is looking for B2B case studies to feature in BtoB Magazine and Eric’s controversial SXSW panel on outsourcing social media without selling your soul.Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 4https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-4/
Tue, 08 Mar 2011 17:28:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-4B2B Social Media Podcast #4 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online.
In this Episode:
A surge in LinkedIn integration by B2B membership sites indicates that its star is rising as the business social network of choice. A relatively new report says content marketing is growing in importance, but marketers are still struggling with creative issues. Traditional media like webcasts and even print advertising are called more effective than new social channels. Also, check out our FIR Live discussion with Shel Holtz and Neville Hobson from Feb. 16, 2011 and Eric’s discussion with Donna Papacosta on Trafcom News. Eric heads to SXSW for a panel Monday, March 14 at 9:30am with Nicole Simon, Kate Buck and Elizabeth Bellanti on Outsourcing Socail Media without Selling Your Soul. And on Monday in the SXSW Bookstore, Eric will be signing books at 11:30am.Podcast #4 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Please send comments,...B2B Social Media Podcast #4 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this Episode: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A surge in LinkedIn integration by B2B membership sites indicates that its star is rising as the business social network of choice. A relatively new report says content marketing is growing in importance, but marketers are still struggling with creative issues. Traditional media like webcasts and even print advertising are called more effective than new social channels. Also, check out our FIR Live discussion with Shel Holtz and Neville Hobson from Feb. 16, 2011 and Eric’s discussion with Donna Papacosta on Trafcom News. Eric heads to SXSW for a panel Monday, March 14 at 9:30am with Nicole Simon, Kate Buck and Elizabeth Bellanti on Outsourcing Socail Media without Selling Your Soul. And on Monday in the SXSW Bookstore, Eric will be signing books at 11:30am.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Advocacy Shapes AARP Healthcare Reform Outreachhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-advocacy-shapes-aarp-healthcare-reform-outreach/
Mon, 28 Feb 2011 18:06:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-advocacySocial media advocacy and social media activism are having tremendous impact on the national debate surrounding healthcare reform, with AARP serving as a case study for efforts to shape public policy in the age of web 2.0 advocacy.
Paul Anderson, vice president for Communications Strategy and Public Outreach at AARP reports on fast-growing social media action and adoption by the AARP membership, and on the power of new media advocacy to drive engagement as part of a call to action. P
aul sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA 2010 International Conference to discuss managing social media advocacy programs at AARP.
At the conference, Anderson participated in a public affairs panel focused on public policy issues stemming from the health care overhaul. Anderson joined AARP after three decades in journalism and public service. He has worked for The Miami Herald, and in 2001, became deputy chief of staff and communications director for former Florida Sen. Bob Graham.
Following Graham’s retirement, Anderson became managing director of public affairs for the U.S. Government Accountability Office.
Show Notes:
2:10 Social media advocacy case study: senior citizens represent the fastest growing segment on Facebook. In response to growing adoption, AARP has moved aggressively into social media advocacy, social media activism, social media networking applications and blogs.
2:37 Social media advocacy drives community engagement more efficiently than ever before. AARP research determines which members will take suggested actions on the organization’s behalf and will follow relevant AARP social media campaigns.
3:02 Healthcare reform served as the perfect example of how AARP uses social media for geographical and demographic targeting.
3:56 Social media activism requires that advocacy groups find people that agree with an institutional position and ensure their members take the right form of action.
4:12 Multiple social media communications channels represent a strategic challenge for the AARP. Its leadership employs matrix management to integrate AARP channels and communities, and to ensure that its content can be repurposed regardless of medium.
5:54 Mobile social media communications enables organizations to create value for members through accessibility and ease of use. AARP just launched several IPhone applications that leverage its publications and services, including scan-able bar code ap that enables members to get AARP discounts at participating stores using their iPhones.
6:51 Social media content must be a balance of what is most useful to audiences and moves forward institutional priorities. The AARP editorial team offers a wide variety of guidance, news and information on everything from recipes to vacations to medication, but also seeks to lead the community as it engages around policy positions.
9:25 Social media listening supplies lobbying efforts with genuine conversations to buttress arguments. AARP seeks to start dialogues through its social networking sites, and listens closely to the comments on its blogs and articles.
10:09 Social media public affairs has come to depend heavily on social media as a lead vehicle for driving change. The change, however, requires a true commitment to real-time conversation monitoring, and to placing trust in members and staff. Set your social media policy, distribute your messaging priorities and be prepared to debate robustly.
11:15 Creating a social media organization requires the opening up of communications and the crafting social media policy. AARP staff in all 50 states are now empowered to blog, post their own comments on social networking sites and to run their own social networks.
12:06 Social media outreach fuels lobbying efforts by supplying personal stories from any given Congressional district to reinforce an argument made to that Congressman on a pol... Social media advocacy and social media activism are having tremendous impact on the national debate surrounding healthcare reform, with AARP serving as a case study for efforts to shape public policy in the age of web 2.0 advocacy. , vice...Social media advocacy and social media activism are having tremendous impact on the national debate surrounding healthcare reform, with AARP serving as a case study for efforts to shape public policy in the age of web 2.0 advocacy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Paul Anderson, vice president for Communications Strategy and Public Outreach at AARP reports on fast-growing social media action and adoption by the AARP membership, and on the power of new media advocacy to drive engagement as part of a call to action. P<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
aul sat down with “On the Record…Online,” the official podcast of the PRSA 2010 International Conference to discuss managing social media advocacy programs at AARP. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
At the conference, Anderson participated in a public affairs panel focused on public policy issues stemming from the health care overhaul. Anderson joined AARP after three decades in journalism and public service. He has worked for The Miami Herald, and in 2001, became deputy chief of staff and communications director for former Florida Sen. Bob Graham. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Following Graham’s retirement, Anderson became managing director of public affairs for the U.S. Government Accountability Office. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Show Notes: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:10 Social media advocacy case study: senior citizens represent the fastest growing segment on Facebook. In response to growing adoption, AARP has moved aggressively into social media advocacy, social media activism, social media networking applications and blogs. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:37 Social media advocacy drives community engagement more efficiently than ever before. AARP research determines which members will take suggested actions on the organization’s behalf and will follow relevant AARP social media campaigns. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3:02 Healthcare reform served as the perfect example of how AARP uses social media for geographical and demographic targeting. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3:56 Social media activism requires that advocacy groups find people that agree with an institutional position and ensure their members take the right form of action. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:12 Multiple social media communications channels represent a strategic challenge for the AARP. Its leadership employs matrix management to integrate AARP channels and communities, and to ensure that its content can be repurposed regardless of medium. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:54 Mobile social media communications enables organizations to create value for members through accessibility and ease of use. AARP just launched several IPhone applications that leverage its publications and services, including scan-able bar code ap that enables members to get AARP discounts at participating stores using their iPhones. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:51 Social media content must be a balance of what is most useful to audiences and moves forward institutional priorities. The AARP editorial team offers a wide variety of guidance, news and information on everything from recipes to vacations to medication, but also seeks to lead the community as it engages around policy positions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:25 Social media listening supplies lobbying efforts with genuine conversations to buttress arguments. AARP seeks to start dialogues through its social networking sites, and listens closely to the comments on its blogs and articles. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:09 Social media public affairs has come to depend heavily on social media as a lead vehicle for driving change. The change, however, requires a true commitment to real-time conversation monitoring, and to placing trust in members and staff. Set your social media policy, distribute your messaging priorities and be prepared to debate robustly. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:15 Creating a social media organization requires the opening up of communications and th...Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 3https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-3/
Mon, 21 Feb 2011 15:14:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-3B2B Social Media Podcast #3 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online.
In this Episode:
FIR Live with Shel Holtz and Neville Hobson is up. Mark Zuckerberg, Steve Jobs and Eric Schmidt’s meeting with U.S. President Barack Obama about stimulating the economy Fareed Zakaria’s story on restoring the American dream.
The Watson Jeopardy Challenge, quite possibly the greatest B2B marketing campaign in history, and eWeek's coverage. Pete Blackshaw goes to Nestle.
What, if anything, can B2B marketers learn from the revolutionary fever sweeping North Africa and the Middle East. Chris Messina’s SXSW presentation on activity streams and data visualizations.
Overcoming B2B social media adoption challenges, and increasing social media literacy inside organizations. New features for administrators of Facebook Pages.
Happy 2nd Birthday Social Media B2B and congratulations Jeffrey L. Cohen and Kipp Bodnar. Podcast #3 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Please send...B2B Social Media Podcast #3 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- discuss developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this Episode: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
FIR Live with Shel Holtz and Neville Hobson is up. Mark Zuckerberg, Steve Jobs and Eric Schmidt’s meeting with U.S. President Barack Obama about stimulating the economy Fareed Zakaria’s story on restoring the American dream. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Watson Jeopardy Challenge, quite possibly the greatest B2B marketing campaign in history, and eWeek's coverage. Pete Blackshaw goes to Nestle. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What, if anything, can B2B marketers learn from the revolutionary fever sweeping North Africa and the Middle East. Chris Messina’s SXSW presentation on activity streams and data visualizations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Overcoming B2B social media adoption challenges, and increasing social media literacy inside organizations. New features for administrators of Facebook Pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Happy 2nd Birthday Social Media B2B and congratulations Jeffrey L. Cohen and Kipp Bodnar.Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 2https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-2/
Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:50:24 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-2Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing, present the second podcast in our series on the developments in and best practices for marketing and engaging business customers online. In this episode...
Alibaba has invested in $4.5 billion in logistics. The exchange will take a cut of transactions brokered with its partners. This is a new role for an exchange and we wonder if it presages a new business model. Are you using Alibaba? We'd love to hear your experiences.
LinkedIn has some new features, including a cool visualization tool that shows the relationships of people in your professional network. It's early stage and not very useful at this point, but it's another demonstration of how social maps can be applied to rich professional networks.
Eric says it's a proof of concept at best. He doesn't see a lot of value in the visualization tool and doesn't have the time to figure it out.
However, he does see a lot of value in combining relationships with geographic data to improve sales prospecting.
A recent Wall Street Journal story documented the sometimes nasty surprise of session-based clicks. When buyers sign up for a pay-per-click campaign, they have the option of including session-based clicks in the mix.
This option may serve their ads against different queries depending upon the user's previous behavior.
Some buyers are finding that session-based clicks can drive up advertising fees without delivering much value.
There's a simple way to avoid this problem: turn off the session-based click option.
Linkedin is also offering some intriguing new advertising options that enable advertisers to target all kinds of professional demographic and interests. Every technology has a downside, though.
Eric notes that these new features can also be used for poaching employees by enabling recruiters to target advertising to specific companies.
Do you use Linkedin for professional advice and networking?
It's the preferred social network for B2B professionals and we provide some examples of how it pays off.
Eric has been spending time in the B2B marketing group on LinkedIn and is impressed by the moderator who gently but firmly guides the conversation.Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing, present the second podcast in our series on the developments in and best practices for marketing and engaging business customers online....Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing, present the second podcast in our series on the developments in and best practices for marketing and engaging business customers online. In this episode... <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Alibaba has invested in $4.5 billion in logistics. The exchange will take a cut of transactions brokered with its partners. This is a new role for an exchange and we wonder if it presages a new business model. Are you using Alibaba? We'd love to hear your experiences. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
LinkedIn has some new features, including a cool visualization tool that shows the relationships of people in your professional network. It's early stage and not very useful at this point, but it's another demonstration of how social maps can be applied to rich professional networks. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric says it's a proof of concept at best. He doesn't see a lot of value in the visualization tool and doesn't have the time to figure it out. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
However, he does see a lot of value in combining relationships with geographic data to improve sales prospecting. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A recent Wall Street Journal story documented the sometimes nasty surprise of session-based clicks. When buyers sign up for a pay-per-click campaign, they have the option of including session-based clicks in the mix. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This option may serve their ads against different queries depending upon the user's previous behavior. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Some buyers are finding that session-based clicks can drive up advertising fees without delivering much value. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
There's a simple way to avoid this problem: turn off the session-based click option. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Linkedin is also offering some intriguing new advertising options that enable advertisers to target all kinds of professional demographic and interests. Every technology has a downside, though. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric notes that these new features can also be used for poaching employees by enabling recruiters to target advertising to specific companies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Do you use Linkedin for professional advice and networking? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It's the preferred social network for B2B professionals and we provide some examples of how it pays off. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric has been spending time in the B2B marketing group on LinkedIn and is impressed by the moderator who gently but firmly guides the conversation.Eric SchwartzmancleanB2B Social Media Podcast – Episode 1https://www.ericschwartzman.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-episode-1/
Mon, 24 Jan 2011 12:41:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/b2b-social-media-podcast-1B2B Social Media Podcast #1 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- kick off a special series on the developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Podcast #1 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- kick off a special series on the developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online....B2B Social Media Podcast #1 - Eric Schwartzman and Paul Gillin, co-authors of Social Marketing to the Business Customer -- the first book devoted entirely to B2B social media marketing -- kick off a special series on the developments in and best practices for marketing to business customers online. Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Crisis Communications Simulator Prepares Clients for Stormhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-crisis-simulator-firebell-prepares-companies-to-handle-online-troubles/
Fri, 21 Jan 2011 02:44:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-crisis-communications-simulator-firebellSocial media crisis simulator Firebell, which was recently introduced by PR giant Weber Shandwick, is providing crisis communications training for companies keen to avoid critical missteps in an online brand crisis.
In this episode, Weber Shandwick VP Brooke Worden joins guest host Sandra Burrowes to give us a glimpse of FireBell’s realism and effectiveness, attributes that recently earned the social media crisis tool a 2010 Digital PR Award for best new digital service/product/app.
Creating a social crisis drill that replicates the urgency of an online attack has been a challenge for PR professionals. For this reason, FireBell’s social media attack simulator is intentionally designed to be stress-producing. Worden highlights the unscripted nature of a social crisis—real or simulated—and the choices companies are forced to make while such an event unfolds.
Using FireBell, realistic scenarios compel company communicators to respond to a crisis in real time.
Users are able to tweet, post to Facebook and post video to YouTube in response to unfolding events yet do so in a secure, off-the-Internet environment.
A class-action lawsuit, a damaging video by an employee, product recall or a fatal accident at a company facility are real-world brand emergencies that happen every day and typical of a FireBell scenario.
The goal following a social crisis drill is to debrief the event and combine it with post-drill feedback to forge a realistic, experience-based crisis communications plan.
Brooke Worden, VP Financial Services with Weber Shandwick Minneapolis, led the recent U.S. Census Bureau public relations campaign, working with more than 50 employees in six Weber Shandwick offices nationwide.
ABOUT THE PODCASTER Based in Minneapolis/St. Paul, Sandra Burrowes specializing in strategy, media relations and social media management at teh Mayo Clinic.
She is an associate with the Chartered Institute of Public Relations.
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.
Photo by Josep Castells on UnsplashSocial media crisis simulator Firebell, which was recently introduced by PR giant Weber Shandwick, is providing crisis communications training for companies keen to avoid critical missteps in an online brand crisis. In this installment of the On the...Social media crisis simulator Firebell, which was recently introduced by PR giant Weber Shandwick, is providing crisis communications training for companies keen to avoid critical missteps in an online brand crisis. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Weber Shandwick VP Brooke Worden joins guest host Sandra Burrowes to give us a glimpse of FireBell’s realism and effectiveness, attributes that recently earned the social media crisis tool a 2010 Digital PR Award for best new digital service/product/app. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Creating a social crisis drill that replicates the urgency of an online attack has been a challenge for PR professionals. For this reason, FireBell’s social media attack simulator is intentionally designed to be stress-producing. Worden highlights the unscripted nature of a social crisis—real or simulated—and the choices companies are forced to make while such an event unfolds. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Using FireBell, realistic scenarios compel company communicators to respond to a crisis in real time. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Users are able to tweet, post to Facebook and post video to YouTube in response to unfolding events yet do so in a secure, off-the-Internet environment. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A class-action lawsuit, a damaging video by an employee, product recall or a fatal accident at a company facility are real-world brand emergencies that happen every day and typical of a FireBell scenario. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The goal following a social crisis drill is to debrief the event and combine it with post-drill feedback to forge a realistic, experience-based crisis communications plan. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Brooke Worden, VP Financial Services with Weber Shandwick Minneapolis, led the recent U.S. Census Bureau public relations campaign, working with more than 50 employees in six Weber Shandwick offices nationwide. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ABOUT THE PODCASTER Based in Minneapolis/St. Paul, Sandra Burrowes specializing in strategy, media relations and social media management at teh Mayo Clinic. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She is an associate with the Chartered Institute of Public Relations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Josep Castells on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanAmazon and Spotify Facebook Marketing Case Studieshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/facebook-marketing-tips-from-amazon-spotify-and-qype/
Mon, 17 Jan 2011 15:40:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Facebook-Marketing-Tips-Graph-APIFacebook marketing tips and Facebook marketing strategies from Amazon, and Spotify, presented by Facebook partner engineer Simon Cross and Vincent Wermus.
These three companies are using Facebook to address a longstanding problem marketers have had with social media: Most channels provide no demographics on who’s listening.
Think about it.
RSS is a great distribution tool. It’s effective, efficient and cheap, but you have almost no idea who’s reading your blog or listening to podcast, and no what they think about it.
These savvy marketers are using Facebook’s Graph API to collect basic demographics on their visitors and request permission for extended demographics in exchange for premium services that improve the functionality of their websites.
When you have a rich make a market for your product and services.
This podcast explains why the power of the Facebook platform is not so much Facebook.com, but rather, the connections, identities and interests of the network’s users.
Using Amazon, Spotify and Qype’s Facebook integration as case studies, the talk suggests the social networking giant is much more than just a as dotcom destinations.
It is a non-technical discussion of the Graph API, which can be used to let visitors bring their Facebook friends and interests with them to a website. It is the second part of a presentation delivered at Le Web in Paris and his PowerPoint deck is available.
The first part of the talk was gives Facebook marketing tips with Social Plug-ins.
Prior to Simon, Facebook Account Executive Xavier Leclerc shared Facebook Marketing Ideas for using Facebook Pages and gave Facebook Advertising Tips.
Photo by Markus Spiske on Unsplash Facebook marketing tips and Facebook marketing strategies from Amazon, Spotify and Qype, presented by Facebook partner engineer and Qype Country Manager for France Vincent Wermus. These three companies are using Facebook to...Facebook marketing tips and Facebook marketing strategies from Amazon, and Spotify, presented by Facebook partner engineer Simon Cross and Vincent Wermus. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These three companies are using Facebook to address a longstanding problem marketers have had with social media: Most channels provide no demographics on who’s listening. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Think about it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
RSS is a great distribution tool. It’s effective, efficient and cheap, but you have almost no idea who’s reading your blog or listening to podcast, and no what they think about it. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These savvy marketers are using Facebook’s Graph API to collect basic demographics on their visitors and request permission for extended demographics in exchange for premium services that improve the functionality of their websites. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When you have a rich make a market for your product and services. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This podcast explains why the power of the Facebook platform is not so much Facebook.com, but rather, the connections, identities and interests of the network’s users. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Using Amazon, Spotify and Qype’s Facebook integration as case studies, the talk suggests the social networking giant is much more than just a as dotcom destinations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It is a non-technical discussion of the Graph API, which can be used to let visitors bring their Facebook friends and interests with them to a website. It is the second part of a presentation delivered at Le Web in Paris and his PowerPoint deck is available. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The first part of the talk was gives Facebook marketing tips with Social Plug-ins. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to Simon, Facebook Account Executive Xavier Leclerc shared Facebook Marketing Ideas for using Facebook Pages and gave Facebook Advertising Tips. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Markus Spiske on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanFacebook Marketing by Installing Like Buttons on Your Sitehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/facebook-like-buttons/
Tue, 04 Jan 2011 21:10:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/marketing-facebook-like-buttonsIf you're scratching your head wondering how in the heck Facebook could be valued at $50 billion US dollars, or trying to figure out what the real significance of Facebook is on organizational communications, this podcast will bring you up to speed. This is the second in a series of podcasts on Facebook Marketing, the first of which is about Marketing with Facebook Pages and Facebook Ads with Facebook account executive Xavier LeClerc.
In this episode, you will learn:
The benefits of installing Facebook "Like" buttonsHow to use Facebook "Like" buttons to achieve massive reachHow optimize Facebook "Like" buttons for maximum engagementHow to use the Facebook Activity Stream and Live Stream social plug ins.
Â Join Facebook partner engineer Simon Cross for a riveting presentation on why and how to use the Facebook's social plug ins to extend the reach of Facebook.com to your destination website using their social plug ins.
Understand the benefits of integrating Facebook "Like" buttons into your site and how best to optimize them to engage the largest number of users.
Mr. Cross offers recent numerous case studies from well-known organizations like The Independent newspaper in the UK, the BBC and talks about which social plug ins to use based on your marketing objectives.
This presentation was recorded at Le Web 2010 in Paris
Photo by Nghia Nguyen on UnsplashÂ Â If youâ€™re scratching your head wondering how in the heck Facebook could be US dollars, or trying to figure out what the real significance of Facebook is on organizational communications, this podcast offers the you need to...If you're scratching your head wondering how in the heck Facebook could be valued at $50 billion US dollars, or trying to figure out what the real significance of Facebook is on organizational communications, this podcast will bring you up to speed. This is the second in a series of podcasts on Facebook Marketing, the first of which is about Marketing with Facebook Pages and Facebook Ads with Facebook account executive Xavier LeClerc.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, you will learn: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The benefits of installing Facebook "Like" buttonsHow to use Facebook "Like" buttons to achieve massive reachHow optimize Facebook "Like" buttons for maximum engagementHow to use the Facebook Activity Stream and Live Stream social plug ins.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Â Join Facebook partner engineer Simon Cross for a riveting presentation on why and how to use the Facebook's social plug ins to extend the reach of Facebook.com to your destination website using their social plug ins.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Understand the benefits of integrating Facebook "Like" buttons into your site and how best to optimize them to engage the largest number of users. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mr. Cross offers recent numerous case studies from well-known organizations like The Independent newspaper in the UK, the BBC and talks about which social plug ins to use based on your marketing objectives. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This presentation was recorded at Le Web 2010 in Paris<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Nghia Nguyen on UnsplashEric Schwartzman24:57Facebook Page Marketing and Facebook Advertising Explainedhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/marketing-with-facebook-pages-and-facebook-ads/
Mon, 20 Dec 2010 13:42:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/marketing-facebook-pages-facebook-adsWhat makes social media marketing so elusive for old school marketers is scalability.
An individual’s social network is tiny compared conventional, mainstream media audiences.
The prospect of going head to head with a million audiences of 12 seems impossible.
In this special episode, recorded at Le Web in Paris:
Facebook account executive Xavier Leclerc explains how Facebook Pages are being used by brands to get fans to recommend their products and service to their Facebook friends, and there’s nothing more trusted than the advice of a friend. La Coste’s 3.8 million Facebook friends have 112 friends collectively and they’re combining Facebook Page publishing with Facebook Ads to continue to expand their social graph.Find out how they’re doing it, Facebook’s future plans for FBML, best practices for Facebook Page Marketing, best practices for Facebook Ads, Facebook’s own scaling challenges and the tangible business benefits of marketing with Facebook Pages.
Photo by Will Francis on Unsplash What makes social media marketing so elusive for old school marketers is scalability. An individual’s social network is tiny compared conventional, mainstream media audiences. The prospect of going head to head with a million audiences of 12...What makes social media marketing so elusive for old school marketers is scalability. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
An individual’s social network is tiny compared conventional, mainstream media audiences.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The prospect of going head to head with a million audiences of 12 seems impossible. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this special episode, recorded at Le Web in Paris:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Facebook account executive Xavier Leclerc explains how Facebook Pages are being used by brands to get fans to recommend their products and service to their Facebook friends, and there’s nothing more trusted than the advice of a friend. La Coste’s 3.8 million Facebook friends have 112 friends collectively and they’re combining Facebook Page publishing with Facebook Ads to continue to expand their social graph.Find out how they’re doing it, Facebook’s future plans for FBML, best practices for Facebook Page Marketing, best practices for Facebook Ads, Facebook’s own scaling challenges and the tangible business benefits of marketing with Facebook Pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Will Francis on Unsplash Eric SchwartzmancleanPRSA Technology Section Chair Rich Teplitskyhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/prsa-technology-section-chair-rich-teplitsky/
Thu, 16 Dec 2010 14:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/rich-teplitsky-prsa-technology-section-chairSocial media effectiveness and crafting social media policies are based on the unique goals of your communications strategy, says Rich Teplitsky, Technology Section Chair for the Public Relations Society of America and VP at Lois Paul & Partners, a high-tech PR firm based in Boston with a satellite office in Austin.
Social media monitoring is challenging unless an organization understands why it engages in social media and has identified the right tools for measuring social networking effectiveness.
In this episode, Rich talks joins guest hosts Sandra Burrowes and Greg Reeder about social media measurement, trends in emerging technology and the art of setting social media policy.
ASysomos analysis of 1.2 million tweets from a two-month period reported that 71 percent of tweets did not stimulate a reply or a retweet on Twitter. Is this failure or success?
That depends, says Teplitsky, on whether the individual, company or organization is using the channel to engage, inform, build brand or drive traffic to a web site, for example.
Different tools are used to measure different social media goals and it takes a well-informed public relations professional to stay current with the best tools for the job.
To create sound social media policy with organization-wide buy-in, public relations pros should gather representatives from every department that has a stake in social media and broker two sets of suitable policies—one for employees (or organization members) and one for the PR/marketing people who will communicate on behalf of the company.
Teplitsky also discusses the challenge for PR professionals for staying on the “cell-dividing edge” of emerging technology and outlines three areas of rapid growth: cloud computing, wireless devices and content banking.
ABOUT THE GUEST HOST Based in Minneapolis/St. Paul, Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic and Greg Reeder is Director of Marketing at SAP She's also an associate with the Chartered Institute of Public Relations.Social media effectiveness and crafting social media policies are based on the unique goals of your communications strategy, says , Technology Section Chair for the . and VP at Lois Paul & Partners, a firm based in Boston with a satellite office...Social media effectiveness and crafting social media policies are based on the unique goals of your communications strategy, says Rich Teplitsky, Technology Section Chair for the Public Relations Society of America and VP at Lois Paul & Partners, a high-tech PR firm based in Boston with a satellite office in Austin.<br />
<br />
Social media monitoring is challenging unless an organization understands why it engages in social media and has identified the right tools for measuring social networking effectiveness.<br />
<br />
In this episode, Rich talks joins guest hosts Sandra Burrowes and Greg Reeder about social media measurement, trends in emerging technology and the art of setting social media policy.<br />
<br />
ASysomos analysis of 1.2 million tweets from a two-month period reported that 71 percent of tweets did not stimulate a reply or a retweet on Twitter. Is this failure or success?<br />
<br />
That depends, says Teplitsky, on whether the individual, company or organization is using the channel to engage, inform, build brand or drive traffic to a web site, for example.<br />
<br />
Different tools are used to measure different social media goals and it takes a well-informed public relations professional to stay current with the best tools for the job.<br />
<br />
To create sound social media policy with organization-wide buy-in, public relations pros should gather representatives from every department that has a stake in social media and broker two sets of suitable policies—one for employees (or organization members) and one for the PR/marketing people who will communicate on behalf of the company.<br />
<br />
Teplitsky also discusses the challenge for PR professionals for staying on the “cell-dividing edge” of emerging technology and outlines three areas of rapid growth: cloud computing, wireless devices and content banking.<br />
<br />
ABOUT THE GUEST HOST Based in Minneapolis/St. Paul, Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic and Greg Reeder is Director of Marketing at SAP She's also an associate with the Chartered Institute of Public Relations.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Update from Le Web 2010 in Parishttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-update-from-le-web-2010-in-paris/
Sat, 11 Dec 2010 17:05:55 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/le-web-2010-social-mediaIf you couldn’t make it to Paris for Le Web, this podcast gives you all the major announcements and insights in one, terrific, jam-packed episode I think you’ll enjoy.
Andrea Vascellari and I recap the highlights and announcements made at Le Web 2010 in Paris, as well as some of the lessons we learned at the conference.
Topics discussed:
The latest statistics on Foursquare usage, growth rates and what they charge for custom badges from co-founder Dennis Crowley, as well as how they plan to compete against Facebook Places.Facebook Connect usage, growth rates and installed base from Ethan Beard, Director of the Developer Network at Facebook, as well as Facebook’s number of users in the UK, France, Italy and Germany.Marissa Mayer’s Android 2.3 Gingerbread demo of Google Maps on the new Samsung Nexus SPet Society’s sales volume and the free to paid social gaming conversion rates they’re seeing from Sebastien de Halleux, Co-Founder, Playfish & VP, Business Development & Strategic Partnerships, EA Interactive.Number of paid and unpaid Angry Birds downloads announced by Mikael Hed, CEO of Rovio.Gary Vaynerchuk and Loic Lemeur’s insights on how the velocity of social media interaction can be used to either escalate or diminish engagement levels, and what that means for organizations.Matthias Lufkens on Twitter Diplomacy and how government officials with Twitter accounts are too often undiplomatic , and probably don’t even know it.Gabe Rivera of Tech Meme’s insightful comment about what Wikileaks means for the #gov20 space.The keynote by Carlos Gohsn, Chairman & CEO of Renault S.A. & Nissan on how the human desire for autonomy impacts the way networks evolve.
Links Referenced:
Pew Internet Report - Multiple Identities Online: https://www.pewinternet.org/Reports/2010/Reputation-Management/Part-1.aspx?view=allJeremiah Owyang’s Keynote: https://www.web-strategist.com/blog/2010/12/09/slides-social-business-forecast-2011-the-year-of-integration-leweb-keynote/Le Web Sessions in HD: https://www.youtube.com/lewebparis#g/u
Special Thanks to Kristie Wells for the photo and APM Music for the production music.If you couldn’t make it to Paris for on Dec. 8-9, 2010, this podcast gives you all the major announcements and insights in one, terrific, jam-packed episode I think you’ll enjoy. and I recap the highlights and announcements made at Le Web...If you couldn’t make it to Paris for Le Web, this podcast gives you all the major announcements and insights in one, terrific, jam-packed episode I think you’ll enjoy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Andrea Vascellari and I recap the highlights and announcements made at Le Web 2010 in Paris, as well as some of the lessons we learned at the conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Topics discussed:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The latest statistics on Foursquare usage, growth rates and what they charge for custom badges from co-founder Dennis Crowley, as well as how they plan to compete against Facebook Places.Facebook Connect usage, growth rates and installed base from Ethan Beard, Director of the Developer Network at Facebook, as well as Facebook’s number of users in the UK, France, Italy and Germany.Marissa Mayer’s Android 2.3 Gingerbread demo of Google Maps on the new Samsung Nexus SPet Society’s sales volume and the free to paid social gaming conversion rates they’re seeing from Sebastien de Halleux, Co-Founder, Playfish & VP, Business Development & Strategic Partnerships, EA Interactive.Number of paid and unpaid Angry Birds downloads announced by Mikael Hed, CEO of Rovio.Gary Vaynerchuk and Loic Lemeur’s insights on how the velocity of social media interaction can be used to either escalate or diminish engagement levels, and what that means for organizations.Matthias Lufkens on Twitter Diplomacy and how government officials with Twitter accounts are too often undiplomatic , and probably don’t even know it.Gabe Rivera of Tech Meme’s insightful comment about what Wikileaks means for the #gov20 space.The keynote by Carlos Gohsn, Chairman & CEO of Renault S.A. & Nissan on how the human desire for autonomy impacts the way networks evolve.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Links Referenced:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pew Internet Report - Multiple Identities Online: https://www.pewinternet.org/Reports/2010/Reputation-Management/Part-1.aspx?view=allJeremiah Owyang’s Keynote: https://www.web-strategist.com/blog/2010/12/09/slides-social-business-forecast-2011-the-year-of-integration-leweb-keynote/Le Web Sessions in HD: https://www.youtube.com/lewebparis#g/u<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Special Thanks to Kristie Wells for the photo and APM Music for the production music.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Trends of 2011 mit Urs Gattiker von ComMetricshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-trends-of-2011-mit-urs-gattiker-von-commetrics/
Sun, 28 Nov 2010 18:57:48 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=809In preparation for my German-American Social Media Boot Camp 14-15 December 2010 in Frankfurt, I spoke to security and risk technologist, author and blogger Urs E. Gattiker (@commetrics) in Zurich, Switzerland about his expectations of what will the top social media trends of 2011.
We also talked about cloud computing service failures, the impact of the mobile internet on education and learning, the Beatles catalog release on iTunes, Sean Parker's data portability predictions, Le Web 2010, The Streisand Effect, Coke’s New Social Media Marketing Program and SAP’s B2B social network managed by Mark Yoltan and Social Media Week 2011.
Urs is the inventor of the ComMetrics benchmark battery of tools. One of these, the FT/ComMetrics corporate blog index empowers the FT Global 500 companies to compare the value of their blogging activities against to that target information security prevention and safety, with other enterprises.
Photo by Jaap StronksIn preparation for my German-American Social Media Boot Camp 14-15 December 2010 in Frankfurt, I spoke to security and risk technologist, author and blogger Urs E. Gattiker (@commetrics) in Zurich, Switzerland about his expectations of what will the to...In preparation for my German-American Social Media Boot Camp 14-15 December 2010 in Frankfurt, I spoke to security and risk technologist, author and blogger Urs E. Gattiker (@commetrics) in Zurich, Switzerland about his expectations of what will the top social media trends of 2011.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also talked about cloud computing service failures, the impact of the mobile internet on education and learning, the Beatles catalog release on iTunes, Sean Parker's data portability predictions, Le Web 2010, The Streisand Effect, Coke’s New Social Media Marketing Program and SAP’s B2B social network managed by Mark Yoltan and Social Media Week 2011.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Urs is the inventor of the ComMetrics benchmark battery of tools. One of these, the FT/ComMetrics corporate blog index empowers the FT Global 500 companies to compare the value of their blogging activities against to that target information security prevention and safety, with other enterprises.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Jaap StronksEric SchwartzmancleanEnvironmentally Irresponsible Las Vegas Celebritieshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/environmentally-irresponsible-las-vegas-celebrities/
Fri, 26 Nov 2010 19:05:05 +0000https://spinfluencer.com/?p=776Water usage in Las Vegas, who uses the most water per square foot and what Nevada State and Municipal Government are doing to promote water conservation with Bob Conrad (@bobconrad), communications officer for the Nevada Department of Conservation of Natural Resources, which conserves, protects, manages, and enhances the state’s natural resources in order to provide the highest quality of life for Nevada’s citizens and visitors.
Bob is also the author of “The Good, the Bad, the Spin” about the news media, public relations practices and crisis communications. He maintains a blog by the same name.
SHOW NOTES
01:02 -- Appropriating water rights in the state of Nevada and the factors on which determinations are made for water usage in Las Vegas.
02:07 -- Water is not a finite resource. Groundwater in Nevada is recharged and replenished. Jurisdiction over household water usage is governed at the municipal level, but they can and do issue citations for in appropriate water use.
04:17 -- In Las Vegas, it’s not the fountain show at the Bellagio Hotel or the golf courses that use the most water. More than 50% of the water used in Las Vegas is used by households. Resorts use roughly 7% of the water and industrial entities use 13 to 14%. Also, most of the golf courses use treated effluence for irrigation, which is essentially decontaminated waste water.
06:04 -- Fight promoter Don King used and 385,000 per square foot, or more than 2,000,000 gallons at his 5,358 square foot property in 2008, according to Nevada State records [PDF].
07:27 -- Prince Jefri Bolkiah of Brunei used 17.3 million gallons, more than any other property owner in the Las Vegas, and Ebay founder Pierre Omidyar used 13.7 million gallons, making him the second biggest consumer of water, according to Nevada State records [PDF], presenting a significant challenge to Clark County and the Southern Nevada Water Authority.
09:15 -- “Not a Drop in the Bucket,” an article by Henry Brean about water usage in Las Vegas which appeared in the Las Vegas Review Journal on March 22, 2009.
10:36 -- The third biggest consumer of water was Daniel Greenspun of the Greenspun Media Group, who used 8.7 million gallons of water at his 7-acre property in 2008.
14:30 -- Danny Gans, Fred Segal, Floyd Mayweather, Jack Galardi, Sheldon Aldelson, Celine Dion, Jerry Lewis and Garry Maddox are among the thirstiest celebrities in Las Vegas.
17:02 -- Dealing with the over usage of water by individuals with deep pockets is one the biggest challenges municipal authorities face because responsible use has not been defined. The current economic environment, which is resulting is less tourism to Las Vegas and more residents leaving the state though, is having the biggest impact on water conservation.
20:07 -- What has hurt gaming revenue in Nevada the most is that gambling has opened up in other states, particularly Indian Gaming in California. Reno has seen a huge hit to its gaming revenue, and the state is facing a budget crisis, primarily due to reduced casino and hospitality revenue.
21:03 -- Unemployment levels in Nevada are at the same rate as they were during the great Depression. The upcoming January 2011 citizen legislature meeting may result in increased taxes and the reduced services.
22:15 -- Nevada is in a severe financial crisis that is among the worst in the nation. The housing market was a big contributor, but the fact that Nevada has no state taxes puts it in a precarious predicament when tourism revenue dips, because there’s nothing for the state to fall back on.
25:22 -- Las Vegas hotel rooms and buffets used to cost almost nothing. To what extent do the higher prices give the industry something to fall back on when casino revenue is down? Do visitors need to gamble for hospitality concerns to make money?
27:15 -- End
OTHER RECOMMENDED EPISODES
Inside Entertainment PR with Stan Rosenfield
Mosaic of Trust with Richard Edelman
Water usage in Las Vegas, who uses the most water per square foot and what Nevada State and Municipal Government are doing to promote water conservation with Bob Conrad (@bobconrad), communications officer for the Nevada Department of Conservation of N...Water usage in Las Vegas, who uses the most water per square foot and what Nevada State and Municipal Government are doing to promote water conservation with Bob Conrad (@bobconrad), communications officer for the Nevada Department of Conservation of Natural Resources, which conserves, protects, manages, and enhances the state’s natural resources in order to provide the highest quality of life for Nevada’s citizens and visitors.<br />
Bob is also the author of “The Good, the Bad, the Spin” about the news media, public relations practices and crisis communications. He maintains a blog by the same name.<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES<br />
01:02 -- Appropriating water rights in the state of Nevada and the factors on which determinations are made for water usage in Las Vegas.<br />
02:07 -- Water is not a finite resource. Groundwater in Nevada is recharged and replenished. Jurisdiction over household water usage is governed at the municipal level, but they can and do issue citations for in appropriate water use.<br />
04:17 -- In Las Vegas, it’s not the fountain show at the Bellagio Hotel or the golf courses that use the most water. More than 50% of the water used in Las Vegas is used by households. Resorts use roughly 7% of the water and industrial entities use 13 to 14%. Also, most of the golf courses use treated effluence for irrigation, which is essentially decontaminated waste water.<br />
06:04 -- Fight promoter Don King used and 385,000 per square foot, or more than 2,000,000 gallons at his 5,358 square foot property in 2008, according to Nevada State records [PDF].<br />
07:27 -- Prince Jefri Bolkiah of Brunei used 17.3 million gallons, more than any other property owner in the Las Vegas, and Ebay founder Pierre Omidyar used 13.7 million gallons, making him the second biggest consumer of water, according to Nevada State records [PDF], presenting a significant challenge to Clark County and the Southern Nevada Water Authority.<br />
09:15 -- “Not a Drop in the Bucket,” an article by Henry Brean about water usage in Las Vegas which appeared in the Las Vegas Review Journal on March 22, 2009.<br />
10:36 -- The third biggest consumer of water was Daniel Greenspun of the Greenspun Media Group, who used 8.7 million gallons of water at his 7-acre property in 2008.<br />
14:30 -- Danny Gans, Fred Segal, Floyd Mayweather, Jack Galardi, Sheldon Aldelson, Celine Dion, Jerry Lewis and Garry Maddox are among the thirstiest celebrities in Las Vegas.<br />
<br />
<br />
17:02 -- Dealing with the over usage of water by individuals with deep pockets is one the biggest challenges municipal authorities face because responsible use has not been defined. The current economic environment, which is resulting is less tourism to Las Vegas and more residents leaving the state though, is having the biggest impact on water conservation.<br />
<br />
<br />
20:07 -- What has hurt gaming revenue in Nevada the most is that gambling has opened up in other states, particularly Indian Gaming in California. Reno has seen a huge hit to its gaming revenue, and the state is facing a budget crisis, primarily due to reduced casino and hospitality revenue.<br />
21:03 -- Unemployment levels in Nevada are at the same rate as they were during the great Depression. The upcoming January 2011 citizen legislature meeting may result in increased taxes and the reduced services.<br />
22:15 -- Nevada is in a severe financial crisis that is among the worst in the nation. The housing market was a big contributor, but the fact that Nevada has no state taxes puts it in a precarious predicament when tourism revenue dips, because there’s nothing for the state to fall back on.<br />
25:22 -- Las Vegas hotel rooms and buffets used to cost almost nothing. To what extent do the higher prices give the industry something to fall back on when casino revenue is down? Do visitors need to gamble for hospitality concerns to make money?<br />
Eric SchwartzmancleanBad Press from Environmentally Unfriendly Actionshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/environmentally-unfriendly-vegas-headliners/
Fri, 26 Nov 2010 14:00:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/water-usage-las-vegas-bob-conradVegas is desert country. Hot, dry and merciless. Yet amidst the harsh terrain are fountain shows, golf courses and lush gardens, which all appear to be hugely irresponsible water wasters.
But according to the local newspaper, the attractions aren't the problem. The worst offenders are rich Las Vegas celebrities, who maintain green acres that should be barren.
In this podcast, you'll find out which Las Vegas celebrities waste the most water annually and why, at least at this point, there's very little the state can do about it. It's a show about water usage in Las Vegas, who uses the most water per square foot and what Nevada State and Municipal Government are doing to promote water conservation.
Our guets is Bob Conrad (@bobconrad), communications officer for the Nevada Department of Conservation of Natural Resources, which conserves, protects, manages, and enhances the state’s natural resources in order to provide the highest quality of life for Nevada’s citizens and visitors.
Bob is also the author of “The Good, the Bad, the Spin” about the news media, public relations practices and crisis communications. He maintains a blog by the same name.
SHOW NOTES
01:02 -- Appropriating water rights in the state of Nevada and the factors on which determinations are made for water usage in Las Vegas.
02:07 -- Water is not a finite resource. Groundwater in Nevada is recharged and replenished. Jurisdiction over household water usage is governed at the municipal level, but they can and do issue citations for in appropriate water use.
04:17 -- In Las Vegas, it’s not the fountain show at the Bellagio Hotel or the golf courses that use the most water. More than 50% of the water used in Las Vegas is used by households. Resorts use roughly 7% of the water and industrial entities use 13 to 14%. Also, most of the golf courses use treated effluence for irrigation, which is essentially decontaminated waste water.
06:04 -- Fight promoter Don King used and 385,000 per square foot, or more than 2,000,000 gallons at his 5,358 square foot property in 2008, according to Las Vegas Review Journal records [PDF].
07:27 -- Prince Jefri Bolkiah of Brunei used 17.3 million gallons, more than any other property owner in the Las Vegas, and Ebay founder Pierre Omidyar used 13.7 million gallons, making him the second biggest consumer of water, according to Nevada State records [PDF], presenting a significant challenge to Clark County and the Southern Nevada Water Authority.
09:15 -- “Not a Drop in the Bucket,” an article by Henry Brean about water usage in Las Vegas which appeared in the Las Vegas Review Journal on March 22, 2009.
10:36 -- The third biggest consumer of water was Daniel Greenspun of the Greenspun Media Group, who used 8.7 million gallons of water at his 7-acre property in 2008.
14:30 -- Danny Gans, Fred Segal, Floyd Mayweather, Jack Galardi, Sheldon Aldelson, Celine Dion, Jerry Lewis and Garry Maddox are among the thirstiest celebrities in Las Vegas.
17:02 -- Dealing with the over usage of water by individuals with deep pockets is one the biggest challenges municipal authorities face because responsible use has not been defined. The current economic environment, which is resulting is less tourism to Las Vegas and more residents leaving the state though, is having the biggest impact on water conservation.
20:07 -- What has hurt gaming revenue in Nevada the most is that gambling has opened up in other states, particularly Indian Gaming in California. Reno has seen a huge hit to its gaming revenue, and the state is facing a budget crisis, primarily due to reduced casino and hospitality revenue.
21:03 -- Unemployment levels in Nevada are at the same rate as they were during the great Depression. The upcoming January citizen legislature meeting may result in increased taxes and the reduced services.
Vegas is desert country. Hot, dry and merciless. Yet amidst the harsh terrain are fountain shows, golf courses and lush gardens, which all appear to be hugely irresponsible water wasters. But according to the local newspaper, the attractions...Vegas is desert country. Hot, dry and merciless. Yet amidst the harsh terrain are fountain shows, golf courses and lush gardens, which all appear to be hugely irresponsible water wasters. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But according to the local newspaper, the attractions aren't the problem. The worst offenders are rich Las Vegas celebrities, who maintain green acres that should be barren. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this podcast, you'll find out which Las Vegas celebrities waste the most water annually and why, at least at this point, there's very little the state can do about it. It's a show about water usage in Las Vegas, who uses the most water per square foot and what Nevada State and Municipal Government are doing to promote water conservation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Our guets is Bob Conrad (@bobconrad), communications officer for the Nevada Department of Conservation of Natural Resources, which conserves, protects, manages, and enhances the state’s natural resources in order to provide the highest quality of life for Nevada’s citizens and visitors. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Bob is also the author of “The Good, the Bad, the Spin” about the news media, public relations practices and crisis communications. He maintains a blog by the same name. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:02 -- Appropriating water rights in the state of Nevada and the factors on which determinations are made for water usage in Las Vegas. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:07 -- Water is not a finite resource. Groundwater in Nevada is recharged and replenished. Jurisdiction over household water usage is governed at the municipal level, but they can and do issue citations for in appropriate water use. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:17 -- In Las Vegas, it’s not the fountain show at the Bellagio Hotel or the golf courses that use the most water. More than 50% of the water used in Las Vegas is used by households. Resorts use roughly 7% of the water and industrial entities use 13 to 14%. Also, most of the golf courses use treated effluence for irrigation, which is essentially decontaminated waste water. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:04 -- Fight promoter Don King used and 385,000 per square foot, or more than 2,000,000 gallons at his 5,358 square foot property in 2008, according to Las Vegas Review Journal records [PDF]. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:27 -- Prince Jefri Bolkiah of Brunei used 17.3 million gallons, more than any other property owner in the Las Vegas, and Ebay founder Pierre Omidyar used 13.7 million gallons, making him the second biggest consumer of water, according to Nevada State records [PDF], presenting a significant challenge to Clark County and the Southern Nevada Water Authority. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:15 -- “Not a Drop in the Bucket,” an article by Henry Brean about water usage in Las Vegas which appeared in the Las Vegas Review Journal on March 22, 2009. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:36 -- The third biggest consumer of water was Daniel Greenspun of the Greenspun Media Group, who used 8.7 million gallons of water at his 7-acre property in 2008. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:30 -- Danny Gans, Fred Segal, Floyd Mayweather, Jack Galardi, Sheldon Aldelson, Celine Dion, Jerry Lewis and Garry Maddox are among the thirstiest celebrities in Las Vegas. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:02 -- Dealing with the over usage of water by individuals with deep pockets is one the biggest challenges municipal authorities face because responsible use has not been defined. The current economic environment, which is resulting is less tourism to Las Vegas and more residents leaving the state though, is having the biggest impact on water conservation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
20:07 -- What has hurt gaming revenue in Nevada the most is that gambling has opened up in other states, particularly Indian Gaming in California. Reno has seen a huge hit to its gaming revenue,Eric SchwartzmancleanLe Web Survival Guidehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/le-web-2010-survival-guide/
Thu, 18 Nov 2010 00:11:35 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Le-Web-2010-Survival-GuideEach December, roughly 2,500 technology executives and Internet enthusiasts convene in Paris for Le Web, a two-day conference where start-ups pitch venture capitalists and emerging technology companies demo their wares.
Founded by Loic Le Meur and his wife Geraldine, Le Web has grown in popularity over the years and has come to be know as one of the European technology conferences to be and be seen at.
I’m going as an official conference podcaster and continuing on to Frankfurt the following week to teach a US-German Social Media Boot Camp which will be a two-day social media training on the 14th and 15th of December 2010 with DDP Direct (acquired by MyNewsDesk).
I have been wanting to attend Le Web for a couple of years now, so I was excited when Andrea Vascellari (@vascellari), the CEO of itive.net, suggested to the conference organizers that I be invited as an official conference podcaster, and the dates dovetailed nicely with my upcoming Frankfurt gig so I'm going.
In this Le Web Preview Pocast, Andrea and I are joined by two other Official Le Web conference bloggers: Tara Hunt (@missrogue) and and Algerian blogger Ismail Chaib.
Before we dive into a discussion of the agenda and survival tips for getting the most out of the conference, we talk about Facebook Messaging, the impact of globalization and technology on the economy and the world outside the tech bubble.
At the conference, I’ll be talking to other Le Web Conference bloggers including Henriette Weber, Nebojsa Radovic, Erno Hannink and others.
Photo by Chris Heuer.Each December, roughly 2,500 technology executives and Internet enthusiasts convene in Paris for , a two-day conference where start-ups pitch venture capitalists and emerging technology companies demo their wares. Founded by Loic Le Meur (the...Each December, roughly 2,500 technology executives and Internet enthusiasts convene in Paris for Le Web, a two-day conference where start-ups pitch venture capitalists and emerging technology companies demo their wares. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Founded by Loic Le Meur and his wife Geraldine, Le Web has grown in popularity over the years and has come to be know as one of the European technology conferences to be and be seen at.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I’m going as an official conference podcaster and continuing on to Frankfurt the following week to teach a US-German Social Media Boot Camp which will be a two-day social media training on the 14th and 15th of December 2010 with DDP Direct (acquired by MyNewsDesk). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I have been wanting to attend Le Web for a couple of years now, so I was excited when Andrea Vascellari (@vascellari), the CEO of itive.net, suggested to the conference organizers that I be invited as an official conference podcaster, and the dates dovetailed nicely with my upcoming Frankfurt gig so I'm going.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this Le Web Preview Pocast, Andrea and I are joined by two other Official Le Web conference bloggers: Tara Hunt (@missrogue) and and Algerian blogger Ismail Chaib. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Before we dive into a discussion of the agenda and survival tips for getting the most out of the conference, we talk about Facebook Messaging, the impact of globalization and technology on the economy and the world outside the tech bubble.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
At the conference, I’ll be talking to other Le Web Conference bloggers including Henriette Weber, Nebojsa Radovic, Erno Hannink and others. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Chris Heuer.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media at the US Department of Defensehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-at-the-us-department-of-defense/
Mon, 15 Nov 2010 17:10:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-jack-holt-DoDWith the social media policy prohibiting command from blocking access to social media indefinitely on their nonclassified network, the US Department of Defense made a public decision to embrace social media, the origins of which I profiled on my blog earlier this year.
This podcast is about the shift from command and control to a network hierarchy inside the US Military.
“We’re in the churning point, [and we’re moving] from a hierarchical to a networked structure," says Jack Holt, director of emerging media at the US Dept. of Defense, who I sat down with at the PRSA International Conference in DC for this podcast.
According to Jack, when it comes to social media, DoD is moving from command and control to a more distributed, network hierarchy, a move that depends heavily on teaching service members not so much about social media tools, but rather the path to peace in a networked world.
Beyond public relations and public affairs applications of social media, the larger opportunity social media networked information technology presents is the ability to better manage knowledge inside to organization, and better preserve organizational intelligence in an organization where service members frequently transition in and out of different operations and commands.
Other topics discussed include: The Blogger Roundtable at DoD Live, social media training, Al Qaeda’s online effectiveness, use of video at the Gaza Flotilla Raid and speed versus accuracy.
Follow Jack Holt on Twitter at https://twitter.com/jack_holt.With the social media policy prohibiting command from blocking access to social media indefinitely on their nonclassified network, the US Department of Defense made a public decision to embrace social media, the origins of which I profiled on my ...With the social media policy prohibiting command from blocking access to social media indefinitely on their nonclassified network, the US Department of Defense made a public decision to embrace social media, the origins of which I profiled on my blog earlier this year. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This podcast is about the shift from command and control to a network hierarchy inside the US Military. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
“We’re in the churning point, [and we’re moving] from a hierarchical to a networked structure," says Jack Holt, director of emerging media at the US Dept. of Defense, who I sat down with at the PRSA International Conference in DC for this podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
According to Jack, when it comes to social media, DoD is moving from command and control to a more distributed, network hierarchy, a move that depends heavily on teaching service members not so much about social media tools, but rather the path to peace in a networked world. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Beyond public relations and public affairs applications of social media, the larger opportunity social media networked information technology presents is the ability to better manage knowledge inside to organization, and better preserve organizational intelligence in an organization where service members frequently transition in and out of different operations and commands. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Other topics discussed include: The Blogger Roundtable at DoD Live, social media training, Al Qaeda’s online effectiveness, use of video at the Gaza Flotilla Raid and speed versus accuracy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Follow Jack Holt on Twitter at https://twitter.com/jack_holt.Eric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Monitoring Insightshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-monitoring-insights/
Mon, 08 Nov 2010 16:16:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Social-Media-Monitoring-InsightsSocial media monitoring has emerged as the first step in any effective social media marketing or social media ROI initiative.
Even traditional market research firms like Nielsen are offering integrated solutions for listening to online conversations.
If you’re looking to update your understanding of sentiment analysis, social media monitoring ethics or natural vs. computational language processing, this podcast is for you.
It is a recording of a panel that was titled “Separating the Wheat from the Chaff: The Nitty Gritty of Social Media Monitoring” which I arranged and moderated for the Market Research Association at their First Outlook Conference in Orlando.
The social media analytics experts I brought down were Christopher Ahlberg, Ph.D., CEO, Recorded Future; Barry de Ville, Analytical Consultant, SAS Institute; Rob Key, CEO, Converseon; and Valery Miftakhov, Associate Principal, McKinsey & Company NM Incite, which is providing consulting services in partnership with Nielsen.
Discussion topics include:
Appropriate use cases for sentiment analysis where 60% accuracy is a best case scenarioNatural language processing algorithmsComputational language processing algorithmsAnalyzing non-text based online informationApplying the prism of social science to social media measurementThe change management aspect of social media metrics and integrating it into the enterpriseInfluence mapping and computing power nodes within networksAnnie Pettit asks about the Nielsen BuzzMetrics “Patients Like Me” password protected data scrapping incident reported in the Wall Street JournalImposing temporal logic over social media tracking; normalizing data; validity of online panels
I led a social media training for market researchers the day before.
Photo by The Climate Reality Project on UnsplashSocial media monitoring has emerged as the first step in any effective social media marketing or social media ROI initiative. Even traditional market research firms like Nielsen are offering integrated solutions for listening to online conversations....Social media monitoring has emerged as the first step in any effective social media marketing or social media ROI initiative.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Even traditional market research firms like Nielsen are offering integrated solutions for listening to online conversations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If you’re looking to update your understanding of sentiment analysis, social media monitoring ethics or natural vs. computational language processing, this podcast is for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It is a recording of a panel that was titled “Separating the Wheat from the Chaff: The Nitty Gritty of Social Media Monitoring” which I arranged and moderated for the Market Research Association at their First Outlook Conference in Orlando. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The social media analytics experts I brought down were Christopher Ahlberg, Ph.D., CEO, Recorded Future; Barry de Ville, Analytical Consultant, SAS Institute; Rob Key, CEO, Converseon; and Valery Miftakhov, Associate Principal, McKinsey & Company NM Incite, which is providing consulting services in partnership with Nielsen. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Discussion topics include: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Appropriate use cases for sentiment analysis where 60% accuracy is a best case scenarioNatural language processing algorithmsComputational language processing algorithmsAnalyzing non-text based online informationApplying the prism of social science to social media measurementThe change management aspect of social media metrics and integrating it into the enterpriseInfluence mapping and computing power nodes within networksAnnie Pettit asks about the Nielsen BuzzMetrics “Patients Like Me” password protected data scrapping incident reported in the Wall Street JournalImposing temporal logic over social media tracking; normalizing data; validity of online panels <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I led a social media training for market researchers the day before. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by The Climate Reality Project on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanPRSA CEO and Chair-Elect Rosanna Fiskehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/prsa-ceo-and-chair-elect-rosanna-fiske/
Sat, 06 Nov 2010 03:37:59 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/PRSA-Rosanna-FiskeMeet the new PRSA CEO & Chair-Elect Rosanna Fiske, who joins guest host Sandra Burrowes to discuss how the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) will support PR professionals in 2011.
Throughout 2010, PRSA’s strategic planning team canvassed senior-level professionals in New York, Atlanta, Miami, Chicago and Los Angeles for their views on the future of the public relations industry and to identify the core needs of PR professionals. The new (draft) PRSA strategic plan emphasizes and expands on the organization’s five pillars--advocacy, the business case for public relations, community, diversity and education--and will put new focus ethics, excellence and society management.
Social media continues to be a growing edge for the industry and while significant training and development opportunities are being offered by PRSA, Fiske cautions that social media is only one of many tools, and is neither a communications strategy nor a required foundation for a successful communications initiative.
She also discusses the value of PRSA’s Accredited in Public Relations (APR) designation and the benefits of involvement in the industry generally.
A 20-year public relations veteran and CEO and Chair-Elect of PRSA, Rosanna Fiske is also graduate coordinator and associate professor of advertising and public relations at South Florida’s largest public research university, Florida International University, in Miami, Florida.
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.
Photo by PRSA Tampa Bay.Meet the new PRSA CEO & Chair-Elect , who joins guest host to discuss how the will support PR professionals in 2011. Throughout 2010, PRSA’s strategic planning team canvassed senior-level professionals in New York, Atlanta, Miami, Chicago and...Meet the new PRSA CEO & Chair-Elect Rosanna Fiske, who joins guest host Sandra Burrowes to discuss how the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) will support PR professionals in 2011.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Throughout 2010, PRSA’s strategic planning team canvassed senior-level professionals in New York, Atlanta, Miami, Chicago and Los Angeles for their views on the future of the public relations industry and to identify the core needs of PR professionals. The new (draft) PRSA strategic plan emphasizes and expands on the organization’s five pillars--advocacy, the business case for public relations, community, diversity and education--and will put new focus ethics, excellence and society management.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social media continues to be a growing edge for the industry and while significant training and development opportunities are being offered by PRSA, Fiske cautions that social media is only one of many tools, and is neither a communications strategy nor a required foundation for a successful communications initiative.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She also discusses the value of PRSA’s Accredited in Public Relations (APR) designation and the benefits of involvement in the industry generally.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A 20-year public relations veteran and CEO and Chair-Elect of PRSA, Rosanna Fiske is also graduate coordinator and associate professor of advertising and public relations at South Florida’s largest public research university, Florida International University, in Miami, Florida.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by PRSA Tampa Bay.Eric SchwartzmancleanHow to Drive Traffic with QR Codeshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-to-drive-traffic-with-qr-codes/
Mon, 01 Nov 2010 14:09:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/drive-traffic-QR-codesQR Codes, or quick response codes, are huge in Japan, but even though they’ve been around for a while in the US, they’re only just beginning to gain adoption among marketers and public relations professionals.
QR Codes let you download content with your cell phone camera. Instead of thumb typing on your mobile device, you snap a photo (or technically speaking “scan” a two-dimensional bar code) and you’re either directed to website, sent a file, text, calendar item or contact information.
With the growth of location based social networking and smart phones, the possibilities for communicators to drive online traffic through QR codes are endless. QR codes are appearing on billboards, comic books, tombstones...even cup cakes!
In this episode, Wayne Sutton (@socialwayne) business development and marketing specialist at TriOut and Master Sergeant Donald Preston of US Forces, Japan talk about their experiences using QR Codes for organizational communications.
SHOW NOTES:
01:26 Mark Sprague of Lexington eBusiness consulting’s recent Search Engine Land blog post “QR Codes: Are You Ready for Paper-Based QR Codes?”
02:53 Wayne Sutton’s experience with QR Codes involves their use posters to promote a city arts festival to driving traffic to the schedule of events online and the development of a mobile application QR code reader.
His North Carolina-based start-up TriOut is developing what he calls “Quick Check In Codes” which are QR Codes that can be used to check into location based social networking services more effortlessly by simply scanning a code.
04:47 QR Codes can be measured either through the use of custom URL redirects or QR Code generators with built in measurement analytics including the date and time, geolocation data and the type of mobile device that scanned the code.
Combining QR code measurement with standard website metrics and a conversion activity like a newsletter sign registrations, a Facebook “Like” or a Twitter Follow would offers the best of all worlds.
06:43 Popular QR Code generators include Qreatebuzz.com, 2DCode.com and Kaywa.com.
07:25 Tippinn in New York which helps agencies and brands market with QR Codes warns against customizing the aesthetics too much, because it can cause them to fail when scanned. A positive user experience with a QR Code is more important than clever visual styling. It needs to load quickly, transit the user to the designated website, transmit the right calendar item or contact info.
10:51 To celebrate the 50 year anniversary of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation between Japan and the United States, US Forces Japan produced a Manga comic book about what the US Military is doing in Japan, and to drive traffic to a corresponding public affairs campaign website. QR Codes are already hugely popular in Japan.
12:30 The Magna generated 16,000 unique visits from mobile devices (of which 7,000 were from iPhones) to the public affairs campaign website and was not at all difficult to sell to command because of the widespread adoption of QR Codes in Japan, which appear are on billboards, bus shelters and subway advertisements throughout Tokyo.
16:10 The use of QR Codes in the offline world versus on websites. A new WordPress Plug-In that auto generates a new QR Codes for each post to give readers the opportunity to scan posts and read them later on a mobile device or email them to a friend.
18:28 Sean McGarry (@writeMcSean) asks what is the benefit of QR Codes versus bar codes? Is this the mobile version of VHS versus Beta? And is there a QR version of Sticky Bits? But since people associated bar codes with price information, it may be easier for people to adopt the new behavior of scanning a code with a mobile device if the codes are something new and different. Wayne thinks QR Codes are new, so they’re more likely to be associated with new behavior.
QR Codes, or quick response codes, are huge in Japan, but even though they’ve been around for a while in the US, they’re only just beginning to gain adoption among marketers and public relations professionals. QR Codes let you download content...QR Codes, or quick response codes, are huge in Japan, but even though they’ve been around for a while in the US, they’re only just beginning to gain adoption among marketers and public relations professionals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
QR Codes let you download content with your cell phone camera. Instead of thumb typing on your mobile device, you snap a photo (or technically speaking “scan” a two-dimensional bar code) and you’re either directed to website, sent a file, text, calendar item or contact information. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With the growth of location based social networking and smart phones, the possibilities for communicators to drive online traffic through QR codes are endless. QR codes are appearing on billboards, comic books, tombstones...even cup cakes! <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Wayne Sutton (@socialwayne) business development and marketing specialist at TriOut and Master Sergeant Donald Preston of US Forces, Japan talk about their experiences using QR Codes for organizational communications. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:26 Mark Sprague of Lexington eBusiness consulting’s recent Search Engine Land blog post “QR Codes: Are You Ready for Paper-Based QR Codes?” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:53 Wayne Sutton’s experience with QR Codes involves their use posters to promote a city arts festival to driving traffic to the schedule of events online and the development of a mobile application QR code reader. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
His North Carolina-based start-up TriOut is developing what he calls “Quick Check In Codes” which are QR Codes that can be used to check into location based social networking services more effortlessly by simply scanning a code. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:47 QR Codes can be measured either through the use of custom URL redirects or QR Code generators with built in measurement analytics including the date and time, geolocation data and the type of mobile device that scanned the code. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Combining QR code measurement with standard website metrics and a conversion activity like a newsletter sign registrations, a Facebook “Like” or a Twitter Follow would offers the best of all worlds. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:43 Popular QR Code generators include Qreatebuzz.com, 2DCode.com and Kaywa.com. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:25 Tippinn in New York which helps agencies and brands market with QR Codes warns against customizing the aesthetics too much, because it can cause them to fail when scanned. A positive user experience with a QR Code is more important than clever visual styling. It needs to load quickly, transit the user to the designated website, transmit the right calendar item or contact info. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:51 To celebrate the 50 year anniversary of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation between Japan and the United States, US Forces Japan produced a Manga comic book about what the US Military is doing in Japan, and to drive traffic to a corresponding public affairs campaign website. QR Codes are already hugely popular in Japan. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:30 The Magna generated 16,000 unique visits from mobile devices (of which 7,000 were from iPhones) to the public affairs campaign website and was not at all difficult to sell to command because of the widespread adoption of QR Codes in Japan, which appear are on billboards, bus shelters and subway advertisements throughout Tokyo. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
16:10 The use of QR Codes in the offline world versus on websites. A new WordPress Plug-In that auto generates a new QR Codes for each post to give readers the opportunity to scan posts and read them later on a mobile device or email them to a friend. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:28 Sean McGarry (@writeMcSean) asks what is the benefit of QR Codes versus bar codes? Is this the mobile version of VHS versus Beta?Eric SchwartzmancleanNASDAQ Launches Press Release Regulation Fair Disclosure Compliance Platformhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/nasdaq-launches-self-service-press-release-and-reg-fd-compliance-platform/
Thu, 28 Oct 2010 11:48:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/NASDAQ-Reg-FD-Demetrios-SkalkotosDemetrios Skalkotos, SVP for Global Corporation Solutions of NASDAQ OMX [NASDAQ:NDAQ], the world’s largest exchange company, sits down with guest host Mark Story (@mstory123), Director of New Media at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to discuss their new Do-It-Yourself (DIY) Platform, designed to make press release and regulation FD compliance self service for investor relations and public relations professionals.
NASDAQ’s new DIY platform offers video, social media management and press release distributionon a single platform. According to Skalkotos, self-service content distribution tools have been more prevalent in Europe.
NASDAQ introduces the tool in the U.S. market with a one-button option to wrap press materials with information that satisfies SEC disclosure regulations.
The system puts NASDAQ’s GlobeNewswire distribution network more directly into the hands of public relations professionals. With enhanced search engine optimization capabilities and audience targeting options, DIY further distinguishes itself as a lower cost solution for traditional press release distribution.
Skalkotos also discusses NASDAQ’s Social Stream, a video release service that aggregates a company’s social media content into single site to simplify the task of reviewing a company’s public profile.
NASDAQ OMX is the world’s largest exchange company with trading, technology and public company service capability spanning six continents. NASDAQ OMX Global Corporate Solutions provides technology that powers global business communications.
NASDAQ is on Twitter @NASDAQ and on Facebook. The views expressed in this interview are those of Mark Story and his alone. They do not necessarily reflect those of the SEC Chairman, Commissioners nor his colleagues at the Securities and Exchange Commission.
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.Demetrios Skalkotos, SVP for Global Corporation Solutions of NASDAQ OMX [NASDAQ:NDAQ], the world’s largest exchange company, sits down with guest host Mark Story (), Director of New Media at the to discuss their new , designed to make press release...Demetrios Skalkotos, SVP for Global Corporation Solutions of NASDAQ OMX [NASDAQ:NDAQ], the world’s largest exchange company, sits down with guest host Mark Story (@mstory123), Director of New Media at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to discuss their new Do-It-Yourself (DIY) Platform, designed to make press release and regulation FD compliance self service for investor relations and public relations professionals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
NASDAQ’s new DIY platform offers video, social media management and press release distributionon a single platform. According to Skalkotos, self-service content distribution tools have been more prevalent in Europe. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
NASDAQ introduces the tool in the U.S. market with a one-button option to wrap press materials with information that satisfies SEC disclosure regulations. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The system puts NASDAQ’s GlobeNewswire distribution network more directly into the hands of public relations professionals. With enhanced search engine optimization capabilities and audience targeting options, DIY further distinguishes itself as a lower cost solution for traditional press release distribution. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Skalkotos also discusses NASDAQ’s Social Stream, a video release service that aggregates a company’s social media content into single site to simplify the task of reviewing a company’s public profile. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
NASDAQ OMX is the world’s largest exchange company with trading, technology and public company service capability spanning six continents. NASDAQ OMX Global Corporate Solutions provides technology that powers global business communications. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
NASDAQ is on Twitter @NASDAQ and on Facebook. The views expressed in this interview are those of Mark Story and his alone. They do not necessarily reflect those of the SEC Chairman, Commissioners nor his colleagues at the Securities and Exchange Commission. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.Eric SchwartzmancleanBest Social Media Management Platformshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/best-social-networking-dashboards/
Mon, 25 Oct 2010 12:11:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/best-social-media-management-appsOver the past few months, the number of social media management platforms to choose from has exploded.
In addition to well-known contenders like HootSuite and TweetDeck, there are more than a dozen other new applications designed to help teams manage multiple social networking accounts and measure the ROI of their efforts.
In this episode, you’ll find out which apps are the clear winners and what exactly makes them so much better.
White Horse emerging media manager Jamie Beckland (@jbeckland) the lead author of a report that ranks 10 social media management applications against each other in three categories, shares the inside scoop on the winners and explains which features marketers should be looking for when they evaluate enterprise class software applications for social media engagement.
White Horse calls them social media management platforms and ranks them for their ability to integrate with social networks, offer practical rules and permission-based team management and provide the best measurement capabilities. If you’re business is social media communications, this is an episode you definitely don’t want to miss.
SHOW NOTES
01:18 Social media management platforms are web-based tools accessible via browser that let you manage your social networking engagement activities in a variety of popular and niche social networks in one, consolidated tool, gives teams a practical solution managing branded social networking accounts and provide integrated tracking and analysis of interactions that ensue.
03:11 Social media management platforms offer social media monitoring to varying degrees of success, but currently White Horse advises clients to keep social media monitoring activities separate in order to aggregate a more in depth perspective of who’s saying what where. While social media management platforms vendors claim robust monitoring, the solutions are not as comprehensive as those from vendors who specialize exclusively in social media monitoring. When it comes to monitoring, social media management platforms are weakest at tracking conversations on the blogosphere and in online forums.
04: 46 Social media management platforms make it easy to publish to variety of social networks from one place, but they don’t capture and display all the social interaction that may ensue in the social network to which they’re published. It’s a dynamic space and this is changing, but currently social media management platforms are better for talking that they are for listening.
05:44 The inability of social media management platforms to see and report back interactions that transpire inside native social networks is partly due to the capacity of the developers behind them, but also because Facebook may actually block some of that activity from being captured by third-party applications. Jamie Beckland calls these “growing pains for social media and corporate marketers in general.”
06:44 Jamie likens the rapid pace of innovation in the social media management space as the “Cambrian period” where things are moving so quickly, with many new entrants promising to be all things to all people, and marketers need to be careful not to rely too heavily on social media management platforms at this early stage. “You’re going to still need to use the native platform. You want to be able to have an authentic conversation on Facebook, you need to understand what the rules of engagement are on Facebook,” says Jamie. Having that first person experience in the native social network where the conversations occurs, rather than through a social media management platform, is critical.
07:35 Social media management platforms use two different presentation styles for their user interfaces. One is the inbox style, which consolidates all your activities into one central stream and the other is the channelization style, which displays the streams separately by social network,Over the past few months, the number of social media management applications to choose from has exploded. In addition to well-known contenders like HootSuite and TweetDeck, there are more than a dozen other new applications designed to help...Over the past few months, the number of social media management platforms to choose from has exploded. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In addition to well-known contenders like HootSuite and TweetDeck, there are more than a dozen other new applications designed to help teams manage multiple social networking accounts and measure the ROI of their efforts. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, you’ll find out which apps are the clear winners and what exactly makes them so much better. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
White Horse emerging media manager Jamie Beckland (@jbeckland) the lead author of a report that ranks 10 social media management applications against each other in three categories, shares the inside scoop on the winners and explains which features marketers should be looking for when they evaluate enterprise class software applications for social media engagement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
White Horse calls them social media management platforms and ranks them for their ability to integrate with social networks, offer practical rules and permission-based team management and provide the best measurement capabilities. If you’re business is social media communications, this is an episode you definitely don’t want to miss. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:18 Social media management platforms are web-based tools accessible via browser that let you manage your social networking engagement activities in a variety of popular and niche social networks in one, consolidated tool, gives teams a practical solution managing branded social networking accounts and provide integrated tracking and analysis of interactions that ensue. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:11 Social media management platforms offer social media monitoring to varying degrees of success, but currently White Horse advises clients to keep social media monitoring activities separate in order to aggregate a more in depth perspective of who’s saying what where. While social media management platforms vendors claim robust monitoring, the solutions are not as comprehensive as those from vendors who specialize exclusively in social media monitoring. When it comes to monitoring, social media management platforms are weakest at tracking conversations on the blogosphere and in online forums. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04: 46 Social media management platforms make it easy to publish to variety of social networks from one place, but they don’t capture and display all the social interaction that may ensue in the social network to which they’re published. It’s a dynamic space and this is changing, but currently social media management platforms are better for talking that they are for listening. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:44 The inability of social media management platforms to see and report back interactions that transpire inside native social networks is partly due to the capacity of the developers behind them, but also because Facebook may actually block some of that activity from being captured by third-party applications. Jamie Beckland calls these “growing pains for social media and corporate marketers in general.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:44 Jamie likens the rapid pace of innovation in the social media management space as the “Cambrian period” where things are moving so quickly, with many new entrants promising to be all things to all people, and marketers need to be careful not to rely too heavily on social media management platforms at this early stage. “You’re going to still need to use the native platform. You want to be able to have an authentic conversation on Facebook, you need to understand what the rules of engagement are on Facebook,” says Jamie. Having that first person experience in the native social network where the conversations occurs, rather than through a social media management platform, is critical. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric SchwartzmancleanIgniting Brand Ambassador Movements with Geno Churchhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/igniting-movements-with-geno-church/
Wed, 20 Oct 2010 01:57:24 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/geno-church-brains-on-fire-igniting-communitiesIgniting movements of brand ambassadors involves tapping into what your constituents are truly passionate about.
According to Geno Church, the charismatic Word of Mouth Inspiration Officer at Brains on Fire, it means rolling up your sleeves and discovering what will make your fans’ lives better.
Why?
Because a true fan will propel and defend your reputation, long after your marketing campaign has subsided.
They have a sense of ownership and shared identity, and your success and their success are aligned. Drawing on his experience building a community of Fiskateers and reaching out to save teen smokers in South Carolina, Geno Church talks about igniting a community of brand ambassadors, the difference between passion conversations and product conversations and his new book by the same name, Brands on Fire.
Recorded at the PRSA International Conference in DC.
SHOW NOTES
01:37 Creating community among young people in order to combat teen smoking was a movement that changed Geno Church’s career 10 years ago. Today, his message is that communications strategies shouldn’t focus on social media tactics and tools, but instead on learning from people and empowering them to carry the message for your brand or organization.
03:31 A look at why it isn’t sustainable to approach social media like marketing. Traditional media messages don’t ignite communities--you have to go directly to the people to engage the conversation and they will discover how to become a brand ambassador.
05:11 A brand audit by scissors-maker Fiskars showed an emotional disconnect between the brand and its customer. Geno shares the out-of-the box approach used by Brains on Fire to ignite and engage the Fiskars’ community and the non-traditional involvement it required of the marketing team.
09:49 Understand the conversation going on in your community before you start thinking strategically or tactically. Why do your customers and employees value your brand? Before building online community, uncover everything you can about how your customers use your product in their lives.
11:06 The crucial differences between a campaign and a movement.
12:27 A discussion about drivers that can activate a community and talking with a target community to identify how to ignite that community. The importance of focusing on the human element in customer engagement whether online or off.
16:00 Discussion about the use of negative emotions to activate a community vs. positive emotions and the sustainability of both approaches.
17:17 How to build a sustainable online community that stays positive and is able to police itself.
18:55 The differences between activating communities around policies and ideas vs. igniting communities for selling product. A discussion of Love146, an organization devoted to abolishing child sex slavery and exploitation.
22:22 New report reveals how social media is being used and viewed in different countries. Geno and Eric discuss fear and greed as motivators in mature markets vs. developing ones, including a discussion about challenging circumstances in Johannesburg, South Africa.
28:57 The methods for tapping passion in developing and maturing communities are different, but igniting community always revolves around talking with people and walking with them in their lives to find out what they need and what value you can provide in their lives.
30:27 The role of community mentors and the value, importance and methods for keeping community mentors inspired, engaged and motivated.
33:23 Geno’s hard-won advice on how to prepare for the digital world of parenting.
37:19 End
Photo by Morgan Harris on UnsplashIgniting movements of brand ambassadors involves tapping into what your constituents are truly passionate about. According to , the charismatic Word of Mouth Inspiration Officer at , it means rolling up your sleeves and discovering what will make your...Igniting movements of brand ambassadors involves tapping into what your constituents are truly passionate about. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
According to Geno Church, the charismatic Word of Mouth Inspiration Officer at Brains on Fire, it means rolling up your sleeves and discovering what will make your fans’ lives better. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Why? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Because a true fan will propel and defend your reputation, long after your marketing campaign has subsided. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They have a sense of ownership and shared identity, and your success and their success are aligned. Drawing on his experience building a community of Fiskateers and reaching out to save teen smokers in South Carolina, Geno Church talks about igniting a community of brand ambassadors, the difference between passion conversations and product conversations and his new book by the same name, Brands on Fire. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Recorded at the PRSA International Conference in DC. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:37 Creating community among young people in order to combat teen smoking was a movement that changed Geno Church’s career 10 years ago. Today, his message is that communications strategies shouldn’t focus on social media tactics and tools, but instead on learning from people and empowering them to carry the message for your brand or organization. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:31 A look at why it isn’t sustainable to approach social media like marketing. Traditional media messages don’t ignite communities--you have to go directly to the people to engage the conversation and they will discover how to become a brand ambassador. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:11 A brand audit by scissors-maker Fiskars showed an emotional disconnect between the brand and its customer. Geno shares the out-of-the box approach used by Brains on Fire to ignite and engage the Fiskars’ community and the non-traditional involvement it required of the marketing team. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:49 Understand the conversation going on in your community before you start thinking strategically or tactically. Why do your customers and employees value your brand? Before building online community, uncover everything you can about how your customers use your product in their lives. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:06 The crucial differences between a campaign and a movement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:27 A discussion about drivers that can activate a community and talking with a target community to identify how to ignite that community. The importance of focusing on the human element in customer engagement whether online or off. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
16:00 Discussion about the use of negative emotions to activate a community vs. positive emotions and the sustainability of both approaches. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:17 How to build a sustainable online community that stays positive and is able to police itself. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:55 The differences between activating communities around policies and ideas vs. igniting communities for selling product. A discussion of Love146, an organization devoted to abolishing child sex slavery and exploitation. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
22:22 New report reveals how social media is being used and viewed in different countries. Geno and Eric discuss fear and greed as motivators in mature markets vs. developing ones, including a discussion about challenging circumstances in Johannesburg, South Africa. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
28:57 The methods for tapping passion in developing and maturing communities are different, but igniting community always revolves around talking with people and walking with them in their lives to find out what they need and what value you can provide in their lives. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
30:27 The role of community mentors and the value, importance and methods for keeping community mentors inspired,Eric SchwartzmancleanSEO is Public Relationshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/seo-is-pr-with-rebecca-lieb-and-sally-falkow/
Mon, 18 Oct 2010 02:13:26 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/SEO-is-PRSearch engine optimization is public relations, Rebecca Lieb and author of The Truth About Search Engine Optimization tells guest host Sally Falkow (@sallyfalkow) in this special episode recorded at the PRSA International Conference in DC.
The next generation of PR professional will need be know SEO, data mining and how to think a publisher.
In her book, search optimization expert Rebecca Lieb brings together more than 50 absolutely crucial facts and insights decision-makers must know to drive more web traffic through better search engine placement.
The Truth About Search Engine Optimization doesn't deliver abstract theory: it delivers quick, bite-size, just-the-facts information and plain-English explanations that executives, decision-makers, and even small business owners can actually use, no matter what kind of sites you're running, or what your goals are.
Photo by Evgeni Tcherkasski on UnsplashSearch engine optimization is public relations, of and author of tells guest host () in this special episode recorded today at the PRSA International Conference in DC. The next generation of PR professional will need be know SEO, data...Search engine optimization is public relations, Rebecca Lieb and author of The Truth About Search Engine Optimization tells guest host Sally Falkow (@sallyfalkow) in this special episode recorded at the PRSA International Conference in DC. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The next generation of PR professional will need be know SEO, data mining and how to think a publisher. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In her book, search optimization expert Rebecca Lieb brings together more than 50 absolutely crucial facts and insights decision-makers must know to drive more web traffic through better search engine placement. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The Truth About Search Engine Optimization doesn't deliver abstract theory: it delivers quick, bite-size, just-the-facts information and plain-English explanations that executives, decision-makers, and even small business owners can actually use, no matter what kind of sites you're running, or what your goals are. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Evgeni Tcherkasski on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanStrategic Communications with Susan Neely of the American Beverage Associationhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/communications-strategy-with-susan-neely-of-the-american-beverage-association/
Thu, 14 Oct 2010 15:12:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Communications-Strategy-Susan-Neely-American-Beverage-AssociationCommunications strategy and grassroots campaigns are key to the beverage industry’s ability to influence consumer attitudes says Susan Neely, President of the American Beverage Association (ABA). Susan will be part of a panel discussion at the PRSA International Conference in Washington D.C. called “Shaping the Debate: Public Affairs Strategies and the Health Care Reform Bill,” on Sunday, October 17, 2010.
The American Beverage Association is the leading policy and public education advocate for the non-alcoholic beverage industry that employs nearly 220,000 people nationwide, generates more than $112 billion in annual sales and has a direct economic impact of more than $136 billion.
Prior to leading the ABA, Susan Neely spent 3-1/2 years in the Department of Homeland Security managing threat announcements, branding, public-education campaigns and crisis communications.
SHOW NOTES
1:00 Neely highlights the nature of her upcoming panel discussion on issue advocacy and parts of a comprehensive communications strategy used by the ABA surrounding the recent Health Care Reform Bill.
1:30 Her public service as a Congressional staffer, gubernatorial staffer and, for three and a half years, as Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs at the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
2:00 The motivation behind her transition from White House staffer to trade association representative.
2:52 An overview of the work done by American Beverage Association and why Susan Neely enjoys the beverage industry’s grassroots advocacy and her work in this leading consumer products industry.
5:08 Childhood obesity and the beverage industry: Susan Neely looks at the impact the nation’s growing awareness of childhood obesity has had on the beverage industry. One in three children born today will develop Type 2 diabetes, which directly correlates to obesity.
6:25 She reflects on the use of corn syrup as a beverage sweetener and highlights initiatives by the beverage industry to help consumers watch their calories. These include a broader beverage selection, an industry-wide calorie reduction averaging 21 percent over the last 10 years and new beverage labeling. A discussion of beverages sweetened by sugar and those sweetened by corn syrup.
9:35 Coke Classic vs. Coke Zero and what led to Coke Zero’s introduction.
11:09 Neely responds to a UCLA Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Intake study that finds that pancreatic cancer cells use fructose to fuel their growth and San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom’s call for a Soda-free Summer.
12:56 The use of social networking in an effective marketing communications strategy, as well as its rising importance in lobbying. Communications strategists utilize social media to engage consumers in conversation and as an effective tool to influence buyer behavior.
14:31 Neely predicts how social media will change the way traditional lobbying is done and how it already supports grassroots organizing and the public’s grassroots lobbying of the government.
17:11 How will social media influence advertising? Will the migration of advertising from traditional channels to social media outlets change the way issue advocacy gets done inside the Beltway?
19:20 End
Photo by Jonny Caspari on UnsplashCommunications strategy and grassroots campaigns are key to the beverage industry’s ability to influence consumer attitudes says , President of the American Beverage Association (ABA). Susan will be part of a panel discussion at the in Washington...Communications strategy and grassroots campaigns are key to the beverage industry’s ability to influence consumer attitudes says Susan Neely, President of the American Beverage Association (ABA). Susan will be part of a panel discussion at the PRSA International Conference in Washington D.C. called “Shaping the Debate: Public Affairs Strategies and the Health Care Reform Bill,” on Sunday, October 17, 2010. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The American Beverage Association is the leading policy and public education advocate for the non-alcoholic beverage industry that employs nearly 220,000 people nationwide, generates more than $112 billion in annual sales and has a direct economic impact of more than $136 billion. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to leading the ABA, Susan Neely spent 3-1/2 years in the Department of Homeland Security managing threat announcements, branding, public-education campaigns and crisis communications. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
1:00 Neely highlights the nature of her upcoming panel discussion on issue advocacy and parts of a comprehensive communications strategy used by the ABA surrounding the recent Health Care Reform Bill. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
1:30 Her public service as a Congressional staffer, gubernatorial staffer and, for three and a half years, as Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs at the U.S. Department of Homeland Security. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:00 The motivation behind her transition from White House staffer to trade association representative. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:52 An overview of the work done by American Beverage Association and why Susan Neely enjoys the beverage industry’s grassroots advocacy and her work in this leading consumer products industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:08 Childhood obesity and the beverage industry: Susan Neely looks at the impact the nation’s growing awareness of childhood obesity has had on the beverage industry. One in three children born today will develop Type 2 diabetes, which directly correlates to obesity. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:25 She reflects on the use of corn syrup as a beverage sweetener and highlights initiatives by the beverage industry to help consumers watch their calories. These include a broader beverage selection, an industry-wide calorie reduction averaging 21 percent over the last 10 years and new beverage labeling. A discussion of beverages sweetened by sugar and those sweetened by corn syrup. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:35 Coke Classic vs. Coke Zero and what led to Coke Zero’s introduction. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:09 Neely responds to a UCLA Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Intake study that finds that pancreatic cancer cells use fructose to fuel their growth and San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom’s call for a Soda-free Summer. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:56 The use of social networking in an effective marketing communications strategy, as well as its rising importance in lobbying. Communications strategists utilize social media to engage consumers in conversation and as an effective tool to influence buyer behavior. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:31 Neely predicts how social media will change the way traditional lobbying is done and how it already supports grassroots organizing and the public’s grassroots lobbying of the government. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:11 How will social media influence advertising? Will the migration of advertising from traditional channels to social media outlets change the way issue advocacy gets done inside the Beltway? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
19:20 End<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Jonny Caspari on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanLocation Based Social Media Marketing at New York Fashion Weekhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/location-based-social-networking-at-new-york-fashion-week/
Mon, 11 Oct 2010 08:27:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/location-based-social-networkingLocation based social networking at New York Fashion Week was all the rage, with more than 100,000 fashionistas checking-in, indicating clear winners and losers with respect to where the action and excitement was.
Joost van Dreunen of SuperData Research (acquired by Nielsen) analyzed the check-in data and shares his findings.
Smart communications strategies embrace location based social networks as tools to drive customer retention, repeat visits and foot traffic, according to van Dreunen, who also did a second geo social networking study comparing Whole Foods to Trader Joe's, revealing significant insights about how each grocer’s customer base differs.
Joost van Dreunen PhD is managing director of SuperData Research, a research firm focusing on interactive entertainment and technology industries.
Prior to founding SuperData, he held senior analyst positions at Nielsen Online and DFC Intelligence.
SHOW NOTES
01:05 Joost’s describes the experience that led to him to look for location-based social networking traffic patterns among the crowd attending Fashion’s Night Out, a promotional event held during New York Fashion Week 2010.
4:06 A closer look was taken at total Foursquare check-ins in the Village and Soho. Which fashion house had the biggest crowd and some of the opportunities location based networks present to event planners and communicators.
8:24 The Foursquare analysis reveals that 31% of geo-based check-ins by Fashion’s Night Out participants continued into the wee hours of the morning, long after the participating retailers had closed, indicating further opportunity for event planners. Top-ranking retailers from Fashion’s Night Out are listed, and a discussion of why prominent fashion designer Marc Jacobs did not rank.
11:35 What promoters, event planners and participating vendors can learn about from the numbers behind the use of location based social networking apps on smart phones on Fashion’s Night Out. Why were certain retailers successful while others were not? Joost discusses the benefits of location based social networking to local businesses.
14:48 A seprate study of grocery store check-ins within a five-mile radius of a Whole Foods store. When were customers checking in? Were they at Whole Foods or at a competitor? Foursquare’s location based app allows Whole Foods to see who’s getting the lunch crowd, the after-work crowd, etc. and see where the opportunities are for the store to do better. Location based networking gives a point of comparison and a sense of market share.
19:53 The quantity of raw geo data generated by location based apps can be immense and that creates a barrier to meaningful analysis. Research firms like SuperData have the infrastructure to deal with the high data volume, however companies that aren’t in a position to hire a professional research firm to crunch the number can work directly with Foursquare.
24:57 End
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic
Photo by Yogendra Singh on UnsplashLocation based social networking at New York Fashion Week was all the rage, with more than 100,000 fashionistas checking-in, indicating clear winners and losers with respect to where the action and excitement was. In a , Joost van Dreunen of...Location based social networking at New York Fashion Week was all the rage, with more than 100,000 fashionistas checking-in, indicating clear winners and losers with respect to where the action and excitement was.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Joost van Dreunen of SuperData Research (acquired by Nielsen) analyzed the check-in data and shares his findings. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Smart communications strategies embrace location based social networks as tools to drive customer retention, repeat visits and foot traffic, according to van Dreunen, who also did a second geo social networking study comparing Whole Foods to Trader Joe's, revealing significant insights about how each grocer’s customer base differs.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Joost van Dreunen PhD is managing director of SuperData Research, a research firm focusing on interactive entertainment and technology industries.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to founding SuperData, he held senior analyst positions at Nielsen Online and DFC Intelligence.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:05 Joost’s describes the experience that led to him to look for location-based social networking traffic patterns among the crowd attending Fashion’s Night Out, a promotional event held during New York Fashion Week 2010.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:06 A closer look was taken at total Foursquare check-ins in the Village and Soho. Which fashion house had the biggest crowd and some of the opportunities location based networks present to event planners and communicators.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
8:24 The Foursquare analysis reveals that 31% of geo-based check-ins by Fashion’s Night Out participants continued into the wee hours of the morning, long after the participating retailers had closed, indicating further opportunity for event planners. Top-ranking retailers from Fashion’s Night Out are listed, and a discussion of why prominent fashion designer Marc Jacobs did not rank.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:35 What promoters, event planners and participating vendors can learn about from the numbers behind the use of location based social networking apps on smart phones on Fashion’s Night Out. Why were certain retailers successful while others were not? Joost discusses the benefits of location based social networking to local businesses.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:48 A seprate study of grocery store check-ins within a five-mile radius of a Whole Foods store. When were customers checking in? Were they at Whole Foods or at a competitor? Foursquare’s location based app allows Whole Foods to see who’s getting the lunch crowd, the after-work crowd, etc. and see where the opportunities are for the store to do better. Location based networking gives a point of comparison and a sense of market share.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
19:53 The quantity of raw geo data generated by location based apps can be immense and that creates a barrier to meaningful analysis. Research firms like SuperData have the infrastructure to deal with the high data volume, however companies that aren’t in a position to hire a professional research firm to crunch the number can work directly with Foursquare.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:57 End<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Yogendra Singh on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanCommunications Strategy and Confirmation Biashttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/communications-strategy-and-confirmation-bias/
Fri, 08 Oct 2010 14:21:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/cheryl-procter-rogers-social-media-sound-bite-confirmation-biasCommunicating in status updates and tweets, the skills required to build an effective communications strategy and avoiding the confirmation bias trap with former PRSA CEO Cheryl Procter-Rogers, vice president, office of public relations and communications at DePaul University, America’s largest Catholic university.
Prior to joining DePaul University, Cheryl was on the corporate affairs team at HBO and before that, she was director of public relations and advertising at Nielsen Media Research.
She presented “A Winning Approach to Advocacy Campaigns” at the upcoming PRSA International Conference in Washington DC.
SHOW NOTES
2:15 – An effective communications strategy hinges on five key communications skills.
3:19 – How she balances a successful business career with a healthy home life.
4:17 -- The benefits of knowing who and where your resources are.
6:39 -- Tips for achieving work-life balance and the organizational systems that can help.
8:18 -- Can chess help you become a master of communications strategy?
10:21 – Cheryl shares her “Four Cs” of successful career development and the benefits of improving your listening skills.
12:52 -- She introduces the concept of confirmation bias and why diversity is a prudent business strategy.
15:19 -- End
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.
Photo by Sharon McCutcheon on UnsplashCommunicating in status updates and tweets, the skills required to build an effective communications strategy and avoiding the confirmation bias trap with former PRSA CEO Cheryl Procter-Rogers, vice president, office of public relations and...Communicating in status updates and tweets, the skills required to build an effective communications strategy and avoiding the confirmation bias trap with former PRSA CEO Cheryl Procter-Rogers, vice president, office of public relations and communications at DePaul University, America’s largest Catholic university. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Prior to joining DePaul University, Cheryl was on the corporate affairs team at HBO and before that, she was director of public relations and advertising at Nielsen Media Research. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She presented “A Winning Approach to Advocacy Campaigns” at the upcoming PRSA International Conference in Washington DC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:15 – An effective communications strategy hinges on five key communications skills.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3:19 – How she balances a successful business career with a healthy home life.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:17 -- The benefits of knowing who and where your resources are. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:39 -- Tips for achieving work-life balance and the organizational systems that can help.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
8:18 -- Can chess help you become a master of communications strategy?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:21 – Cheryl shares her “Four Cs” of successful career development and the benefits of improving your listening skills.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:52 -- She introduces the concept of confirmation bias and why diversity is a prudent business strategy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:19 -- End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Sharon McCutcheon on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanFacebook Marketing Campaign Measurement Briefinghttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/facebook-marketing-campaign-measurement-briefing-with-omniture/
Mon, 04 Oct 2010 12:19:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/facebook-measurement-omniture-jeff-jordan-tim-waddellA commonly asked questions in my Social Media Marketing Seminars is how do you measure the ROI of a Facebook marketing campaign?
With 500,000 million users and 11 percent of all time spent online, the potential of Facebook for public relations and public affairs professionals is huge. But given how basic the measurement options are at Facebook Insights, if you do hit it out of the park, how do you prove the impact of a Facebook marketing campaigns on the bottom line?
In this episode, Jeff Jordan, product manager, social media and video measurement and Tim Waddell, director of product marketing for the Omniture business unit of Adobe talk about audience segmentation, sentiment analysis and having your Facebook page brandjacked.
Through a global partnership with Facebook, Omniture SiteCatalyst (acquired by Adobe) and Search Center Plus report the ROI of Facebook marketing campaigns by monitoring activity on Facebook Pages, inside Facebook Apps, from Facebook Ads and activity through Facebook Connect/Open-Graph, which extends Facebook functionality to destination websites.
SHOW NOTES
05:11 -- Omniture Discover, an advanced segmentation tool, which can be used to discover which of your Facebook audience segments generate the most revenue.
08:37 -- Omniture intends to launch an analytics component for monitoring sentiment by keyword.
10:38 -- In previous episode of this podcast with Rob Key of Converseon, he said beware of any listening provider that claims 90% accuracy with computers. A discussion of just how far off accurate sentiment analysis is, and using it as directional data and for spotting potential trends.
13:36 -- Earlier this year, Nestle had their Facebook page brand jacked by Greenpeace. People where flocking to their Facebook page in droves, posting their disapproval of the company’s use of palm oil, which they believe is helping to push orangutans into extinction. A discussion of how, if at all, Omniture might help a company protect its Facebook page from being brandjacked by grassroots activists.
16:11 -- In a previous podcast with US Navy public affairs officer Jim Hoeft, we learned that Operation Deepwater Horizon’s Facebook Page was literally overwhelmed with thousands of comments during the BP Oil Spill in the Gulf, which the page administrators had no practical way to export or analyze globally. How do communicators mitigate the risks associated with launching a social networking presence that can be impossible to manage in the event of a crisis?
18:43 -- Using analytics software to determine influence and analytics package rankings.
21:51 -- End
Photo by Mikaela Shannon on UnsplashOne of the most commonly asked questions these days at my is how do you measure the ROI of a Facebook marketing campaign? With 500,000 million users and 11 percent of all time spent online, the potential of Facebook for public relations and...A commonly asked questions in my Social Media Marketing Seminars is how do you measure the ROI of a Facebook marketing campaign? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
With 500,000 million users and 11 percent of all time spent online, the potential of Facebook for public relations and public affairs professionals is huge. But given how basic the measurement options are at Facebook Insights, if you do hit it out of the park, how do you prove the impact of a Facebook marketing campaigns on the bottom line? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Jeff Jordan, product manager, social media and video measurement and Tim Waddell, director of product marketing for the Omniture business unit of Adobe talk about audience segmentation, sentiment analysis and having your Facebook page brandjacked. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Through a global partnership with Facebook, Omniture SiteCatalyst (acquired by Adobe) and Search Center Plus report the ROI of Facebook marketing campaigns by monitoring activity on Facebook Pages, inside Facebook Apps, from Facebook Ads and activity through Facebook Connect/Open-Graph, which extends Facebook functionality to destination websites. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:11 -- Omniture Discover, an advanced segmentation tool, which can be used to discover which of your Facebook audience segments generate the most revenue. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
08:37 -- Omniture intends to launch an analytics component for monitoring sentiment by keyword. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:38 -- In previous episode of this podcast with Rob Key of Converseon, he said beware of any listening provider that claims 90% accuracy with computers. A discussion of just how far off accurate sentiment analysis is, and using it as directional data and for spotting potential trends. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:36 -- Earlier this year, Nestle had their Facebook page brand jacked by Greenpeace. People where flocking to their Facebook page in droves, posting their disapproval of the company’s use of palm oil, which they believe is helping to push orangutans into extinction. A discussion of how, if at all, Omniture might help a company protect its Facebook page from being brandjacked by grassroots activists. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
16:11 -- In a previous podcast with US Navy public affairs officer Jim Hoeft, we learned that Operation Deepwater Horizon’s Facebook Page was literally overwhelmed with thousands of comments during the BP Oil Spill in the Gulf, which the page administrators had no practical way to export or analyze globally. How do communicators mitigate the risks associated with launching a social networking presence that can be impossible to manage in the event of a crisis? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:43 -- Using analytics software to determine influence and analytics package rankings. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:51 -- End<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Mikaela Shannon on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanMastering Media Relations in a World of Diminishing Opportunitieshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/media-relations-skills-in-a-world-of-few-reporters/
Thu, 30 Sep 2010 15:40:27 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/media-relations-skills-in-a-world-of-few-reportersMedia relations skills are what employers want most from PR professionals, according to the Digital Readiness Report.
But it takes a lot more than luck to land on the front page of a major print newspapers or the interview chair on broadcast television.
It takes solid PR skills, communications skills and media relations strategies, and that’s what this podcast is about: building your media relations skills.
The trouble is, newspaper and network TV audiences have been declining steadily for the last 7 years. And with lay-offs hitting newsrooms around the globe, the news hole has shrunk and there are fewer reporters to pitch.
Those that remain are working longer hours and under more pressure than ever before. What communications skills are needed to capture their attention?
Enter Michael Smart, a media relations coach who specializes in teaching those skills to PR professionals.
Michael is National News Director at Brigham Young University (BYU) and, in this episode, he shares his media relations skills top tips in an effort to help public relations specialists adapt to the dramatic changes in today’s news media landscape, and the challenge and opportunities those changes require us to make to our media relations techniques.
He outlines specific communication skills and techniques that can be used to build greater publicity exposure in a competitive news environment. In addition to his work with BYU, Michael is an independent media relations trainer and coach and a top-rated speaker at the PR-industry’s biggest conferences.
SHOW NOTES
01:26 Dramatic changes in the media landscape can make it harder to connect with mainstream journalists than in the past, but once that barrier is cleared, it can actually be easier to place positive news than it used to be. But the basics, like press release writing skills, are still critically important.
02:18 Michael shares media relations techniques for landing positive media placements, including researching the five most meaningful media outlets, searching the archives of those publications for related stories and providing a journalist with credible third-party sources.
05:51 Today’s high media turnover can make it difficult to develop relationships with journalists, especially for PR professionals with clients across a range of industries. Michael shares tactics that can increase the chances for success.
07:50 PR research is done and you’ve identified the right journalist for a story. How do you decide how best to approach the journalist (phone call, email, tweet, Facebook post, etc.?) Michael shares his specific strategies as well as a few mistakes that drive journalists up the wall.
13:47 Media relations techniques to employ when a client announcement isn’t newsworthy—two strategies to employ.
17:41 The three variables that media relations experts can control (creativity, media relationships and perseverance) and a few they can’t. Which PR skills matter most.
21:26 Despite the decline of the traditional news media, there has been a sharp rise in the readership of newspaper content through the internet and mobile phones. Media relations skills will continue to be important to employers and clients.
23:44 Media relations are important to today’s PR professionals, yet the best communication strategies rely on sound social media skills, public affairs skills and even advertising skills.
27:25 End
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes, Senior Public Affairs Specialist at Mayo Clinic.
Photo by Bernard Hermant on UnsplashMedia relations skills are what employers want most from PR professionals, according to the . But it takes a lot more than luck to land on the front page of a major print newspapers or the interview chair on broadcast television. It takes solid PR...Media relations skills are what employers want most from PR professionals, according to the Digital Readiness Report. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
But it takes a lot more than luck to land on the front page of a major print newspapers or the interview chair on broadcast television. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It takes solid PR skills, communications skills and media relations strategies, and that’s what this podcast is about: building your media relations skills. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The trouble is, newspaper and network TV audiences have been declining steadily for the last 7 years. And with lay-offs hitting newsrooms around the globe, the news hole has shrunk and there are fewer reporters to pitch. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Those that remain are working longer hours and under more pressure than ever before. What communications skills are needed to capture their attention? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Enter Michael Smart, a media relations coach who specializes in teaching those skills to PR professionals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Michael is National News Director at Brigham Young University (BYU) and, in this episode, he shares his media relations skills top tips in an effort to help public relations specialists adapt to the dramatic changes in today’s news media landscape, and the challenge and opportunities those changes require us to make to our media relations techniques. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He outlines specific communication skills and techniques that can be used to build greater publicity exposure in a competitive news environment. In addition to his work with BYU, Michael is an independent media relations trainer and coach and a top-rated speaker at the PR-industry’s biggest conferences. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:26 Dramatic changes in the media landscape can make it harder to connect with mainstream journalists than in the past, but once that barrier is cleared, it can actually be easier to place positive news than it used to be. But the basics, like press release writing skills, are still critically important. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:18 Michael shares media relations techniques for landing positive media placements, including researching the five most meaningful media outlets, searching the archives of those publications for related stories and providing a journalist with credible third-party sources. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:51 Today’s high media turnover can make it difficult to develop relationships with journalists, especially for PR professionals with clients across a range of industries. Michael shares tactics that can increase the chances for success. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:50 PR research is done and you’ve identified the right journalist for a story. How do you decide how best to approach the journalist (phone call, email, tweet, Facebook post, etc.?) Michael shares his specific strategies as well as a few mistakes that drive journalists up the wall. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:47 Media relations techniques to employ when a client announcement isn’t newsworthy—two strategies to employ. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:41 The three variables that media relations experts can control (creativity, media relationships and perseverance) and a few they can’t. Which PR skills matter most. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:26 Despite the decline of the traditional news media, there has been a sharp rise in the readership of newspaper content through the internet and mobile phones. Media relations skills will continue to be important to employers and clients. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
23:44 Media relations are important to today’s PR professionals, yet the best communication strategies rely on sound social media skills, public affairs skills and even advertising skills. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
27:25 End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These podcast show notes were written and optimized by Sandra Burrowes,Eric SchwartzmancleanMarketing Flight of the Conchords on the Web with Dave Fletcherhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/marketing-flight-of-the-conchords-on-the-web-with-dave-fletcher/
Mon, 27 Sep 2010 15:37:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/marketing-flight-of-the-conchords-on-the-web-with-dave-fletcherMarketing Flight of the Conchords online, a new user management platform for the social web and how to build the right website for any organization with Dave Fletcher, founder and executive creative director, The Mechanism a multi-disciplinary design agency with offices in New York, London and Durban, South Africa.
He presented a session titled “Compelling Social Media Strategies: Soaring With ‘Flight of the Conchords’” at the PRSA International Conference in DC.
SHOW NOTES
01:15 -- Flight of the Conchords website design and development process, managing the band’s online reputation and trying to maintain a direct connection with their fans while HBO was marketing their reality-based television show online as well.
02:24 -- Rationale for gathering all your various social media marketing efforts together in one easy-to-access place.
03:17 -- Janrain user management platform for the social web, which is used by the Lady Gaga website to allow fans to sign in. Accordingly to Janrain, the platform double the registration rate of the Lady Gaga website. The Janrain platform also capture and stores registration data locally, so marketers are not reliant on Facebook for access their customer data.
06:20 -- How to pick a content management system based on specific requirements.
08:11 -- What makes a great interface and tailoring the design to the needs of your particular users. What does your audience need and how can you give it to them in as few clicks as possible?
09:57 -- The level of ease that users have come to expect from websites, whether Facebook has set the bar for ease-of-use and what the growth of social networking sites means for corporate web design.
12:29 -- Dangers associated with relying too heavily on any one social network like Facebook or Twitter for PR, marketing or corporate communications.
14:18 -- Dangers of relying on social networks as mobile devices, ipads and apps take off. 1
4:52 -- Steve Rubel’s comment on For Immediate Release Live #18 about approaching social media communications with a homeland/embassy strategy, whereas the homeland is the organization’s destination site and the embassies are its profiles on social networking sites.
17:58 -- Hicksdesign.co.uk has built a website that’s a single bit of CSS which is meant to work well on computers, mobile devices and ipad. The goal in the web design community is to develop ways to design single sites that operate effectively on different devices. 1
9:52 -- Tools that help us focus our attention or “apps”, as opposed to tools that help us hunt and peck, are driving the future of online communications. Wired’s proclamation “The Web is Dead.”
22:23 -- A bad customer experience in the mid-90s with AT&T that has kept Eric from giving them a nickle ever since, Apple’s anti-competitive business practices and the iPhone vs. Driod platform development strategies.
24:11 -- Risks of managing an unregulated platform that is truly open, from poor coding to malware, and Apple’s decision not to use Flash on ipad, because of concerns that poorly designed Flash files that crash a device reflect badly on the device developers, rather than the Flash programmer, who in fact IS responsible for the failure.
27:05 -- AT&T’s network can’t live up to the iPhone’s network demands, and other wireless carriers may soon encounter their own performance issues as smart phones become more popular and available on their networks.
29:03 -- End
Photo by Renee BarreraMarketing Flight of the Conchords online, a new user management platform for the social web and how to build the right website for any organization with , founder and executive creative director, The Mechanism a multi-disciplinary design agency with...Marketing Flight of the Conchords online, a new user management platform for the social web and how to build the right website for any organization with Dave Fletcher, founder and executive creative director, The Mechanism a multi-disciplinary design agency with offices in New York, London and Durban, South Africa. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He presented a session titled “Compelling Social Media Strategies: Soaring With ‘Flight of the Conchords’” at the PRSA International Conference in DC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:15 -- Flight of the Conchords website design and development process, managing the band’s online reputation and trying to maintain a direct connection with their fans while HBO was marketing their reality-based television show online as well. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:24 -- Rationale for gathering all your various social media marketing efforts together in one easy-to-access place. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:17 -- Janrain user management platform for the social web, which is used by the Lady Gaga website to allow fans to sign in. Accordingly to Janrain, the platform double the registration rate of the Lady Gaga website. The Janrain platform also capture and stores registration data locally, so marketers are not reliant on Facebook for access their customer data. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:20 -- How to pick a content management system based on specific requirements. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
08:11 -- What makes a great interface and tailoring the design to the needs of your particular users. What does your audience need and how can you give it to them in as few clicks as possible? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:57 -- The level of ease that users have come to expect from websites, whether Facebook has set the bar for ease-of-use and what the growth of social networking sites means for corporate web design. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:29 -- Dangers associated with relying too heavily on any one social network like Facebook or Twitter for PR, marketing or corporate communications. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:18 -- Dangers of relying on social networks as mobile devices, ipads and apps take off. 1<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:52 -- Steve Rubel’s comment on For Immediate Release Live #18 about approaching social media communications with a homeland/embassy strategy, whereas the homeland is the organization’s destination site and the embassies are its profiles on social networking sites. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:58 -- Hicksdesign.co.uk has built a website that’s a single bit of CSS which is meant to work well on computers, mobile devices and ipad. The goal in the web design community is to develop ways to design single sites that operate effectively on different devices. 1<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:52 -- Tools that help us focus our attention or “apps”, as opposed to tools that help us hunt and peck, are driving the future of online communications. Wired’s proclamation “The Web is Dead.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
22:23 -- A bad customer experience in the mid-90s with AT&T that has kept Eric from giving them a nickle ever since, Apple’s anti-competitive business practices and the iPhone vs. Driod platform development strategies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:11 -- Risks of managing an unregulated platform that is truly open, from poor coding to malware, and Apple’s decision not to use Flash on ipad, because of concerns that poorly designed Flash files that crash a device reflect badly on the device developers, rather than the Flash programmer, who in fact IS responsible for the failure. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
27:05 -- AT&T’s network can’t live up to the iPhone’s network demands, and other wireless carriers may soon encounter their own performance issues as smart phones become more popular and available on their networks. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
29:03 -- End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric SchwartzmancleanGrowing Your Facebook and Twitter Followers through Social Automationhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/get-facebook-friends-and-twitter-followers-while-you-sleep/
Thu, 23 Sep 2010 16:20:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/tore-steen-janrain-user-management-social-webFinally, there's a way to grow your social network, increase engagement and site registrations without having to Tweet and Facebook 24/7.
Through a relatively new type of service called a user management platform for the social web, you can invite visitors to your destination website to use their Facebook, Twitter, Google, Yahoo, MySpace or Open ID credentials to register or log in when they visit. So rather than have to fill out some lengthy form, they can log in with one click.
When they do, you get the opportunity to capture and keep much of their profile data and check out their social graph.
The result is a huge increase in site registrations, a much more engaged community and nine times the referral traffic.
In this episode, Tore Steen, VP, Marketing and Business Development at Janrain (acquired by Akamai) and former VP of Business and Corporate Development for WebTrends explains the concept of a user management platform for the social web on non-technical terms, makes the business case for implementing the service and the future of marketing on the social web.
SHOW NOTES
01:24 -- An explanation of the Janrain user management platform for the social media, which offers a way for visitors to your website to use their Facebook, Twitter and 14 other social networking credentials to register for your website.
03:03 -- The benefit of having visitors use Facebook or Twitter credentials to register when they visit an organization's destination website.
04:14 -- The top three preferred identity providers today in order of importance are Google, Facebook and Yahoo, but business-oriented sites tend to draw more Linkedin registrations and visitors to consumer oriented-sites tend to use their Facebook identity to login.
05:24 -- The richest profile and social graph data that a website can receive is from a Facebook user, because Facebook has the most information because of their "Like" button and the information user's store on theirs profile page.
Other identity providers are currently jockeying to find a way to capture and provide a more detailed portrait of their users.
06:43 -- There are ways to determine who the most influential people who've "Liked" your organization on Facebook are. You can see what other brands they've liked and when they publish to your Facebook Page. Â On average, for every Facebook Page post that someone makes on your Wall, there are an average of nine inbound referrals generated to your Facebook Page from that person's network of friends.
Looking at whoever brings the most referrals to your website is a great way to see who your most influential Facebook friends are.
08:02 -- If you're using a user management platform for the social web, every time someone uses their Facebook credentials to sign into your site, you get a list of their friends so you get an understanding of their social graph. On the Mahalo site, if you use Google to authenticate, you can bring your address book and invite your friends through an automated pick list.
09:18 -- Given that Facebook is known for random terms of service changes, organizations can mitigate the risk of relying solely on Facebook for access to their constituents by capturing and storing the registration data in their own contact management database as well.
11:48 -- Making it easy to share web pages or content was the rage a couple of years ago, but today, it's about making it easy for users to share activities or the ways they participate online. CitySearch uses Janrain to allow visitors to post a link to the restaurant reviews they write to their Facebook newsfeed, driving richer engagement.
Other activities that could become advocacy or public relations opportunities through integrated sharing include e-commerce transactions, white paper downloads, charitable donations or any other online activity that someone might want to share with their friends and followers online.
Â Finally, thereâ€™s a way to grow your social network, increase engagement and site registrations without having to Tweet and Facebook 24/7. Through a relatively new type of service called a user management platform for the social web,...Finally, there's a way to grow your social network, increase engagement and site registrations without having to Tweet and Facebook 24/7. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Through a relatively new type of service called a user management platform for the social web, you can invite visitors to your destination website to use their Facebook, Twitter, Google, Yahoo, MySpace or Open ID credentials to register or log in when they visit. So rather than have to fill out some lengthy form, they can log in with one click. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
When they do, you get the opportunity to capture and keep much of their profile data and check out their social graph. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The result is a huge increase in site registrations, a much more engaged community and nine times the referral traffic. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this episode, Tore Steen, VP, Marketing and Business Development at Janrain (acquired by Akamai) and former VP of Business and Corporate Development for WebTrends explains the concept of a user management platform for the social web on non-technical terms, makes the business case for implementing the service and the future of marketing on the social web.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:24 -- An explanation of the Janrain user management platform for the social media, which offers a way for visitors to your website to use their Facebook, Twitter and 14 other social networking credentials to register for your website.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:03 -- The benefit of having visitors use Facebook or Twitter credentials to register when they visit an organization's destination website.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:14 -- The top three preferred identity providers today in order of importance are Google, Facebook and Yahoo, but business-oriented sites tend to draw more Linkedin registrations and visitors to consumer oriented-sites tend to use their Facebook identity to login.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:24 -- The richest profile and social graph data that a website can receive is from a Facebook user, because Facebook has the most information because of their "Like" button and the information user's store on theirs profile page.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Other identity providers are currently jockeying to find a way to capture and provide a more detailed portrait of their users.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:43 -- There are ways to determine who the most influential people who've "Liked" your organization on Facebook are. You can see what other brands they've liked and when they publish to your Facebook Page. Â On average, for every Facebook Page post that someone makes on your Wall, there are an average of nine inbound referrals generated to your Facebook Page from that person's network of friends.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Looking at whoever brings the most referrals to your website is a great way to see who your most influential Facebook friends are.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
08:02 -- If you're using a user management platform for the social web, every time someone uses their Facebook credentials to sign into your site, you get a list of their friends so you get an understanding of their social graph. On the Mahalo site, if you use Google to authenticate, you can bring your address book and invite your friends through an automated pick list.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:18 -- Given that Facebook is known for random terms of service changes, organizations can mitigate the risk of relying solely on Facebook for access to their constituents by capturing and storing the registration data in their own contact management database as well.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:48 -- Making it easy to share web pages or content was the rage a couple of years ago, but today, it's about making it easy for users to share activities or the ways they participate online. CitySearch uses Janrain to allow visitors to post a link to the restaurant reviews they write to their Facebook n...Eric SchwartzmancleanNuclear Regulatory Commission Chief Spokesperson Eliot Brennerhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/nuclear-regulatory-commission-chief-spokesperson-eliot-brenner/
Mon, 20 Sep 2010 11:25:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-energy-nuclear-eliot-brennerSocial media for government regulators, web 2.0 for power plants and potential compliance issues surrounding the use of new media by energy companies with US Nuclear Regulatory Commission chief spokesperson Eliot Brenner, a presented at the PRSA International Conference in DC.
Eliot Brenner has been director of public affairs at the Nuclear Regulatory Commission
He began his career with 20 years in journalism, covering everything from sports to presidential campaigns and the first Gulf War for United Press International.
He subsequently became a speech writer for Dick Cheney in his final year as Defense secretary, moving on from there to write speeches for two Clinton Administration Treasury Secretaries and then serving as Assistant Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration for Public Affairs.
He has written and consulted for clients as diverse as the Nature Conservancy, Airbus and the American Trucking Associations, and directed the Boeing's award-winning public affairs program when it put explosives detection machines in more than 450 airports after September 11, 2001.
SHOW NOTES
01:11 -- The Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s mandate, how it operate and Eliot Brenner’s work history prior to joining the NRC as director of communications in 2004.
02:41 -- “To what extent is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission using social media tools to engage with Americans?” asks Richard Perry, host of the 10-minute PR Podcast via Twitter.
03:58 -- “Given the sharp growth of social media, how is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission addressing oversight and compliance issues that may arise over these emerging media channels?” asks Steve Conroy, Corporate Communications Manager, Southern California Edison.
04:50 -- The single biggest public affairs challenge facing the nuclear power industry.
05:52 -- The single biggest misperception people have about the nuclear power industry.
07:27 -- “What is the ideal working relationship between Nuclear Regulatory Commission and plant Public Information Officers?” asks Gil Alexander, Senior Communications Project Manager at Southern California Edison.
08:50 -- How does the Nuclear Regulatory Commission approach media statements by plant critics that are false and potentially alarming to the public?
11:25 -- “What is the state of affairs surrounding the use of Yucca Mountain for the storage of spent nuclear fuel?,” asks Scott Thomsen, Communications and Public Affairs at Seattle City Light.
14:18 -- A discussion of an incident involving undercover agents tricking the NRC, and obtained a license to buy radiological material.
17:58 -- “What is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission doing to support the efforts of the industry in new nuclear construction?,” asks William Labbe, Director, Nuclear Generation Services, TRC Companies, Inc.
21:07 -- Eliot Brenner will be presenting a session at the PRSA International Conference in DC on Monday, Oct. 18 titled “How to Build Trust in a Nuclear Environment” and a separate crisis communications session Sunday, Oct. 17 with Richard Levick at the PRSSA Conference.
23:31 -- End
Photo by Ajay Pal Singh Atwal on UnsplashSocial media for government regulators, web 2.0 for power plants and potential compliance issues surrounding the use of new media by energy companies with US Nuclear Regulatory Commission chief spokesperson Eliot Brenner, a presented at the and the ....Social media for government regulators, web 2.0 for power plants and potential compliance issues surrounding the use of new media by energy companies with US Nuclear Regulatory Commission chief spokesperson Eliot Brenner, a presented at the PRSA International Conference in DC. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eliot Brenner has been director of public affairs at the Nuclear Regulatory Commission <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He began his career with 20 years in journalism, covering everything from sports to presidential campaigns and the first Gulf War for United Press International. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He subsequently became a speech writer for Dick Cheney in his final year as Defense secretary, moving on from there to write speeches for two Clinton Administration Treasury Secretaries and then serving as Assistant Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration for Public Affairs. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He has written and consulted for clients as diverse as the Nature Conservancy, Airbus and the American Trucking Associations, and directed the Boeing's award-winning public affairs program when it put explosives detection machines in more than 450 airports after September 11, 2001. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:11 -- The Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s mandate, how it operate and Eliot Brenner’s work history prior to joining the NRC as director of communications in 2004. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:41 -- “To what extent is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission using social media tools to engage with Americans?” asks Richard Perry, host of the 10-minute PR Podcast via Twitter. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:58 -- “Given the sharp growth of social media, how is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission addressing oversight and compliance issues that may arise over these emerging media channels?” asks Steve Conroy, Corporate Communications Manager, Southern California Edison. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:50 -- The single biggest public affairs challenge facing the nuclear power industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:52 -- The single biggest misperception people have about the nuclear power industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:27 -- “What is the ideal working relationship between Nuclear Regulatory Commission and plant Public Information Officers?” asks Gil Alexander, Senior Communications Project Manager at Southern California Edison. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
08:50 -- How does the Nuclear Regulatory Commission approach media statements by plant critics that are false and potentially alarming to the public? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:25 -- “What is the state of affairs surrounding the use of Yucca Mountain for the storage of spent nuclear fuel?,” asks Scott Thomsen, Communications and Public Affairs at Seattle City Light. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:18 -- A discussion of an incident involving undercover agents tricking the NRC, and obtained a license to buy radiological material. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:58 -- “What is the Nuclear Regulatory Commission doing to support the efforts of the industry in new nuclear construction?,” asks William Labbe, Director, Nuclear Generation Services, TRC Companies, Inc. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:07 -- Eliot Brenner will be presenting a session at the PRSA International Conference in DC on Monday, Oct. 18 titled “How to Build Trust in a Nuclear Environment” and a separate crisis communications session Sunday, Oct. 17 with Richard Levick at the PRSSA Conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
23:31 -- End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Ajay Pal Singh Atwal on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanPolitical News and Social Media with Politico Editor Jim VandeHeihttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/political-news-and-social-media-with-politico-editor-jim-vandehei/
Thu, 16 Sep 2010 10:59:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/political-news-social-media-jim-vandeheiThe future of grassroots diplomacy, the growth of emerging communications channels like social and mobile for news consumption, finding an audience for political news beyond The Beltway and Politico’s appearance in columns by Howard Kurtz and David Carr are among the topics discussed.
This is my show about political news in the age of Social Media with Jim VandeHei, the executive editor and co-founder of POLITICO, a nonpartisan media company covering national politics and Washington governance.
Jim VandeHei, along with John F. Harris and Allbritton Communications, launched Politico in early 2007 and his since established it as a leading US new media company.
Vanity Fair recently named him one of the 100 most powerful Information Age thinkers for helping create the “model for the new media success story.”
Mr. VandeHei is a keynote speaker at the PRSA 2010 International Conference.
SHOW NOTES
01:56 -- Politico’s editorial personality, and how they carved out a niche in a category previously dominated by entrenched incumbents.
03:57 -- Politico’s content is distributed via print, website, social networks, RSS feeds, widgets and smart phone apps, and Jim discusses his growth expectation for digital distribution. 0
5:50 -- Joe DeMattoes, CEO of the Health Facilities Association of Maryland asks, “Getting to Politico and your core business, define the role of social media in your publication and business model?”
07:55 -- With Nearly 100,000 Twitter followers, Politico reaches double the number of followers of Roll Call and Congressional Quarterly. Jim responds to David G. Bradley’s quote in David Carr’s column media equation, which read, “I think that Politico’s entrance entirely changed what had been a pretty cozy market with a few incumbents — National Journal, CQ and Roll Call — and kudos to them for demonstrating there was a market beyond the Beltway.” A discussion of what Politico is doing differently to resonate with audiences beyond the Beltway.
10:10 -- How Politico amalgamates the old media values of fairness and accuracy with the speed and immediacy of new technologies.
12:00 - Don Kilburg, Foreign Service Officer at the U.S. Dept. of State asks, “In this era of instant communication and grassroots diplomacy, we recently observed someone previously unknown hijack the national discourse by threatening to burn a Koran. We then observed high ranking public officials comment directly on this, including the President. Do you think we'll see more of this sort of grassroots diplomacy hijacking and where should high ranking officials and media editors draw the line in potentially adding fuel to the fire by covering it?”
14:10 -- A discussion of the media’s responsibility with respect to Wikileaks, and whether or not the government should be able to abdicate the public’s right to know in the interest of "national security.”
16:43 -- Jim responds to Howard Kurtz’s column about Politico blogger Ben Smith’s ability to draw vitriolic criticism with middle-of-the-road content and whether or not there’s anything that can be done to encourage greater tolerance for different points of view on the blogosphere.
21:30 -- At first, democrats were significantly better at using social media to their advantage, but we’re starting to see republicans do a much better job. Resonating with an audience is all about understanding what they need and giving it to them.
24:50 -- How to get an editorial board meeting with Politico and how to pitch news to reporters in the Politico newsroom.
28:16 -- EndThe future of grassroots diplomacy, the growth of emerging communications channels like social and mobile for news consumption, finding an audience for political news beyond The Beltway and Politico’s appearance in columns by Howard Kurtz and David...The future of grassroots diplomacy, the growth of emerging communications channels like social and mobile for news consumption, finding an audience for political news beyond The Beltway and Politico’s appearance in columns by Howard Kurtz and David Carr are among the topics discussed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is my show about political news in the age of Social Media with Jim VandeHei, the executive editor and co-founder of POLITICO, a nonpartisan media company covering national politics and Washington governance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jim VandeHei, along with John F. Harris and Allbritton Communications, launched Politico in early 2007 and his since established it as a leading US new media company. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Vanity Fair recently named him one of the 100 most powerful Information Age thinkers for helping create the “model for the new media success story.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mr. VandeHei is a keynote speaker at the PRSA 2010 International Conference.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:56 -- Politico’s editorial personality, and how they carved out a niche in a category previously dominated by entrenched incumbents. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:57 -- Politico’s content is distributed via print, website, social networks, RSS feeds, widgets and smart phone apps, and Jim discusses his growth expectation for digital distribution. 0<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:50 -- Joe DeMattoes, CEO of the Health Facilities Association of Maryland asks, “Getting to Politico and your core business, define the role of social media in your publication and business model?” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:55 -- With Nearly 100,000 Twitter followers, Politico reaches double the number of followers of Roll Call and Congressional Quarterly. Jim responds to David G. Bradley’s quote in David Carr’s column media equation, which read, “I think that Politico’s entrance entirely changed what had been a pretty cozy market with a few incumbents — National Journal, CQ and Roll Call — and kudos to them for demonstrating there was a market beyond the Beltway.” A discussion of what Politico is doing differently to resonate with audiences beyond the Beltway. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:10 -- How Politico amalgamates the old media values of fairness and accuracy with the speed and immediacy of new technologies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:00 - Don Kilburg, Foreign Service Officer at the U.S. Dept. of State asks, “In this era of instant communication and grassroots diplomacy, we recently observed someone previously unknown hijack the national discourse by threatening to burn a Koran. We then observed high ranking public officials comment directly on this, including the President. Do you think we'll see more of this sort of grassroots diplomacy hijacking and where should high ranking officials and media editors draw the line in potentially adding fuel to the fire by covering it?” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:10 -- A discussion of the media’s responsibility with respect to Wikileaks, and whether or not the government should be able to abdicate the public’s right to know in the interest of "national security.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
16:43 -- Jim responds to Howard Kurtz’s column about Politico blogger Ben Smith’s ability to draw vitriolic criticism with middle-of-the-road content and whether or not there’s anything that can be done to encourage greater tolerance for different points of view on the blogosphere. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:30 -- At first, democrats were significantly better at using social media to their advantage, but we’re starting to see republicans do a much better job. Resonating with an audience is all about understanding what they need and giving it to them. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:50 -- How to get an editorial board meeting with Politico and how to pitch news to reporters in the Politico newsroom. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric SchwartzmancleanSelling Social Media Strategy to Leadership with Charlene Lihttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/selling-social-media-strategy-to-leadership-with-charlene-li/
Tue, 14 Sep 2010 17:35:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/selling-social-media-bossSelling social media strategy to leadership, Facebook vs. Google for decision-making and B2B B2C differences are among issues I discussed with Charlene Li, analyst and bestselling author of Open Leadership: How Social Technology Can Transform the Way You Lead.
Charlene Li is a keynote speaker at the PRSA International Conference in Washington D.C. where she’ll talk about how social media is changing the way leaders lead.
She is co-author of the book, Groundswell: Winning in a World Transformed by Social Technologies with Josh Bernoff, who has also been featured on this podcast.
SHOW NOTES
1:37 Selling social media strategy to leadership remains a significant challenge. She wrote Open Leadership to help leaders better understand the difference between open source software, open systems and open decision making processes and to decide just how open they need to be.
2:10 How social engagement creates a power shift that redefines the techniques and characteristics of effective leadership.
3:33 The meaning of openness and its impact on information-sharing and decision-making. Defining the ways people can be open allows more rational discussion around how open an organization needs to be.
4:34 A “throw the doors open” approach to openness is unnecessary. Leadership goals, such as competition, employee engagement and a growing dialogue with customers, determine the degree of openness needed.
6:09 United States Army Public Affairs Specialist asks Don Manuszewski if it is necessary to maintain a website or is it possible to achieve one’s goals by eliminating a website and utilizing social media sites exclusively.
7:56 Facebook vs Google for decision-making. Google dominates quick, early stage research while Facebook social network queries are important as the decision point gets closers. We consulting Facebook vs. Google for information, it is critical to understand that Google helps you build the short list, and Facebook helps you make a final purchasing decision.
10:57 Whether Facebook is at a disadvantage because they hired out their hardware and infrastructure. A discussion of the different information-processing needs of Facebook, Google and Twitter.
12:58 Too often, business communicators sell social media to leaders who don’t understand the basics because they simply aren’t engaged. Charlene Li shares tips for selling social media executives are most likely to respond to. When you’re selling social media to the boss, steer clear of technology and focus on business goals.
13:32 Organizational challenges can be addressed through better dialogue, better listening and better innovation with the use of social networking tools. CEOs can learn to be more open and share more easily to achieve the business growth they need.
18:48 Engaging in social media involves embracing failure. Leaders can use social media engagement to prepare for and recover from the inevitable failures that happen in business.
21:05 The importance of using social media as dialogue and not merely for broadcasting. Lessons the brandjacking of Nestlé’s Facebook page by Greenpeace, and how they unwittingly aggravated the situation further, and played directly into the hand of their adversary.
22:59 Altimeter’s recent eport, Eight Success Criteria for Facebook Page Marketing, which guides organizations through best practices for marketing through a Facebook Page.
23:38 Dell, Comcast, United Airlines and other companies have adopted active social media strategies following huge online embarrassments. The best companies adopt a clear strategy and exhibit the willingness to be more open.
26:11 Market competitiveness can affect a company’s willingness to engage in social media. Altimeter’s Facebook study shows that companies often rely on older promotion-based models when greater rewards come to those who invest in open-ended relationships with depth and meaning.
Selling social media strategy to leadership, Facebook vs. Google for decision-making and B2B B2C differences are among issues I discussed with Charlene Li, analyst and bestselling author of Charlene Li is a keynote speaker at the in Washington...Selling social media strategy to leadership, Facebook vs. Google for decision-making and B2B B2C differences are among issues I discussed with Charlene Li, analyst and bestselling author of Open Leadership: How Social Technology Can Transform the Way You Lead. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Charlene Li is a keynote speaker at the PRSA International Conference in Washington D.C. where she’ll talk about how social media is changing the way leaders lead. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
She is co-author of the book, Groundswell: Winning in a World Transformed by Social Technologies with Josh Bernoff, who has also been featured on this podcast. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
1:37 Selling social media strategy to leadership remains a significant challenge. She wrote Open Leadership to help leaders better understand the difference between open source software, open systems and open decision making processes and to decide just how open they need to be. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:10 How social engagement creates a power shift that redefines the techniques and characteristics of effective leadership. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3:33 The meaning of openness and its impact on information-sharing and decision-making. Defining the ways people can be open allows more rational discussion around how open an organization needs to be. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:34 A “throw the doors open” approach to openness is unnecessary. Leadership goals, such as competition, employee engagement and a growing dialogue with customers, determine the degree of openness needed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:09 United States Army Public Affairs Specialist asks Don Manuszewski if it is necessary to maintain a website or is it possible to achieve one’s goals by eliminating a website and utilizing social media sites exclusively. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
7:56 Facebook vs Google for decision-making. Google dominates quick, early stage research while Facebook social network queries are important as the decision point gets closers. We consulting Facebook vs. Google for information, it is critical to understand that Google helps you build the short list, and Facebook helps you make a final purchasing decision. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:57 Whether Facebook is at a disadvantage because they hired out their hardware and infrastructure. A discussion of the different information-processing needs of Facebook, Google and Twitter. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:58 Too often, business communicators sell social media to leaders who don’t understand the basics because they simply aren’t engaged. Charlene Li shares tips for selling social media executives are most likely to respond to. When you’re selling social media to the boss, steer clear of technology and focus on business goals. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:32 Organizational challenges can be addressed through better dialogue, better listening and better innovation with the use of social networking tools. CEOs can learn to be more open and share more easily to achieve the business growth they need. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:48 Engaging in social media involves embracing failure. Leaders can use social media engagement to prepare for and recover from the inevitable failures that happen in business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:05 The importance of using social media as dialogue and not merely for broadcasting. Lessons the brandjacking of Nestlé’s Facebook page by Greenpeace, and how they unwittingly aggravated the situation further, and played directly into the hand of their adversary. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
22:59 Altimeter’s recent eport, Eight Success Criteria for Facebook Page Marketing, which guides organizations through best practices for marketing through a Facebook Page. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
23:38 Dell, Comcast, United Airlines and other companies have adopted active social media strategies following huge online embarrassments.Eric SchwartzmancleanKodak Before Instagram with Jeffrey Hayzletthttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/consumer-film-is-dead-but-kodak-is-alive-jeffrey-hayzlett-explains/
Fri, 10 Sep 2010 14:44:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/death-of-film-kodak-jeffrey-hayzlettWhat’s the B2B B2C difference, how does an industrial giant like Kodak switch from consumer to business marketing and use tension to motivate net marketing strategies?
What type of business to business research is required and what is the future of marketing to business customers?
These are just some the questions we address in this episode. Kodak, once a huge consumer brand, has transformed itself from a business-to-consumer to a business-to-business focused company.
Over the last five years, Kodak’s revenue from consumer film has dropped from $15 billion to $200 million, but the company still has sales of $8 billion annually through a portfolio of new products, most of which are less than two years old and 80 percent of that revenue comes from business customers. This is the story of reinvention.
It’s about how an old guard stalwart picked itself up after the demise of Kodachrome, one of the world’s most iconic brands, and emerged from the rubble, staring obsolescence in the face.
Rather than go the way of the buggy whip, Kodak shifted its focus and beat the odds.
Learn how former Kodak CMO Jeffrey Hayzlett helped an analog titan become a digital powerhouse in this exclusive one-on-one audio interview.
Named Business to Business Marketer of the Year by B2B Magazine in 2009, Jeffrey Hayzlett is the author of “The Mirror Test: Is Your Business Really Breathing?” and a keynote speaker at the PRSA International Conference in DC.
SHOW NOTES
01:01– Jeffrey Hayzlett’s upcoming keynote presentation at the PRSA International Conference in DC will include a discussion of how big and small business marketers are adapting to the digital world, communicating more effectively on a one-on-one basis with their customers and marketing strategies for a recession economy.
01:37 -- The importance of asking yourself the tough questions and the failure of many business marketers to do just that when in fact, that’s exactly what they should be doing.
02:24 -- The use of tension inside Kodak to re-energize the company, instigating change from the center and convincing the business customers that Kodak’s best days are yet to come.
04:09 -- The death of the consumer film business and Kodak’s efforts to reinvent its brand through new business-to-business products and services.
06:11-- Kodak’s leadership position in commercial ink jet product, its consumer ink jet technology which is experiencing triple digit annual growth and it’s new online photo sharing platform Kodak Gallery which is geared to take the world by storm, Hazylett says.
07:28 -- HP made $9 million in net profits last year just from ink jet cartridges, demonstrating that consumers are paying too much for printer cartridges and representing a market opportunity for Kodak in their B2C products business.
07:55 -- Marketing to the 30 to 48 year old female demographic in the US, which purchases 97% of Kodak’s consumer products.
09:02– The death of Kodachrome after 76-years and how supply and demand will impact the availability of photographic film in the future.
12:33 -- Film vs. Digital Movies. The impact of digital imaging on the motion picture business and whether or not the future of filmmaking and motion picture distribution is digital technology.
14:43 -- The issue of archivability and how and why digital images erode over time.
15:46 -- Todd Van Hoosear, who blogs about social media and the evolution of marketing and business at “More than Marketing,” asks where the next marketing war will be fought. The answer is mobile. Jeffrey discusses the future of mobile marketing, apps, trust and maintaining one-to-one, personable relationships.
18:14 -- The two biggest misconceptions business marketers have about assimilating social media into their existing marketing and communications apparatus: profitability and measurability.
19:44 -- Eighty percent of Kodak’s business today is B2B and B2B soc...What’s the B2B B2C difference, how does an industrial giant like Kodak switch from consumer to business marketing and use tension to motivate net marketing strategies? What type of business to business research is required and what is the...What’s the B2B B2C difference, how does an industrial giant like Kodak switch from consumer to business marketing and use tension to motivate net marketing strategies? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
What type of business to business research is required and what is the future of marketing to business customers? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
These are just some the questions we address in this episode. Kodak, once a huge consumer brand, has transformed itself from a business-to-consumer to a business-to-business focused company. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Over the last five years, Kodak’s revenue from consumer film has dropped from $15 billion to $200 million, but the company still has sales of $8 billion annually through a portfolio of new products, most of which are less than two years old and 80 percent of that revenue comes from business customers. This is the story of reinvention. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It’s about how an old guard stalwart picked itself up after the demise of Kodachrome, one of the world’s most iconic brands, and emerged from the rubble, staring obsolescence in the face. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rather than go the way of the buggy whip, Kodak shifted its focus and beat the odds. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Learn how former Kodak CMO Jeffrey Hayzlett helped an analog titan become a digital powerhouse in this exclusive one-on-one audio interview. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Named Business to Business Marketer of the Year by B2B Magazine in 2009, Jeffrey Hayzlett is the author of “The Mirror Test: Is Your Business Really Breathing?” and a keynote speaker at the PRSA International Conference in DC.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:01– Jeffrey Hayzlett’s upcoming keynote presentation at the PRSA International Conference in DC will include a discussion of how big and small business marketers are adapting to the digital world, communicating more effectively on a one-on-one basis with their customers and marketing strategies for a recession economy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:37 -- The importance of asking yourself the tough questions and the failure of many business marketers to do just that when in fact, that’s exactly what they should be doing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:24 -- The use of tension inside Kodak to re-energize the company, instigating change from the center and convincing the business customers that Kodak’s best days are yet to come. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:09 -- The death of the consumer film business and Kodak’s efforts to reinvent its brand through new business-to-business products and services. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:11-- Kodak’s leadership position in commercial ink jet product, its consumer ink jet technology which is experiencing triple digit annual growth and it’s new online photo sharing platform Kodak Gallery which is geared to take the world by storm, Hazylett says. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:28 -- HP made $9 million in net profits last year just from ink jet cartridges, demonstrating that consumers are paying too much for printer cartridges and representing a market opportunity for Kodak in their B2C products business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:55 -- Marketing to the 30 to 48 year old female demographic in the US, which purchases 97% of Kodak’s consumer products. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:02– The death of Kodachrome after 76-years and how supply and demand will impact the availability of photographic film in the future. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:33 -- Film vs. Digital Movies. The impact of digital imaging on the motion picture business and whether or not the future of filmmaking and motion picture distribution is digital technology. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:43 -- The issue of archivability and how and why digital images erode over time. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:46 -- Todd Van Hoosear, who blogs about social media and the evolution of marketing and business at “More than Marketing,Eric SchwartzmancleanNew York Times Social Media Editorhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/new-york-times-social-media-editor/
Mon, 30 Aug 2010 14:05:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/new-york-times-social-media-editorIn this episode, Jennifer Preston, Social Media Editor at The New York Times gives the afternoon keynote at The Digital Impact, a conference run by PRSA that I’ve been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years.
This podcast was recorded in downtown New York City.
Jennifer Preston is also an Adjunct Professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism
Technical Note: The fidelity of the audio has been compressed to minimize a low-end buzz which was present during the recording.
Photo by Knight Foundation.In this episode, , Social Media Editor at The New York Times gives the afternoon keynote at 2010, a conference run by that I’ve been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years. This podcast was recorded on May 6, 2010 in...In this episode, Jennifer Preston, Social Media Editor at The New York Times gives the afternoon keynote at The Digital Impact, a conference run by PRSA that I’ve been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This podcast was recorded in downtown New York City. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Jennifer Preston is also an Adjunct Professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Technical Note: The fidelity of the audio has been compressed to minimize a low-end buzz which was present during the recording. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Knight Foundation.Eric SchwartzmancleanGoogle Global Director of Communications and Public Affairs Gabriel Strickerhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/google-global-director-of-communications-and-public-affairs-gabriel-stricker/
Fri, 20 Aug 2010 22:25:16 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/gabriel-strickerIn this episode, Gabriel Stricker, director of global communications and public affairs at Google, Inc. delivers the afternoon keynote address at The Digital Impact, a conference produced by PRSA, which I have been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years.
Gabriel Stricker is author of the Mao in the Boardroom: Marketing Genius from the Mind of the Master Guerrilla.
This podcast was recorded in downtown New York City.
Technical Note: The fidelity of the audio has been compressed to minimize a low-end buzz which was present during the recording of this podcasting Detailed show notes are not available for this podcast.
Photo by Amanda Chen. In this episode, , director of global communications and public affairs at Google, Inc. delivers the afternoon keynote address at , a conference produced by , which I have been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years....In this episode, Gabriel Stricker, director of global communications and public affairs at Google, Inc. delivers the afternoon keynote address at The Digital Impact, a conference produced by PRSA, which I have been co-chairing with Elizabeth Albrycht for the last several years.<br />
<br />
Gabriel Stricker is author of the Mao in the Boardroom: Marketing Genius from the Mind of the Master Guerrilla.<br />
<br />
This podcast was recorded in downtown New York City.<br />
<br />
Technical Note: The fidelity of the audio has been compressed to minimize a low-end buzz which was present during the recording of this podcasting Detailed show notes are not available for this podcast.<br />
<br />
Photo by Amanda Chen.Eric SchwartzmancleanFacebooking Event Marketing Aloha Style with Paul Klinkhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/facebooking-event-marketing-aloha-style-with-paul-klink/
Tue, 10 Aug 2010 18:12:30 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Facebook-event-marketingIf you’re interested in learning how you can use Facebook to market local events, this podcast episode is for you.
We cover event marketing on Facebook fan pages vs. event marketing through personal Facebook profiles.
We also talk about what should be included in a Facebook event marketing status update, how frequently you should post and what might happen if you post too often.
My guest is Paul Klink, an Oahu-based Philanthropy, Business and Marketing Consultant who has built multiple, successful communities on Facebook, many of which are maxed-out at the 5,000 Facebook “friend” limit.
I am a friend of his Aloha lifestyle profile. Paul received the Lieutenant Governor’s Award for being as one of Hawaii's 100 High-Tech Executives.
As one of his many Facebook friends, I can say that his newsfeed reflects what I consider to be the Aloha lifestyle.
He joined me in the hospitality suite at the Hale Koa Hotel & Resort on Waikiki Beach in Hawaii for this discussion about Facebook event marketing.
SHOW NOTES
00:58 – Paul defines the concept of “Living the Aloha,” shares advice with listeners about living the Aloha online and why attractions works better than promotion when it comes to Facebook status updates.
02:55 – Tips for effective Facebook event marketing, Facebook invitation posting frequency, the importance of keeping it simple, good Facebook event marketing language and what links to include in a Facebook event invite.
05:19 – How to market local events on Facebook.
06:12 – Ethical issues surrounding the practice of sock puppeting multiple Facebook profile pages.
07:42 – Facebook marketing challenges of Chris Pirillo and Paul Klink. Personal Facebook profile pages versus Facebook fan pages. Engagement levels and shortcomings of Facebook fan pages.
09:40 – Having conversations with Facebook fan page profiles versus Facebook personal profiles, and effective, appropriate uses of both.
10:47 – Dealing with spoofed Facebook fan pages.
11:40 -- End
Photo by Mike Baker on UnsplashIf you’re interested in learning how you can use Facebook to market local events, this podcast episode is for you. We cover event marketing on Facebook fan pages vs. event marketing through personal Facebook profiles. We also talk about...If you’re interested in learning how you can use Facebook to market local events, this podcast episode is for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We cover event marketing on Facebook fan pages vs. event marketing through personal Facebook profiles. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We also talk about what should be included in a Facebook event marketing status update, how frequently you should post and what might happen if you post too often. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
My guest is Paul Klink, an Oahu-based Philanthropy, Business and Marketing Consultant who has built multiple, successful communities on Facebook, many of which are maxed-out at the 5,000 Facebook “friend” limit. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I am a friend of his Aloha lifestyle profile. Paul received the Lieutenant Governor’s Award for being as one of Hawaii's 100 High-Tech Executives. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
As one of his many Facebook friends, I can say that his newsfeed reflects what I consider to be the Aloha lifestyle. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He joined me in the hospitality suite at the Hale Koa Hotel & Resort on Waikiki Beach in Hawaii for this discussion about Facebook event marketing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
00:58 – Paul defines the concept of “Living the Aloha,” shares advice with listeners about living the Aloha online and why attractions works better than promotion when it comes to Facebook status updates. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:55 – Tips for effective Facebook event marketing, Facebook invitation posting frequency, the importance of keeping it simple, good Facebook event marketing language and what links to include in a Facebook event invite. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:19 – How to market local events on Facebook. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:12 – Ethical issues surrounding the practice of sock puppeting multiple Facebook profile pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:42 – Facebook marketing challenges of Chris Pirillo and Paul Klink. Personal Facebook profile pages versus Facebook fan pages. Engagement levels and shortcomings of Facebook fan pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:40 – Having conversations with Facebook fan page profiles versus Facebook personal profiles, and effective, appropriate uses of both. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:47 – Dealing with spoofed Facebook fan pages. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:40 -- End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Mike Baker on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanDigital StratComm at US Pacific Commandhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/strategic-public-affairs-at-us-pacific-command/
Mon, 02 Aug 2010 18:53:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/Strategic-Public-Affairs-US-Pacific-CommandAt the end of my digital media public affairs workshop at US Pacific Command, I sat down with US Army Lieutenant Colonel Daniel King, the command’s deputy director of public affairs, to discuss the major threats facing the US and its allies in the Pacific and what it means for the strategic public relations management approach of his team.
LTC King is an experienced crisis communications expert who travels regularly to support Admiral Willard’s, PACOM’s ranking officer, in a public affairs capacity and to assist in the strategic planning of public relations. He and his team recently handled the communications for the United States response to the sinking of the Republic of Korea’s warship the Cheonan, allegedly by a North Korean submarine.
He earned an advanced degree at USC in strategic public relations from Annenberg School of Communications.
In this interview, LTC Daniel King goes on the record online about:
North Korea’s nuclear capabilities
Google’s defection from China
Use of video by the activists and Israeli Defense Forces Public Affairs detail throughout the recent Gaza Flotilla Raid (or the Gaza Flotilla Attack, depending on your politics)
Where US Pacific Command is with respect to social media community relations strategy.
The interview was recorded at US Pacific Command, or PACOM, which is stationed at a high-security facility at Camp HM Smith, situated on Oahu’s higher-ground with a sweeping view over Pearl Harbor.
Guests must be accompanies by an escort, are required to remove the battery from their cell phone and must switch off their laptop wireless signal.
SHOW NOTES
00:54 -- An overview of US Pacific Command, which is the US combatant command responsible for a geographic region that comprises 51 percent of the world’s surface, from the West Coast of Los Angeles to the West Coast of India and from the North Pole to the South Pole. The Pacific region is occupied by 36 nations and 3.4 billion people. LTC King characterizes the region as tremendously diverse and dynamic in its people, its economies, its politics and its diplomacy.
01:55 – US Pacific Command’s mission is to work together with US partners and allies to facilitate and improve the security of the Asia-Pacific region to continue the stability that has benefited the region for the last 60 years. Five of the 7 US international treaties apply to the Pacific. Over $1.3 trillion dollars of international commerce moves back and forth throughout the Asia-Pacific region, and all of that is facilitated by the security and stability factors maintained by PACOM and its partners.
03:17 – The biggest challenges facing the US and its interests in the Pacific are humanitarian, natural or military disasters are anything else that compromises “unfettered access to the global commons.”
04:31 – North Korea’s vow to respond to the US and South Korea’s Operation Invincible Spirit (exercises involving 200 sea faring vessels and 200 aircraft) with “powerful nuclear deterrents” and the United Nations Security Council’s reaction to the recent sinking of the Republic of Korea’s Choenan, which resulted in the death of 46 South Korean service members, allegedly by a North Korean submarine and PACOM’s response effort.
07:43 – How LTC King was informed about the explosion aboard the Cheonan, the course of action he and his team took as a result and the role of the mainstream news media during the initial period after the event. 11:05 – Reports of propaganda posters seen inside North Korea depicting a fist smashing an enemy ship in two.
12:04 – Whether or not the US military believes that North Korea has nuclear capabilities.
13:53 – A fake Facebook profile for Admiral Willard, the top ranking military official at US Pacific Command, which recently appeared online and how he and his team dealt with the commander’s spoofed identity.
16:03 -- The Gaza Flotilla incident as a case s...At the end of my with , I sat down with US Army Lieutenant Colonel , the command’s deputy director of public affairs, to discuss the major threats facing the US and its allies in the Pacific and what it means for the strategic public relations...At the end of my digital media public affairs workshop at US Pacific Command, I sat down with US Army Lieutenant Colonel Daniel King, the command’s deputy director of public affairs, to discuss the major threats facing the US and its allies in the Pacific and what it means for the strategic public relations management approach of his team. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
LTC King is an experienced crisis communications expert who travels regularly to support Admiral Willard’s, PACOM’s ranking officer, in a public affairs capacity and to assist in the strategic planning of public relations. He and his team recently handled the communications for the United States response to the sinking of the Republic of Korea’s warship the Cheonan, allegedly by a North Korean submarine. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
He earned an advanced degree at USC in strategic public relations from Annenberg School of Communications. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview, LTC Daniel King goes on the record online about: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
North Korea’s nuclear capabilities<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Google’s defection from China<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Use of video by the activists and Israeli Defense Forces Public Affairs detail throughout the recent Gaza Flotilla Raid (or the Gaza Flotilla Attack, depending on your politics) <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Where US Pacific Command is with respect to social media community relations strategy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The interview was recorded at US Pacific Command, or PACOM, which is stationed at a high-security facility at Camp HM Smith, situated on Oahu’s higher-ground with a sweeping view over Pearl Harbor. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Guests must be accompanies by an escort, are required to remove the battery from their cell phone and must switch off their laptop wireless signal. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
00:54 -- An overview of US Pacific Command, which is the US combatant command responsible for a geographic region that comprises 51 percent of the world’s surface, from the West Coast of Los Angeles to the West Coast of India and from the North Pole to the South Pole. The Pacific region is occupied by 36 nations and 3.4 billion people. LTC King characterizes the region as tremendously diverse and dynamic in its people, its economies, its politics and its diplomacy. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:55 – US Pacific Command’s mission is to work together with US partners and allies to facilitate and improve the security of the Asia-Pacific region to continue the stability that has benefited the region for the last 60 years. Five of the 7 US international treaties apply to the Pacific. Over $1.3 trillion dollars of international commerce moves back and forth throughout the Asia-Pacific region, and all of that is facilitated by the security and stability factors maintained by PACOM and its partners. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
03:17 – The biggest challenges facing the US and its interests in the Pacific are humanitarian, natural or military disasters are anything else that compromises “unfettered access to the global commons.” <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:31 – North Korea’s vow to respond to the US and South Korea’s Operation Invincible Spirit (exercises involving 200 sea faring vessels and 200 aircraft) with “powerful nuclear deterrents” and the United Nations Security Council’s reaction to the recent sinking of the Republic of Korea’s Choenan, which resulted in the death of 46 South Korean service members, allegedly by a North Korean submarine and PACOM’s response effort. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:43 – How LTC King was informed about the explosion aboard the Cheonan, the course of action he and his team took as a result and the role of the mainstream news media during the initial period after the event. 11:05 – Reports of propaganda posters seen inside North Korea depicting a fist smashing an enemy ship in two.Eric SchwartzmancleanWhite House Press Secretaries Panelhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/white-house-press-secretaries-panel/
Fri, 23 Jul 2010 16:48:22 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/prsa-podcast-white-house-press-secreatariesThe panelists, including a current White House Press Secretary and three former White House Press Secretaries discuss message development, learning to expect the unexpected and speaking truth to power. Moderator: Dan Schnur, Director of the Institute for Politics at USC Panelists (in order of introduction):
Camille Johnston, Director of Communications for First Lady Michelle Obama
Noelia Rodriguez, Press Secretary for First Lady Laura Bush
Shelia Tate, Press Secretary for First Lady Nancy Reagan
David Demarest, Press Secretary for President George H.W. Bush
This panel was presented by PRSA LA and PRSA Western District. The Platinum sponsor was Golin Harris, the Gold sponsor was BusinessWire and the Silver Sponsor was VMS. Event sponsors were the Jesse M. Unruh Institute of Politics and MWW Group. And special thanks went to Weber Shandwick and Korn/Ferry International. The panel was announced by PRSA LA Chapter president Eric Moses. The event, which occurred at the Biltmore Hotel in downtown Los Angeles on July 13, 2010, was produced by Denis Wolcott of The Wolcott Company. Technical Note: There is a low-level, audible hum in the background. Despite our best efforts, we were unable to eliminate the buzz which was coming through the media bus while the panel was recorded. SHOW NOTES: 02:30 -- Dan Schnur introduces the panelists, details their backgrounds and sets the stage for the panel discussion. 13:12 -- Proactive versus reactive communication in White House press affairs. Spontaneity is the enemy and the goal of staff is predictability. And what makes news. 17:48 -- How you respond when things don't go on plan as the true test of a White House communicator, says Bush White House Press Secretary David Demarest. A discussion of the military dictum, "No battle plan survives first contact with the enemy." The best laid plans get thrown astray when things happen. 19:02 -- The day president Reagan was shot and an exchange at the hospital afterwards between the president and members of his cabinet that taught Shelia Tate the importance of responding with grace under fire. 23:32 -- Communicating a leader's personality traits authentically under the news media's microscope and the importance of measuring your public relations activities with the true characteristics of the leader. 27:02 -- Helping First Lady Laura Bush build her skills as a public speaker through local market new media interviews. 28:01 -- Advertisement for the Social Media Boot Camp in Los Angeles on Aug. 18-19, 2010. Register at https://www.socialmediabootcamp.com. 30:59 -- Current White House Press Secretary Camille Johnston discusses First Lady Obama's speech to the NAACP, protecting the private lives of the president's daughters, the ground rules with the news media and how the press treated Sarah Palin's children. 36:00 -- Protecting a president Bush's teenage children from the scrutiny of the news media through surrogates and how that has changed in the age of social media. 38:25 -- Putting the president ideas into a proactive message that resonates with the American people. Demarest's Research --> Strategy --> Tactics --> Plan --> Budget methodology. 43:39 -- The benefit of working in The East Wing versus the working in The West Wing, First Lady Michelle Obama's garden at the White House, which serves as a symbol of developing healthy eating habits and the risk of starting garden on The South Lawn. What if it didn't grow? But today, the garden humanizes and symbolizes the values of the Obama administration. 47:28 -- Former White First Press Secretary Shelia Tate discusses First Lady Nancy Reagan's "Just Say No" campaign against recreational drug use, which shined the media spotlight on drug prevention programs. 51:04 -- First Lady Laura Bush's ability to overcome comparison's with her mother-in-law. 54:24 -- The panelists share advice to private sector public relations professionals who are looking...The panelists, including a current White House Press Secretary and three former White House Press Secretaries discuss message development, learning to expect the unexpected and speaking truth to power. Moderator: , Director of the Institute for...The panelists, including a current White House Press Secretary and three former White House Press Secretaries discuss message development, learning to expect the unexpected and speaking truth to power. Moderator: Dan Schnur, Director of the Institute for Politics at USC Panelists (in order of introduction):<br />
<br />
Camille Johnston, Director of Communications for First Lady Michelle Obama<br />
Noelia Rodriguez, Press Secretary for First Lady Laura Bush<br />
Shelia Tate, Press Secretary for First Lady Nancy Reagan<br />
David Demarest, Press Secretary for President George H.W. Bush<br />
<br />
<br />
This panel was presented by PRSA LA and PRSA Western District. The Platinum sponsor was Golin Harris, the Gold sponsor was BusinessWire and the Silver Sponsor was VMS. Event sponsors were the Jesse M. Unruh Institute of Politics and MWW Group. And special thanks went to Weber Shandwick and Korn/Ferry International. The panel was announced by PRSA LA Chapter president Eric Moses. The event, which occurred at the Biltmore Hotel in downtown Los Angeles on July 13, 2010, was produced by Denis Wolcott of The Wolcott Company. Technical Note: There is a low-level, audible hum in the background. Despite our best efforts, we were unable to eliminate the buzz which was coming through the media bus while the panel was recorded. SHOW NOTES: 02:30 -- Dan Schnur introduces the panelists, details their backgrounds and sets the stage for the panel discussion. 13:12 -- Proactive versus reactive communication in White House press affairs. Spontaneity is the enemy and the goal of staff is predictability. And what makes news. 17:48 -- How you respond when things don't go on plan as the true test of a White House communicator, says Bush White House Press Secretary David Demarest. A discussion of the military dictum, "No battle plan survives first contact with the enemy." The best laid plans get thrown astray when things happen. 19:02 -- The day president Reagan was shot and an exchange at the hospital afterwards between the president and members of his cabinet that taught Shelia Tate the importance of responding with grace under fire. 23:32 -- Communicating a leader's personality traits authentically under the news media's microscope and the importance of measuring your public relations activities with the true characteristics of the leader. 27:02 -- Helping First Lady Laura Bush build her skills as a public speaker through local market new media interviews. 28:01 -- Advertisement for the Social Media Boot Camp in Los Angeles on Aug. 18-19, 2010. Register at https://www.socialmediabootcamp.com. 30:59 -- Current White House Press Secretary Camille Johnston discusses First Lady Obama's speech to the NAACP, protecting the private lives of the president's daughters, the ground rules with the news media and how the press treated Sarah Palin's children. 36:00 -- Protecting a president Bush's teenage children from the scrutiny of the news media through surrogates and how that has changed in the age of social media. 38:25 -- Putting the president ideas into a proactive message that resonates with the American people. Demarest's Research --> Strategy --> Tactics --> Plan --> Budget methodology. 43:39 -- The benefit of working in The East Wing versus the working in The West Wing, First Lady Michelle Obama's garden at the White House, which serves as a symbol of developing healthy eating habits and the risk of starting garden on The South Lawn. What if it didn't grow? But today, the garden humanizes and symbolizes the values of the Obama administration. 47:28 -- Former White First Press Secretary Shelia Tate discusses First Lady Nancy Reagan's "Just Say No" campaign against recreational drug use, which shined the media spotlight on drug prevention programs. 51:04 -- First Lady Laura Bush's ability to overcome comparison's with her mother-in-law. 54:24 -- The panelists share advice to private secto...Eric SchwartzmancleanPast Attendees Discuss my Social Media Marketing Seminarshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-boot-camp-special/
Fri, 16 Jul 2010 20:37:15 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-boot-camp-driveIn this episode, two former attendees of Social Media Marketing Seminars -- Laura Meade Kirk of Amica Insurance and Angela Nebel of Summit PR Strategies -- discuss where they were before they took the workshop, what they learned and where they are now.
I've led hundreds of these workshops all over the world.
SHOW NOTES:
01:34 -- Laura Meade Kirk, a former Providence Journal reporter, discusses her transition from the newspaper business to the field of public relations at Amica Insurance.
04:24 -- How Amica Insurance is currently using social media for business communications, including the use of Facebook, Twitter and YouTube.
05:21 -- What makes the Social Media Boot Camp different from other social media training courses, conferences and workshops.
07:37 -- Resources currently focused on social media communications at Amica and the biggest challenges she is currently experiencing with respect to leveraging social media at the company.
11:04 -- History of the Social Media Boot Camp, which was created five years ago for the Ministry of Information at the Government of Singapore, UCLA Extension and the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA). It has also been presented privately for numerous organizations including Johnson & Johnson, Toyota, City National Bank, Environmental Defense Fund, United States Marine Corps, US Dept. of State, NORAD NorthCOMM, US Pacific Command and many, many others. Read past attendees testimonials.
12:26 -- Angela Nebel, principal at Summit PR Strategies in Michigan discusses her professional background and what lead her to attend the Social Media Boot Camp.
14:45 -- The group dynamics of the Social Media Boot Camp and the benefits of networking with other attendees.
15:47 -- Challenges of using social media for clients, demonstrating value and how she's keeping up-to-date. 1
6:49 -- Importance of establishing social media fluency and how that accelerates the learning curve.
17:30 -- Maintaining ongoing relationships after the boot camp and using one another as resources moving forward.In this episode, two former attendees, Laura Meade Kirk of Amica Insurance and Angela Nebel of Summit PR Strategies, discuss where they were before they took the workshop, what they learned and where they are now. The next Social Media Boot Camp is...In this episode, two former attendees of Social Media Marketing Seminars -- Laura Meade Kirk of Amica Insurance and Angela Nebel of Summit PR Strategies -- discuss where they were before they took the workshop, what they learned and where they are now.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I've led hundreds of these workshops all over the world. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:34 -- Laura Meade Kirk, a former Providence Journal reporter, discusses her transition from the newspaper business to the field of public relations at Amica Insurance. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:24 -- How Amica Insurance is currently using social media for business communications, including the use of Facebook, Twitter and YouTube. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:21 -- What makes the Social Media Boot Camp different from other social media training courses, conferences and workshops. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:37 -- Resources currently focused on social media communications at Amica and the biggest challenges she is currently experiencing with respect to leveraging social media at the company. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:04 -- History of the Social Media Boot Camp, which was created five years ago for the Ministry of Information at the Government of Singapore, UCLA Extension and the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA). It has also been presented privately for numerous organizations including Johnson & Johnson, Toyota, City National Bank, Environmental Defense Fund, United States Marine Corps, US Dept. of State, NORAD NorthCOMM, US Pacific Command and many, many others. Read past attendees testimonials. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:26 -- Angela Nebel, principal at Summit PR Strategies in Michigan discusses her professional background and what lead her to attend the Social Media Boot Camp. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:45 -- The group dynamics of the Social Media Boot Camp and the benefits of networking with other attendees. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:47 -- Challenges of using social media for clients, demonstrating value and how she's keeping up-to-date. 1<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
6:49 -- Importance of establishing social media fluency and how that accelerates the learning curve. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:30 -- Maintaining ongoing relationships after the boot camp and using one another as resources moving forward.Eric SchwartzmancleanEntertainment PR Briefing with Stan Rosenfieldhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/inside-entertainment-pr-with-stan-rosenfield/
Fri, 02 Jul 2010 20:39:19 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/stan-rosenfield-entertainment-prEntertainment public relations is a highly competitive industry.
In this interview with entertainment PR powerhouse Stan Rosenfield who represents Robert De Niro, George Clooney, Danny DeVito and many others, you learn what it takes to make it as a personal publicist in the entertainment business and how to snag an entertainment PR internship.
In addition to serving as president of Stan Rosenfield & Associates, a Los Angeles entertainment public relations firm, he teaches Strategies for Representing Talent in Agency Public Relations at UCLA Extension and is a frequent guest lecturer on Entertainment Public Relations at UCLA, USC and Loyola.
SHOW NOTES:
02:11 -- Entertainment public relations professionals who represent creative talent need to know these three things to be successful.
04:15 -- "A" list talent belongs on the cover of the magazine. "B" list talent gets featured in articles inside the magazine. If you're an "A" lister and you go inside the magazine, you've done damage to yourself.
04:52 -- How social media has changed the entertainment PR business. Some celebrities have over a million followers.
06:25 -- To keep up with where the entertainment PR Business is headed, you need to keep up with technology.
07:34 -- The importance of understanding mainstream news media and social media. 09:12 -- Entertainment PR Internships, and what it takes to snag one.
11:39 -- Paying your dues by serving as an assistant at an entertainment PR firm and tips for successful interviewing.
13:24 -- The famed Warren Cowan, and what made him such a great entertainment publicist.
17:04 -- Pitching the media for celebrity clients, issues oriented PR and introductions on talk shows.
18:58 -- Entertainment PR internships at Stan Rosenfield and how to be considered.
20:24 -- Where the entertainment PR business is headed.
21:44 -- End
Photo by Ahmet Yalçınkaya on UnsplashEntertainment public relations is a highly competitive industry. In this interview with entertainment PR powerhouse Stan Rosenfield who represents Robert De Niro, George Clooney, Danny DeVito and many others, you learn what it takes to make it...Entertainment public relations is a highly competitive industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this interview with entertainment PR powerhouse Stan Rosenfield who represents Robert De Niro, George Clooney, Danny DeVito and many others, you learn what it takes to make it as a personal publicist in the entertainment business and how to snag an entertainment PR internship. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In addition to serving as president of Stan Rosenfield & Associates, a Los Angeles entertainment public relations firm, he teaches Strategies for Representing Talent in Agency Public Relations at UCLA Extension and is a frequent guest lecturer on Entertainment Public Relations at UCLA, USC and Loyola. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:11 -- Entertainment public relations professionals who represent creative talent need to know these three things to be successful. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:15 -- "A" list talent belongs on the cover of the magazine. "B" list talent gets featured in articles inside the magazine. If you're an "A" lister and you go inside the magazine, you've done damage to yourself. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:52 -- How social media has changed the entertainment PR business. Some celebrities have over a million followers. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:25 -- To keep up with where the entertainment PR Business is headed, you need to keep up with technology. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:34 -- The importance of understanding mainstream news media and social media. 09:12 -- Entertainment PR Internships, and what it takes to snag one. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:39 -- Paying your dues by serving as an assistant at an entertainment PR firm and tips for successful interviewing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:24 -- The famed Warren Cowan, and what made him such a great entertainment publicist. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:04 -- Pitching the media for celebrity clients, issues oriented PR and introductions on talk shows. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:58 -- Entertainment PR internships at Stan Rosenfield and how to be considered. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
20:24 -- Where the entertainment PR business is headed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:44 -- End<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Ahmet Yalçınkaya on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSocial Media Communications at the United States Marine Corpshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/social-media-at-the-us-dept-of-defense/
Mon, 28 Jun 2010 08:41:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-DoDSocial media at the US Dept. of Defense with Gregory Reeder, Director, Marine Corps Internal Communications at Defense Media Activity and Editor-in-Chief at Marines Magazine, United States Marine Corps.
SHOW NOTES:
01:48 - How the USMC is coping with the shift from official to unofficial communications channels.
04:27 - Gregory Reeder clarifies the USMC's decision to block access to social media from the U.S. Department of Defense's non classified computer network.
06:14 - Gregory Reeder discusses how compromising Information for Official Use only could impact operational effectiveness, even thought he information is non classified.
07:41 - How the Defense Information School is preparing service members to use social media through regimented training.
10:02 - Selling social media to the command at the top of the Pentagon.
14:43 - The DoD's new social media policy.
15:58 - The www.marines.mil website and how the USMC is doing their best to develop a common online community for Marines to network online.
17:26 - The recently established DoD new media cell and opening access.
18:51 - Arming Marines with weapons and cameras.
21:17 - Practicing maximum disclosure with minimum delay on internet time.
23:15 - Leveraging social media without jeopardizing operational security.
24:55 - End
Image by Geoff LivingstonSocial media at the US Dept. of Defense with , Director, Marine Corps Internal Communications at Defense Media Activity and Editor-in-Chief at , United States Marine Corps. SHOW NOTES: 01:48 - How the USMC is coping with the shift from official to...Social media at the US Dept. of Defense with Gregory Reeder, Director, Marine Corps Internal Communications at Defense Media Activity and Editor-in-Chief at Marines Magazine, United States Marine Corps.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:48 - How the USMC is coping with the shift from official to unofficial communications channels.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
04:27 - Gregory Reeder clarifies the USMC's decision to block access to social media from the U.S. Department of Defense's non classified computer network.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:14 - Gregory Reeder discusses how compromising Information for Official Use only could impact operational effectiveness, even thought he information is non classified.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:41 - How the Defense Information School is preparing service members to use social media through regimented training.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:02 - Selling social media to the command at the top of the Pentagon.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:43 - The DoD's new social media policy.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:58 - The www.marines.mil website and how the USMC is doing their best to develop a common online community for Marines to network online.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
17:26 - The recently established DoD new media cell and opening access. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:51 - Arming Marines with weapons and cameras.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:17 - Practicing maximum disclosure with minimum delay on internet time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
23:15 - Leveraging social media without jeopardizing operational security.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:55 - End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Image by Geoff LivingstonEric SchwartzmancleanHow Social Media Killed the Cold Callhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/how-social-media-killed-the-cold-call/
Mon, 21 Jun 2010 15:37:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/social-media-killed-the-cold-callKorn/Ferry International [NYSE:KFY] Executive Vice-President of Corporate Affairs Don Spetner talks about the impact of Linkedin on the executive recruiting industry, nurturing contacts using social media and the death of the cold call. This is Spetner's second appearance on this podcast. Last time, he discussed the public relations and corporate communications job market, the social media communication skills candidates need to compete, and strategies for job hunting in our current economy. This interview was conducted as research for the my upcoming book with Paul Gillin "Social Marketing to the Business Customer," the first book about B2B social media marketing.
SHOW NOTES:
02:52 - Impact of Linkedin on the executive recruiting industry.
05:07 - How social networks solved the single, biggest challenge of recruiting, the hard lesson Korn Ferry learned with Future Step and Linkedin's ability to give recruiters and hirers access to passive candidates who are not actively searching for a job.
07:35 - Impact of Linkedin on Korn Ferry's business.
12:45 - “We think the finding of candidates is becoming commoditized,” says Don. “The real value comes in helping clients assess the fit of a candidate and follow in services to help them retain and maximize the performance of the candidate.” Korn Ferry is the only search firm with an online assessment tool designed to analyze how candidates think, and their emotional make-up.
18:27 - The art of nurturing and maintaining contacts using social media.
21:04 - How Linkedin has replaced the cold call in the recruiting business.
24:20 - Where Korn Ferry is headed.
25:30 - Advice to those seeking high-profile jobs.
26:50 - Can job seekers use social media too aggressively?
31:19 - End
Photo by Fouad Ghazizadeh on Unsplash [NYSE:KFY] Executive Vice-President of Corporate Affairs talks about the impact of Linkedin on the executive recruiting industry, nurturing contacts using social media and the death of the cold call. This is Spetner's second appearance on this...Korn/Ferry International [NYSE:KFY] Executive Vice-President of Corporate Affairs Don Spetner talks about the impact of Linkedin on the executive recruiting industry, nurturing contacts using social media and the death of the cold call. This is Spetner's second appearance on this podcast. Last time, he discussed the public relations and corporate communications job market, the social media communication skills candidates need to compete, and strategies for job hunting in our current economy. This interview was conducted as research for the my upcoming book with Paul Gillin "Social Marketing to the Business Customer," the first book about B2B social media marketing. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES: <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:52 - Impact of Linkedin on the executive recruiting industry. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
05:07 - How social networks solved the single, biggest challenge of recruiting, the hard lesson Korn Ferry learned with Future Step and Linkedin's ability to give recruiters and hirers access to passive candidates who are not actively searching for a job. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:35 - Impact of Linkedin on Korn Ferry's business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:45 - “We think the finding of candidates is becoming commoditized,” says Don. “The real value comes in helping clients assess the fit of a candidate and follow in services to help them retain and maximize the performance of the candidate.” Korn Ferry is the only search firm with an online assessment tool designed to analyze how candidates think, and their emotional make-up. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
18:27 - The art of nurturing and maintaining contacts using social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
21:04 - How Linkedin has replaced the cold call in the recruiting business. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:20 - Where Korn Ferry is headed. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
25:30 - Advice to those seeking high-profile jobs. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
26:50 - Can job seekers use social media too aggressively? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
31:19 - End <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Photo by Fouad Ghazizadeh on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanBP Oil Spill Crisis Communications Case Studyhttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/bp-oil-spill-crisis-communications-inside-the-us-governments-first-attempt-at-using-social-media-to-communicate-a-national-disaster/
Fri, 04 Jun 2010 21:59:41 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/BP-Oil-Spill-Crisis-CommunicationsBP Oil Spill Crisis Communications Special. On April 20, 2010, an explosion on an oil rig licensed to BP in the Gulf of Mexico triggered an oil spill that has resulted in an ecological and financial disaster of global proportions.
United States Navy Public Affairs Officer Jim Hoeft who is coordinating communications at the Official Site of the Deepwater Horizon Unified Command for the Joint Command Center in Louisiana briefs on the process communicating the worst oil spill in history via social media.
Deepwater Horizon Response Resources: Joint Information Center Facebook Page
SHOW NOTES
0:55 The state of affairs at the Joint Command Center in Louisiana, and what’s being done to communicate the scale of the disaster.
2:30 The approval process for communicating what is happening operationally.
3:15 The National Response Framework chain of command and participating agencies.
4:15 The Official Site of the Deepwater Horizon Unified Command is being managed on the PIER Response System with outposts on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Flickr and other social media sites.
5:37 How they are responding to feedback on Facebook and Twitter.
8:21 ”This is the first time that the Federal Government has tried to implement social media tools in a National Crisis,” says LTC Heoft. “We didn’t have this during Kartina. We didn’t have this during 9/11. We’re learning where online communications falls in the national response framework,” he continues, suggested that trending question occurring via social media can be used to help the Unified Command respond to issues that are most important to the public.
9:35 The challenge of monitoring social media manually, since no good measurement or sentiment analysis tools exist.
11:20 Using social media trend reports to provide feedback to command about the issues people are talking about most.
13:25 Resources required to staff the social media monitoring effort and the use of Cover it Live to live blog developments.
15:23 Prioritizing social media communications channels.
19:21 Which social media channels have been most popular for disaster response?
22:14 The shortcomings of Facebook as a Government crowd sourcing tool.
24:05 The LMRP cap containment strategy, the latest effort to contain the leak.
25:31 Online communications will definitely be part of the national communications framework moving forward.
26:47 Using www.youropenbook.org to monitor public Facebook status updates.
28:45 End BP Oil Spill Crisis Communications Special. On April 20, 2010, an explosion on an oil rig licensed to BP in the Gulf of Mexico triggered an oil spill that has resulted in an ecological and financial disaster of global proportions. ...BP Oil Spill Crisis Communications Special. On April 20, 2010, an explosion on an oil rig licensed to BP in the Gulf of Mexico triggered an oil spill that has resulted in an ecological and financial disaster of global proportions. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
United States Navy Public Affairs Officer Jim Hoeft who is coordinating communications at the Official Site of the Deepwater Horizon Unified Command for the Joint Command Center in Louisiana briefs on the process communicating the worst oil spill in history via social media. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Deepwater Horizon Response Resources: Joint Information Center Facebook Page <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
0:55 The state of affairs at the Joint Command Center in Louisiana, and what’s being done to communicate the scale of the disaster. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
2:30 The approval process for communicating what is happening operationally. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3:15 The National Response Framework chain of command and participating agencies. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
4:15 The Official Site of the Deepwater Horizon Unified Command is being managed on the PIER Response System with outposts on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Flickr and other social media sites. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5:37 How they are responding to feedback on Facebook and Twitter. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
8:21 ”This is the first time that the Federal Government has tried to implement social media tools in a National Crisis,” says LTC Heoft. “We didn’t have this during Kartina. We didn’t have this during 9/11. We’re learning where online communications falls in the national response framework,” he continues, suggested that trending question occurring via social media can be used to help the Unified Command respond to issues that are most important to the public. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9:35 The challenge of monitoring social media manually, since no good measurement or sentiment analysis tools exist. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:20 Using social media trend reports to provide feedback to command about the issues people are talking about most. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:25 Resources required to staff the social media monitoring effort and the use of Cover it Live to live blog developments. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
15:23 Prioritizing social media communications channels. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
19:21 Which social media channels have been most popular for disaster response? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
22:14 The shortcomings of Facebook as a Government crowd sourcing tool. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
24:05 The LMRP cap containment strategy, the latest effort to contain the leak. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
25:31 Online communications will definitely be part of the national communications framework moving forward. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
26:47 Using www.youropenbook.org to monitor public Facebook status updates. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
28:45 End Eric SchwartzmancleanBuilding a Niche B2B Social Network for the Restaurant Tradehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/building-a-b2b-niche-social-network/
Fri, 28 May 2010 13:23:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/B2B-niche-social-network-foh-bohFohBoh is a B2B niche social network for restaurant owners and their suppliers.
Launched in late 2007 by veteran restaurateur and entrepreneur Michael Atkinson, it has built a base of 14,000 members, most of them restaurant owners.
FohBoh's core purpose is to help restaurant owners make more money during an economic period that has been dismal for their industry. That entails a core focus on operational excellence, but also on the art of social media promotion and online visibility.
In fact, FohBoh's novel monetization strategy is to sell conversation monitoring and consulting services, with advertising making up only a minority of the revenue.
It's been a struggle in this business environment, but FohBoh is growing and appears to have running room.
Some people say the best time to start a company is in the middle of an economic downturn, Atkinson says.
We are a survivor. We grow our revenues every day and we're way past the point of validating our model.
Atkinson has learned a lot about business-to-business social communities from the experience. Context and relevance sustains a community, he says.
You have to understand the community before you figure out how to monetize. If you don't have domain expertise, the membership will find out immediately.
This interview is guest hosted by Paul Gillin of Paul Giilin Communications and was conducted as research for "Social Marketing to the Business Customer," the most comprehensive collection of best practices for B2B marketers ever assembled.
Photo by Hemant Latawa on Unsplashis a B2B niche social network for restaurant owners and their suppliers. Launched in late 2007 by veteran restaurateur and entrepreneur Michael Atkinson, it has built a base of 14,000 members, most of them restaurant owners. FohBohâ€™s core...FohBoh is a B2B niche social network for restaurant owners and their suppliers.<br />
<br />
Launched in late 2007 by veteran restaurateur and entrepreneur Michael Atkinson, it has built a base of 14,000 members, most of them restaurant owners.<br />
<br />
FohBoh's core purpose is to help restaurant owners make more money during an economic period that has been dismal for their industry. That entails a core focus on operational excellence, but also on the art of social media promotion and online visibility.<br />
<br />
In fact, FohBoh's novel monetization strategy is to sell conversation monitoring and consulting services, with advertising making up only a minority of the revenue.<br />
<br />
It's been a struggle in this business environment, but FohBoh is growing and appears to have running room.<br />
<br />
Some people say the best time to start a company is in the middle of an economic downturn, Atkinson says.<br />
<br />
We are a survivor. We grow our revenues every day and we're way past the point of validating our model.<br />
<br />
Atkinson has learned a lot about business-to-business social communities from the experience. Context and relevance sustains a community, he says.<br />
<br />
You have to understand the community before you figure out how to monetize. If you don't have domain expertise, the membership will find out immediately.<br />
<br />
This interview is guest hosted by Paul Gillin of Paul Giilin Communications and was conducted as research for "Social Marketing to the Business Customer," the most comprehensive collection of best practices for B2B marketers ever assembled.<br />
<br />
Photo by Hemant Latawa on UnsplashEric SchwartzmancleanSelling Social Media into the Enterprisehttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/selling-social-media-into-the-enterprise/
Wed, 12 May 2010 16:45:49 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/selling-social-mediaAre you ready to learn the logic behind the argument that convinces companies to invest as much as six-figures into social media initiatives?
If so, this episode featuring Nielsen Online Digital Strategic Services EVP Pete Blackshaw (@pblackshaw) is for you.
Pete currently CEO of Cintrifuse, a Cincinnati-based venture capital group that creates jobs, brings talent, attracts investment, and unlocks our region’s potential to lead innovation in a wide range of industries.
You’ll learn:
How to position social media as an extension of existing corporate activities.Which departments in the organization are spending the most on social media?Selling social media in an apathetic environment.Common red flags likely to sand bag the sales effort, and how to overcome them.Shuffling the org chart for more effective social media engagement.Analysis paralysis, word-of-mouth, Apple Computer’s marketing strategy and more.
Pete is also cofounder of the Word-of-Mouth Markting Association and author of the book “Satisfied Customers Tell Three Friends, Angry Customers Tell 3,000” is about running a business in today’s consumer driven world.
SHOW NOTES
01:35 – If you want to win buy-in for social media initiatives, don’t present it as something news. Instead, present it as a logical extension of what the organizations is doing already. Companies are already invested in public relations, customer service and investor relations. Show them how social media can help them conduct these processes more effectively and efficiently.
02:37 – Over 200 reporters at The New York Times have Twitter accounts. So if you’re already invested in resources in managing relationships with the mainstream media, then deepening those relationships via social media is a natural extension of what a company is doing already. Convincing a PR executive that they need apparatus to listen to what reporters are saying on Twitter, or a customer service executive that they need to be listening to what customers are saying is going to be the path of least resistance, since social media allows them to extend the reach of what they’re doing already. To appeal to a brand manager, you’d focus on how listening to social media can help preempt the brand from negative consumer generated content that could go viral.
06:58 – Originally, social media initiatives were driven by progressive public relations business units, but market research has become an advocate as well. In an effort to marry social media with customer relationship management, call centers have also become interested in listening platforms.
09:22 – Marketing is a key stakeholder for winning buy-in, because marketing is where the lion’s share of the budget lies, but marketing serves different masters in different organizations. One the places social media monitoring delivers the most value is during new product launches, and again because companies are so heavily invest in launching new products, this is also a great area to implement a social media initiative, because there’s so much money riding on product launches already, it’s going to easier to find budget.
12:10 – Apathy is one of the biggest challenges when it comes to implementing a social media initiative. When things are going well, people are less inclined to allocate budget. But the brand gets slapped around publicly, or there’s a recall or a crisis on some kind, that’s an opportunity for winning buy-in and resources. Negative conversations that go viral are a wakeup call to management.
14:22 – In regulated industries, winning buy-in and resources for social media can be particularly tough, because listening is a liability.
16:29 – It’s one thing to wax poetic about conversations and dialogue, but practicing what you preach involves collapsing the wall between public relations and customer relations, because the skills required to deal with volatile, emotional customers are, with training,Are you ready to learn the logic behind the argument that convinces companies to invest as much as six-figures into social media initiatives? If so, this episode featuring Nielsen Online Digital Strategic Services EVP () is for you. ...Are you ready to learn the logic behind the argument that convinces companies to invest as much as six-figures into social media initiatives? <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
If so, this episode featuring Nielsen Online Digital Strategic Services EVP Pete Blackshaw (@pblackshaw) is for you. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pete currently CEO of Cintrifuse, a Cincinnati-based venture capital group that creates jobs, brings talent, attracts investment, and unlocks our region’s potential to lead innovation in a wide range of industries. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
You’ll learn:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
How to position social media as an extension of existing corporate activities.Which departments in the organization are spending the most on social media?Selling social media in an apathetic environment.Common red flags likely to sand bag the sales effort, and how to overcome them.Shuffling the org chart for more effective social media engagement.Analysis paralysis, word-of-mouth, Apple Computer’s marketing strategy and more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pete is also cofounder of the Word-of-Mouth Markting Association and author of the book “Satisfied Customers Tell Three Friends, Angry Customers Tell 3,000” is about running a business in today’s consumer driven world. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:35 – If you want to win buy-in for social media initiatives, don’t present it as something news. Instead, present it as a logical extension of what the organizations is doing already. Companies are already invested in public relations, customer service and investor relations. Show them how social media can help them conduct these processes more effectively and efficiently. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
02:37 – Over 200 reporters at The New York Times have Twitter accounts. So if you’re already invested in resources in managing relationships with the mainstream media, then deepening those relationships via social media is a natural extension of what a company is doing already. Convincing a PR executive that they need apparatus to listen to what reporters are saying on Twitter, or a customer service executive that they need to be listening to what customers are saying is going to be the path of least resistance, since social media allows them to extend the reach of what they’re doing already. To appeal to a brand manager, you’d focus on how listening to social media can help preempt the brand from negative consumer generated content that could go viral. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:58 – Originally, social media initiatives were driven by progressive public relations business units, but market research has become an advocate as well. In an effort to marry social media with customer relationship management, call centers have also become interested in listening platforms. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:22 – Marketing is a key stakeholder for winning buy-in, because marketing is where the lion’s share of the budget lies, but marketing serves different masters in different organizations. One the places social media monitoring delivers the most value is during new product launches, and again because companies are so heavily invest in launching new products, this is also a great area to implement a social media initiative, because there’s so much money riding on product launches already, it’s going to easier to find budget. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:10 – Apathy is one of the biggest challenges when it comes to implementing a social media initiative. When things are going well, people are less inclined to allocate budget. But the brand gets slapped around publicly, or there’s a recall or a crisis on some kind, that’s an opportunity for winning buy-in and resources. Negative conversations that go viral are a wakeup call to management. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
14:22 – In regulated industries, winning buy-in and resources for social media can be particularly tough,Eric SchwartzmancleanActivity Streams Will Change Your Businesshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/activity-streams-will-change-your-business/
Mon, 03 May 2010 09:04:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/activity-streams-chris-messinaActivity streams and data visualizations let us consume vast amounts of data in short periods of time.
Together, they may just be the magic bullet for business to realize the true value of the social web.
The problem, there are no interoperable standards for activity streaming and most companies hoard their data explains Google Open Web Advocate Chris Messina (@chrismessina) in this exclusive interview about how activity streams and infographics will revolutionize the way organizations conduct business, and how employees and project teams prioritize and manage work flows.
Today, we think of a Facebook news feed as an activity stream. But we've only just scratched the surface of how activity streams integrated into work flow processes will fundamentally change the way we collaborate.
Using Google Buzz, the open source community and Facebook's product development process as examples, Chris makes it easy to understand how and why activity streams are central to online collaboration, how they sharpen an organization's competitive edge and how they will ultimately result in better products and services.
Given the sheer volume of data that's out there now, information parsed in smaller, bite-size chunks is more valuable than gigs and gigs, because it's easier to digest in a shorter period of time.
Like status updates, activity streams make data easier to appreciate. Â We have learned to attenuate ourselves to dropping in and pulling out of streams to prolonged state of "ambient intimacy."
Google Buzz is the search giant's first attempt at an activity streaming service, which is being used by project teams to collaborate on business projects. Social graphs are a byproduct of activity streams.
The are the collection of messages, relationships and interactions that occur in activity streams, and if you create infographics to better understand that data, the you can glean meaningful business intelligence from all the data. But currently, most organizations are not making their data available.
They're hoarding their it, depriving employees and customers from using it to better understand how they can improve their business processes.
This is a missed opportunity because data affords company's retrospective insight, intelligence about the nature of the way its employee's collaborate, and the ability to maintain a faster, more responsive, healthier organization. If organizations do get over the hoarding hurdle, they're still going to need to find a way to make their data useful, and that's where data visualization comes in.
Pictures are worth a thousand words, and realizing actionable business intelligence from raw data is significantly enhanced through infographics that make it easy to understand the meaning of the data.
Yet even Facebook, with all the data it has about its users, gives users very little in the way of insights to help us better manage our attention online. Â They hoard data as well.
Facebook could provide so much valuable intelligence about what motivates us online, but currently, they even struggle to present us with ads that are relevant to our interests. In all fairness, the same is true of Google.
In fact, as popular as Google Analytics is, it really tells us very little about human behavior because it doesn't allow us to correlate social signifiers against how people spending time on our websites.
Numerical statistics don't give us any social intelligence about what people think about our sites.
Search engines are still the dominant channel through which we find information online. But that may very well change.
Finding social interactions and websites through activity streams make a lot of sense. Google Buzz is designed to fill that niche. According to Chris Messina, the businesses who will do the best in this new streamy environment will be the one's who figure out how social interactions apply to the value proposition they deliver to their customers.
Activity streams and data visualizations let us consume vast amounts of data in short periods of time.Â Together, they may just be the magic bullet for business to realize the true value of the social web. Â The problem, there are no...Activity streams and data visualizations let us consume vast amounts of data in short periods of time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Together, they may just be the magic bullet for business to realize the true value of the social web.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The problem, there are no interoperable standards for activity streaming and most companies hoard their data explains Google Open Web Advocate Chris Messina (@chrismessina) in this exclusive interview about how activity streams and infographics will revolutionize the way organizations conduct business, and how employees and project teams prioritize and manage work flows.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Today, we think of a Facebook news feed as an activity stream. But we've only just scratched the surface of how activity streams integrated into work flow processes will fundamentally change the way we collaborate.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Using Google Buzz, the open source community and Facebook's product development process as examples, Chris makes it easy to understand how and why activity streams are central to online collaboration, how they sharpen an organization's competitive edge and how they will ultimately result in better products and services.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Given the sheer volume of data that's out there now, information parsed in smaller, bite-size chunks is more valuable than gigs and gigs, because it's easier to digest in a shorter period of time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Like status updates, activity streams make data easier to appreciate. Â We have learned to attenuate ourselves to dropping in and pulling out of streams to prolonged state of "ambient intimacy."<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Google Buzz is the search giant's first attempt at an activity streaming service, which is being used by project teams to collaborate on business projects. Social graphs are a byproduct of activity streams.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The are the collection of messages, relationships and interactions that occur in activity streams, and if you create infographics to better understand that data, the you can glean meaningful business intelligence from all the data. But currently, most organizations are not making their data available.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
They're hoarding their it, depriving employees and customers from using it to better understand how they can improve their business processes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is a missed opportunity because data affords company's retrospective insight, intelligence about the nature of the way its employee's collaborate, and the ability to maintain a faster, more responsive, healthier organization. If organizations do get over the hoarding hurdle, they're still going to need to find a way to make their data useful, and that's where data visualization comes in.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pictures are worth a thousand words, and realizing actionable business intelligence from raw data is significantly enhanced through infographics that make it easy to understand the meaning of the data.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Yet even Facebook, with all the data it has about its users, gives users very little in the way of insights to help us better manage our attention online. Â They hoard data as well.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Facebook could provide so much valuable intelligence about what motivates us online, but currently, they even struggle to present us with ads that are relevant to our interests. In all fairness, the same is true of Google.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In fact, as popular as Google Analytics is, it really tells us very little about human behavior because it doesn't allow us to correlate social signifiers against how people spending time on our websites.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Numerical statistics don't give us any social intelligence about what people think about our sites.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Search engines are still the dominant channel through which we find information online.Eric SchwartzmancleanDigital Marketing Strategy Deep Dive with Jeremiah Owyanghttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/web-strategy-with-jeremiah-owyang/
Mon, 26 Apr 2010 17:16:00 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/web-strategy-jeremiah-owyangHow social media has caused the scope of marketing to expand inside organizations, why customer service needs to pay attention to customer influence, the concept of relinquishing oversight as a way of regaining control, aligning social media policy with business strategy and integrating social media into destination websites featuring Jeremiah Owyang (@jowyang).
SHOW NOTES
01:03 -- A discussion of the different speakers lined up to present at the Digital impact conference.
06:27 -- An overview of the broader trends in social media based on Jeremiah Owyang's research at the Altimeter Group.
07:41 -- Heather Armstrong's experience trying to fix a broken Maytag washing machine, and how she finally managed to get results by warning her twitter followers "so that you may never have to suffer like we have: do not ever buy a Maytag.
I repeat: our Maytag experience has been a nightmare." Interestingly enough, Forbes.com story about the incident quoting Pete Blackshaw, the previous guest on this podcast, "The problem with call centers and consumer relations departments is that they tend to look at consumers in a vacuum, independent of influence," which suggests that organizations need to look beyond individual customer interactions to try evaluate the customer's social media influence, which is one of things that social CRM attempts to accomplish.
The take away, according to Jeremiah, is that what happens in support can quickly become a marketing or public relations incident.
08:27 -- "Customers don't care which department you are in. They just want their problem fixed. The scope of marketing has grown significantly... Companies are siloed and it's very difficult [for them] to think holistically about their overall customer experience," says Jeremiah who will address this theme in his keynote at the Digital Impact Conference.
09:25 -- A discussion of analysts Charlene Li's upcoming book "Open Leadership," which explores the theme of how leaders can let go of control in order to gain more power back, because the power has shifted to those who are using social computing platforms and organizations need to acknowledge this.
10:24 -- Glassdoor.com, a new website where employees can rate their employers and Unvarnished, which allow you to rate your colleagues and the quality of their work, both reinforce the notion that there are no more secrets.
11:00 -- According to Jeremiah, social media policy is a key component of effective online organizational communications, and he says there are actually three different policies that organizations need to consider developing. The first is a corporate policy, which would address how to deal with the social Web, and in particular, during a crisis.
The second is an employee disclosure policy, which would tell employees what they can say and what they can say in public spaces online. And the third one, which he says most companies don't have in place and which might have kept Nestle out of trouble, is a community policy, which would dictate how community members should behave and describe to dos and don'ts.
11:56 -- An example of a community policy Jeremiah's seen that he thinks is well done is Dogster's Community Guidelines. He also says early adopters like Intel, Microsoft and Sun have had community policies in place for some time now.
12:51 -- Best Buy is good example of an organization that has an effective social media policy designed to work for employees who may not have advanced degrees.
13:20 -- Inside the enterprise, legal is a common pocket of resistance. Smart strategists should engage them early on. And their are often turf wars between corporate marketing and the social media team because they usually have different ideas about how to achieve their objectives. Also, product managers are typically inclined to approach situations differently from strategists, because they want to build online communities around products...How social media has caused the scope of marketing to expand inside organizations, why customer service needs to pay attention to customer influence, the concept of relinquishing oversight as a way of regaining control, aligning social media policy...How social media has caused the scope of marketing to expand inside organizations, why customer service needs to pay attention to customer influence, the concept of relinquishing oversight as a way of regaining control, aligning social media policy with business strategy and integrating social media into destination websites featuring Jeremiah Owyang (@jowyang). <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SHOW NOTES <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
01:03 -- A discussion of the different speakers lined up to present at the Digital impact conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
06:27 -- An overview of the broader trends in social media based on Jeremiah Owyang's research at the Altimeter Group. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
07:41 -- Heather Armstrong's experience trying to fix a broken Maytag washing machine, and how she finally managed to get results by warning her twitter followers "so that you may never have to suffer like we have: do not ever buy a Maytag. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I repeat: our Maytag experience has been a nightmare." Interestingly enough, Forbes.com story about the incident quoting Pete Blackshaw, the previous guest on this podcast, "The problem with call centers and consumer relations departments is that they tend to look at consumers in a vacuum, independent of influence," which suggests that organizations need to look beyond individual customer interactions to try evaluate the customer's social media influence, which is one of things that social CRM attempts to accomplish. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The take away, according to Jeremiah, is that what happens in support can quickly become a marketing or public relations incident. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
08:27 -- "Customers don't care which department you are in. They just want their problem fixed. The scope of marketing has grown significantly... Companies are siloed and it's very difficult [for them] to think holistically about their overall customer experience," says Jeremiah who will address this theme in his keynote at the Digital Impact Conference. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
09:25 -- A discussion of analysts Charlene Li's upcoming book "Open Leadership," which explores the theme of how leaders can let go of control in order to gain more power back, because the power has shifted to those who are using social computing platforms and organizations need to acknowledge this. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
10:24 -- Glassdoor.com, a new website where employees can rate their employers and Unvarnished, which allow you to rate your colleagues and the quality of their work, both reinforce the notion that there are no more secrets. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:00 -- According to Jeremiah, social media policy is a key component of effective online organizational communications, and he says there are actually three different policies that organizations need to consider developing. The first is a corporate policy, which would address how to deal with the social Web, and in particular, during a crisis. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The second is an employee disclosure policy, which would tell employees what they can say and what they can say in public spaces online. And the third one, which he says most companies don't have in place and which might have kept Nestle out of trouble, is a community policy, which would dictate how community members should behave and describe to dos and don'ts. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
11:56 -- An example of a community policy Jeremiah's seen that he thinks is well done is Dogster's Community Guidelines. He also says early adopters like Intel, Microsoft and Sun have had community policies in place for some time now.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
12:51 -- Best Buy is good example of an organization that has an effective social media policy designed to work for employees who may not have advanced degrees.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
13:20 -- Inside the enterprise, legal is a common pocket of resistance.Eric SchwartzmancleanDeveloping a Corporate Social Media Usage Policy for Employeeshttps://www.ericschwartzman.com/corporate-social-media-policy-development/
Mon, 19 Apr 2010 17:47:53 +0000https://ontherecordpodcast.com/corporate-social-media-policyCorporate social media policy development has become increasingly important as organizations realize that social networking is more powerful in the hands of many than the hands of a few.
In many cases, employees not serving in official spokesperson roles may, in fact, have more weight influencing corporate reputation than more conventional channels like public relations and marketing.
Rather than ask, "Should companies use social media?" organizations are asking "What is the most responsible, effective way for us to use social media and should we house a set of social media corporate guidelines so that everyone understands what the boundaries are for social media usage as employees?"
In this episode, we discuss many aspects of corporate social media policy, social networking policy, social media guidelines and best practices for social media policy development initiatives inside organizations.
Our guest is Chris Boudreaux created a website that is no longer online to provide tools and resources to leaders and managers who want to get the most from their social media and social application investments.
Chris is a consultant who works with business and technology professionals to improve their marketing, sales and customer service capabilities through social media governance.
He is a former product development and business transformation specialists, and a former United States Navy officer.
This is a joint interview by Paul Gillin and me. We are collaborating on a book about B2B applications of social media communications titled "Social Marketing to the Business Customer.".
SHOW NOTES
01:58 -- The business case for empowering employees to make smart decisions through social media policy.
03:34 -- How specific social media policies need to be.
05:06 -- Strategic approach to social media policy development.
07:13 -- Just because a company is blocking access to social media sites from its network does not necessarily mean that that company is going to take longer to develop a social media policy.
If you are developing a social media policy for an organization, your first order of business is to understand why the company is blocking access, because it may be they are doing so because social media tools do not allow them to comply with laws or regulations.
In the insurance industry, for example, many companies are simply on the lock down because the penalties for making mistakes are severe.
08:40 -- Organizations can and do turn on and off access to social media sites quickly, so don't assume that because a company may be blocking access to social media sites that they are in some way going to take a longer to educate and bring up to speed over the course of a social media policy development initiative.
09:27 -- Organizational complexity, rather than an organization's size, has a bigger impact on how long it takes to develop a social media policy for organization.
The more business units there are, the variety of subcultures that exists, have the potential to exacerbate the development of a social media policy.
10:45 -- The concept of having more than one social media policy, the first being a broad policy that covers all employees in the latter being a more specific policy for employees focused on social media communications.
13:22 -- Just as no one department within the organization owns and polices all corporate policies, all managers responsible for a group within the organization that is using social media for unique purposes should also be responsible for providing guidance and oversight of how a corporate social media policy applies to those efforts.
17:44 -- It is leadership's responsibility to think ahead of its employees and to try and anticipate what kind of trouble they could get into so they can establish policy to protect them.
Those protections are even more important if the employee is using social media as part of their primary job functi...UPDATE: Subsequent to the release of this podcast, I shared my comprehensive . Check it out. Corporate social media policy development has become increasingly important as organizations realize that social networking is more...Corporate social media policy development has become increasingly important as organizations realize that social networking is more powerful in the hands of many than the hands of a few. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In many cases, employees not serving in official spokesperson roles may, in fact, have more weight influencing corporate reputation than more conve